![]()

#### Annual Report and Accounts 2025

## Success driven

## by discipline

![]()

#### Who we are

#### Sabre Insurance Group is

a UK-based motor insurer,

#### providing fairly priced policies

#### to a wide range of customers.

We have a track record of

#### market-leading underwriting

#### performance across the cycle

aided by a diverse, multi-

#### channel distribution strategy.

01–67 |  Strategic Report

01  | Highlights

02  |  At a Glance

03  |  Our Business

04  |  The Sabre Journey

05  |  Investment Case

06  |  Our Strategy

07  |  Our Business Model

08  |  Ambition 2030

12  |  Our Values

13  |  Market Context

15  |  Chair’s Letter

16  |  Chief Executive Officer’s Review

20  |  Key Performance Indicators

22  |  Principal Risks and Uncertainties

31  |  Viability Statement

33  |  Section 172 Statement

37  |  Chief Financial Officer’s Review

41  |  Responsibility and Sustainability

67  |  FCA Consumer Duty

68–125 |  Governance

69  |  Chair’s Governance Letter

70  |  Board of Directors

74  |  Governance Report

82  |  Audit Committee Report

86  |  Risk Committee Report

89  |  Nomination & Governance Committee Report

92  |  Remuneration Committee Report

96  |  Directors’ Remuneration Policy

107 |  Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration

121 |  Directors’ Report

125 |  Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

126–221 |  Financial Statements

127 |  Independent auditor’s report

134 |  Consolidated Profit or Loss Account

135 |  Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

136 |  Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

137 |  Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

138 |  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

139 |  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

204 |  Parent Company Statement of Financial Position

205 |  Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity

206 |  Parent Company Statement of Cash Flows

207 |  Notes To The Parent Company Financial Statements

212 |  Financial Reconciliations

217 |  Glossary of Terms

219 |  Shareholder Information

221 |  Company Information

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### On track

to expand

#### footprint in

core motor

In late 2025, we began testing

our differentiated rating structure,

which will allow us to enhance

competitiveness for a wider

range of potential customers,

accelerating growth in our core

Motor Vehicle business.

For more information

go to pages 08 to 10

Strong profitability maintained and margin improved

throughasustained period of low market pricing,

demonstratingrobust cycle management and a business

model that works throughout changing market conditions.

1   Alternative performance measure. For reconciliations to

alternative performance measures, see pages 212 to 216

For more information

sabreplc.co.uk

#### Financial highlights Moving forward

#### Highlights

Gross written premium

1

£202.9m

2024 | £236.4m

IFRS profit before tax

£51.0m

2024 | £48.6m

Pre-dividend solvency

coverage ratio

1

198.7%

2024 | 216.6%

Undiscounted combined

operating ratio

1

82.3%

2024 | 84.2%

Total dividend

13.5p

2024 | 13.0p

Post-dividend solvency

coverage ratio

1

161.5%

2024 | 171.1%

#### Ambition 2030

– Sabre has set out a medium-term plan to

increase profit before tax to at least £80m

in 2030

– We are expanding our competitive footprint

without compromising our underwriting

discipline or margin on existing business

– We are growing our presence in the

motorcycle market through our direct

brand and further broker relationships

For more information

go to pages 08 to 11

#### Launch ofSabre Direct

In 2025, we launched our new

online-only Motorcycle insurance

product, “Sabre Direct”. This

increases our access to customers

while allowing for greater levels

of insight and flexibility – a key

stepping-stone in achieving our

Ambition 2030 target.

For more information

go to pages 08 to 10

Contents Generation – Sub PageHighlights

01–67 |  Strategic Report

01 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### At a Glance

#### Our purpose

To provide motor insurance

#### based upon a fair, risk-based

#### pricing model.

#### Our aim

To generate excess

capital and return this to

#### shareholders, or reinvest

#### in the business to increase

#### future returns.

Our Ambition

To grow absolute profit

#### over the medium term

#### whilst maintaining leading

#### underwriting performance

#### and smart management

#### of the motor insurance

#### pricing cycle.

Our values

Fair to customers

#### Fair to our people

#### Fair to the planet

#### Fair to partnersFocused on our strategy

For Our values

go to page 12

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

At a Glance

02 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Our Business

#### Indirect distribution

The Group has established a

broad network of more than

700 insurance brokers across

the UK, meaning that our

policies often sit behind well-

known household names.

#### Direct distributionPricecomparison

#### websites

We work with all

the major price

comparison websites

(“PCWs”), including

Compare The Market,

Moneysupermarket.

com and GoCompare.

Almost all of our

policies initiate

on a PCW, whether

sold through our direct

brands or our network

of brokers.

We also sell to

customers via our

direct brand websites,

and through our broker

partners’ branded

sites, to give us an

exceptionally wide

coverage of

distribution channels.

#### Our products Our peopleOur channels

c.249k

In-force policies

2024 | c.266k

c.60%

through brokers

c.700

Insurance brokers

across the UK

c.40%

through direct brands

172

Dedicated employees

Motor vehicle

80.7%

Taxi

3.2%

Motorcycle

16.1%

Our success in 2025 and

confidence about the

future is entirely due to the

efforts and commitment of

#### all Sabre’s people.”

Geoff Carter

Chief Executive Officer

For more information

sabreplc.co.uk

Sabre provides multiple products across a diverse range of distribution channels,

#### providing resilience whilst maintaining focus on high-quality motor underwriting.

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

Our Business

03 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

### How we support

### our customers

#### The Sabre Journey

#### Choosing theright policy

Most customers will find the right

policy for them by entering their

details into a price comparison

website and choosing their policy

based on a comprehensive list of

quotes from a number of insurers.

Others may contact a broker via

telephone or their branch office.

We aim to provide a fair price for

almost everyone who requests a

quote, meaning that we can service

customers others can’t reach.

#### Buying a Sabre policy

We sell policies directly to customers

through our brands GoGirl,

Insure2Drive and Sabre Direct, and

through insurance brokers, meaning

that our policies often sit behind

well-known household names. This

diverse distribution network allows

us to provide our policies to the

largest possible customer base

and gain direct customer insights

through operating our own brands.

#### You’re in safe hands

Sabre is a successful and profitable

Group, with a very robust balance

sheet. The Group holds considerably

more capital than is required to

meet its expected liabilities and

operates a low-risk model, meaning

that you can be assured that we will

be there when you need to make

a claim.

#### Renewing your policy

Sabre has a bespoke, fully-

automated pricing model, which

means we have always priced

policies fairly and do not hike

priceson renewal.

#### If the worsthappens

Sabre’s dedicated claims

handling team are experts in

their field, targeting fast, fair

claims payments. We thoroughly

investigate claims to ensure

that honest customers continue

to get the best deal possible.

We operate a ‘zero backlog’,

transparent culture, as we

understand that no customer

should be left in the dark when

making a claim.

#### Being a Sabre

#### customer

Whether you buy a policy through

Sabre’s direct brands or through

a broker, you can be assured of

excellent, expert customer service.

Our direct brands are managed

through a specialist, UK-based

call centre, or fully online for our

Sabre Direct product. Our network

of brokers operate to the quality

expected by some of the UK’s

largestcustomer brands.

For more information

sabreplc.co.uk

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

The Sabre Journey

04 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

1   Alternative performance measure. For

reconciliations to alternative performance

measures, see pages 212 to 216

#### Investment Case

Long and medium-term opportunity

For more information

sabreplc.co.uk

#### A resilient business

– Target margin above industry norm,

reflecting our niche operating sector

and focus on underwriting profitability,

means that shareholders have been

able to rely on Sabre to deliver an

underwriting profit whatever the

overarching market conditions.

– Underwriting discipline and sharp

focus drives early pricing action when

market conditions change, meaning

future claims costs are fully covered

and underwriting performance can

recover quickly from one-off shocks.

– Motor insurance is a compulsory

purchase for motorists in the UK. As a

specialist provider, primarily in non-

standard markets, Sabre has a strong

defensive position.

– The Group holds a significant

excess of assets over liabilities

and its regulatory requirement,

providing a strong balance sheet

able to withstand the most extreme

foreseeable shocks.

#### Low-risk and capital-light

– The Group balances strong, consistent

earnings generation with effective risk

management, limiting the amount of

regulatory capital required.

– The Group invests in government-

backed assets and highly rated

corporate bonds. These assets fuel

the Group’s exceptional target

underwriting returns and present

verylow risk.

– Reinsurance is used to limit exposure

to individual large claims. This reduces

year-on-year volatility and the capital

that the Group is required to hold.

#### Reliable dividend flow

– Sabre’s core business is fundamentally

capital-generative. The majority of

capital generated by the Group

has historically been returned to

shareholders by way of an ordinary

and special dividend.

– In 2025 the Group operated

its first share buyback scheme,

purchasing £5m of Sabre shares,

delivering enhanced capital

returnstoshareholders.

– Since IPO the Group’s dividend

payout ratio has remained above

95.0% ofearnings.

#### Optimised for growth

– Sabre’s market share represents

a very small share of the total

motor insurance market, leaving

considerable scope for market share

growth when market conditions

arefavourable.

– A technologically-focused approach

to underwriting excellence, constantly

optimising pricing opportunities while

deploying best-in-class underwriting

and claims teams.

– We consider entering new

partnerships in complementary

areas (such as the Motorcycle

andTaxiproducts).

IFRS profit before tax

£51.0m

2024 | £48.6m

Pre-dividend solvency

capital ratio

1

198.7%

2024 | 216.6%

Total dividend in

respect of 2025

13.5p

2024 |13.0p

Market share

<1%

Total UK market >28m policies

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

Investment Case

05 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Our Strategy

Our clear framework

#### Disciplined

#### underwriting

#### Risk

#### management

#### Operating

#### flexibility

#### Operational

#### expertise

#### DistributionControlled

#### growth

– Actuarially driven pricing

strategyutilising an agile

proprietary model.

– Risks individually priced using

Sabre’s advanced pricing

algorithm, built upon many

years of data collection

andexpertanalysis.

– Unique and extensive catalogue

of claims data, compiled from

more than 20 years of successful,

consistent underwriting.

– Robust and extensive

claimsmanagement

operation,combined with

counter-fraudexpertise.

– Focus on maintaining

acceptable underwriting risk

while minimising exposure to

other risks within the business.

– Maintain sufficient capital to

allow operational resilience and

meet regulatory requirements

under all reasonably

foreseeableoutcomes.

– Exposure to large individual

claims is managed through

prudent use of reinsurance.

– Non-core operations are

outsourced to allow greater scale

benefits in purchasing and low

fixed cost base.

– Lower operating leverage

allows the business to maintain

underwriting discipline.

– If the Group chooses to slow

growth during periods of

unfavourable market conditions,

the flexible expense base can

absorb operating leverage strain.

– Our team consists of talented

people making good decisions

every day.

– Sabre operates an inclusive,

supportive culture in which its

people are proud to work. This

allows the Group to retain a

significant amount of experience

within all levels of the business.

– Brokers accounted for

approximately 60% of the gross

written premium in 2025, with the

remainder being sold through

our direct brands, Insure2Drive,

GoGirl and Sabre Direct.

– Broker relationships allow us to

leverage their well-established

brands, customer relationships

and retail pricing capabilities.

– Direct brands ensure we can

offer products to customers not

served by traditional brokers,

while allowing a direct line of

sight to customer and price

comparison website data.

– Sabre will grow the business

strongly when market conditions

are favourable, and allow growth

to slow or reverse when market

conditions are poor.

– Over the medium term, this

strategy allows the business

to grow whilst maintaining

profitability and reducing risk.

– Growth in profit will be

accelerated through the

Ambition 2030 initiatives

described on pages 08 to 11.

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

Our Strategy

06 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Our Business Model

#### Our inputs How we manage risk Value creation

1234

Experienced  management

and operational teams

Underwriting discipline

Sabre’s team of actuaries and

underwriting experts calculate the

right price for each policy which will,

on average, generate the Group’s

target margin.

This requires access to high-quality

data, cutting-edge pricing tools,

personal expertise and a sharp

focus on achieving target margins.

Distribution

Sabre employs a diversified, multi-

channel distribution strategy through

broker partnerships and selling direct

to customers through the Group’s

direct brands, Insure2Drive, GoGirl

and Sabre Direct. The vast majority of

new business in the UK market is sold

through price comparison websites,

and so setting the right price in this

highly competitive market is critical.

Claims handling

Sabre’s emphasis on the technical

aspects of claims handling draws on

over 900 years’ worth of experience,

encompassing cutting-edge fraud

mitigation, excellent cost control and

a high-quality experience for claimants.

Strong cash generation

Our underwriting discipline and streamlined

operating model gives us confidence that

we can deliver our target ordinary dividend

payout ratio of 70%–80% of IFRS profit after tax.

IFRS profit after tax

£ 37.9m

2024 | £36.0m

Premium growth

We anticipate medium-term growth in gross

written premium across the insurance cycle, while

maintaining our target net insurance margin.

Gross written premium

1

£202.9m

2024 | £236.4m

Maintaining expertise

We continue to refine our underwriting model

to drive increasingly accurate, customer-focused

pricing. We aim to retain and develop superior

levels of expertise in underwriting and claims

management at all levels within our business.

1   Alternative performance measure. For

reconciliations to alternative performance

measures, see pages 212 to 216

Strong broker relationships

Proprietary  data

Analysis and pricing expertise

D

A

T

A

(

U

N

I

Q

U

E

&

C

O

M

P

L

E

T

E

)

D

A

T

A

(

U

N

I

Q

U

E

&

C

O

M

P

L

E

T

E

)

Risk management

Reinsurance: Sabre operates an excess-

of-loss reinsurance policy across its entire

portfolio, limiting the cost of any single

largeaccident.

Balance sheet: All financial investments

are investment-grade bonds, with over two-

thirds in very low-risk government bonds

and government-backed assets.

Core operations

Sabre’s focus on its key strengths and the

experienced leadership team has built

highly-efficient underwriting and claims

management processes,

with routine, volume-dependent tasks

being outsourced to expert partners. This

allows for a low expense base, which can

flex inline with business volumes.

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

Our Business Model

07 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

### Sabre’s medium-term

### growth plans are on-track

#### Ambition 2030

Core Motor

Increase Profit

### At least £80m

### profit before

### tax in 2030

#### Continued controlled expenditure

#### Motorcycle

Increase Profit

#### These growth plans are driven

by initiatives that stay true to

#### Sabre’s DNA – high-margin

#### underwritingactivities.

Growth will not be linear and

#### will accelerate and decelerate

#### dependent on market conditions.

#### These plans require minimal capital

#### investments – the foundations have

#### already been laid.

Efficiency of Direct

Distribution

Direct

Motorcycle

Expand market

position

Broker

Motorcycle

Initiatives Progress

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

Ambition 2030

08 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Cost base enhancement

through greater

automation

Launched in H1 2025

with expansion in 2026

Testing started in Q4 2025,

on-track to introduce

through 2026

Implementation work

ongoing with expected

launch in 2027

![]()

#### Ambition 2030 continued

09

2025 2030

Core Motor

Increase Profit

#### Motorcycle

Increase Profit

IT system enhancement

Pricing development

Motorcycle IT requirements

Motorcycle customer service

Motorcycle pricing

Expenses

Base

development

Further evolution of IT capability

Initial tests

complete

Iterative pricing

tests/roll-out

GWP impact

Profit impact

In place

for direct

Roll-out to select

insurance brokers

In place

for direct

Expand online

chat %

AI-supported chat

Initial

development

complete

Expand quotability

Further develop

rates

GWP impact

Profit impact

Maintain expense base at low level

Completed

Key

In progress

Outcomes

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Financial

Statements

Strategic

Report

Governance

![]()

#### Ambition 2030 continued

### Building on our strengths

### to deliver Ambition 2030

Core Motor

Expand market position

Sabre’s core underwriting model Ambition 2030 initiatives

#### Sabre’s data

#### advantage

Quality, volume,

skills and

experience

Motorcycle

Distribution and pricing

– New rating structure for direct

andbroker products based on

multi-year experience

– New pricing infrastructure replicating

new car rating technology

– Large elements of experience

combined across car and

motorcycle such as

personal injury

– Already quote for expanded footprint

– Already underwrite some policies in

expanded footprint

– Amending margin for increased

volume in expanded footprint cohort

#### “One version of the truth”

Consistency on key assumptions ensures all teams

use the same data and assumptions, creating

clarity and consistency in decision making

#### Policy validation

Pre- and post-sale validation of all policies

ensures accurate information and strengthens

data integrity

#### Fast feedbackloops

Daily interaction between

claims, pricing, and

actuarial functions

improve pricing

accuracy and maintain

underwritingdiscipline

#### High quotability

We quote for almost

all risks using core

and enriched data

#### Claims screening

All claims screened for

fraud and accuracy, which

protects performance by

ensuring claims are genuine

and correctly assessed

#### Margin

#### management

Disciplined approach

ensures profitability

is prioritised ahead of

volume growth

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

10 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

### Sabre’s data advantage An AI-enabled

### business

Built on over 25 years of specialist motor data and stable,

migration-free systems, Sabre’s pure motor focus and specialist

footprint enables disciplined pricing and reliable underwriting,

underpinning our proven record of margin-led outperformance.

We have deployed AI tools throughout the

business, carefully managing risk while

seeking new opportunities and efficiencies.

#### Data

#### Skills and experience

#### Volume

#### Quality

1

#### Vast volume

#### of quote data

Sabre produces 200m

direct quotes per year,

providing great

insight into market

conditions and our

customer base

#### Long history

#### of specialistunderwriting

More than 6.4m years

of customer policies

underwritten by the

Group, with a focus

on non-standard risks,

gives leading insight

into Sabre’s core market

2

Complete and

#### consistent data

Sabre’s data has

been captured on

a single, reliable

administrationsystem

#### Reliable analysis

Integrated pricing and

reserving analysis,

combining traditional and

AI-supported techniques

3

#### Specialist underwriting

#### experience

More than 20 years of specialist

underwriting enable accurate, competitive

pricing for non-standard risks

#### Driving performance

This expertise is a core contributor to

Sabre’s record of market-leading

underwriting performance

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

11 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Financial

Statements

Strategic

Report

Governance

#### Ambition 2030 continued

#### Pricing

– Use of tools in data analysis and price setting

– Maintain human oversight in all pricing decisions

– Full transparency, no ‘black box’

– Complements, does not override pricing team

#### Claims management

– Completes routine tasks

– Skilled claims team can focus on technical aspects

– Decision-making remains with individuals

#### Operations

– Enhances efficiency in customer service and policy management

– Day-to-day use, such as document summarisation Integration

into IT security

#### Distribution

– Working with partners to ensure we provide easy access to our

product through AI-enabled distribution

![]()

#### Our Values

A fair and

# focused

# business

#### Focused on our strategy

Our strategy is simple, clear and well understood by our stakeholders.

This is discussed in detail on page 06, but can be distilled further

into one thing: focus. Focus on profitability through obsessive

management of our pricing and rigorous discipline. Focus on long-

term growth by engaging in the right development projects at the

right time, drawing on our core strengths. Focus on attracting and

retaining top talent to achieve all of this. Focus on the wider needs of

stakeholders, through our sustainability and responsibility programme.

Fair to

#### customers

Fair to

#### our people

Fair to

#### the planet

Fair to

#### partners

At the core of our business sit our

customers. Fair treatment of our

customers is ingrained in the DNA of

our business, be it through provision of

high-quality insurance at a fair price, fast

and efficient handling of claims or high-

quality customer administration through

our UK-based call centre.

Sabre’s greatest asset is the talented

group of individuals who keep the

business running every day, from the

pricing and product teams generating

our cutting-edge pricing, through to

the expert claims team achieving fair

customer outcomes while robustly

managing fraudulent claims. We strive to

place the right people in the right roles

at the right time, while maintaining a

happy and safe working environment.

We recognise that all organisations, big

and small, have a responsibility to act

in the best interests of our environment

and society as a whole. We have set out

a roadmap to net zero, which includes

making changes now to minimise the

impact of our business on climate

change. We believe that companies

can be a force for good, and through

our Charity Committee we support local

organisations who we believe make a

real difference to people’s lives.

We enjoy excellent working relationships

with all of our partners, including our

brokers, key suppliers and outsourced

operations. Through the challenging

period of the last two years, we have

worked closely with our partners to assist

in their continued success.

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

Our Values

12 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Cyclicality in the UK motor insurance market

The UK private motor insurance market has historically

exhibited pricing cyclicality driven by competitive dynamics,

as well as social, economic and regulatory factors.

In times of lower competitive intensity, price levels tend to

rise. However, pricing increases typically enhance industry

profitability, resulting in industry participants reducing prices

to increase volumes and new entrants joining the market.

This increased competition can cause prices to fall, which

can reduce underwriting profitability across the industry and

may, in turn, lead market participants to reduce volumes or

seek to exit the market, reducing competitive intensity and

leading to prices rising again.

The pricing cycle can also be impacted by regulatory

changes, such as pricing interventions or restrictions on

claimant activity.

#### Current market conditions

Motor insurance pricing in the UK entered a downturn in

2018, with average premiums dropping by 14% between Q1

2018 and Q1 2022. Over the same period, the Consumer

Prices Index (“CPI”) increased by over 10% and, in Sabre’s

view, motor insurance claims costs increased even further.

This cycle downturn was far longer than normal, which was

driven by a ‘normal’ downturn, then impacted by ongoing

influences of the UK’s exit from the European Union, COVID

and the high inflationary period.

Pricing started to recover in Q2 2022 and increased rapidly

until Q1 2024, over which time the CPI-adjusted average

premium charged by the market had recovered to 2017

levels. Since Q1 2024, market prices have decreased, with

price reductions stabilising in H2 2025.

With price decreases having slowed or stopped, we now

expect prices to increase in order to cover claims cost

inflation. Whilst the market imperative will be to increase

prices immediately in order to stem market-wide losses (to

which Sabre is not exposed given our continued pricing

discipline), we cannot be certain as to when these price

increases occur. As we believe that in general market prices

currently do not cover costs, we expect price increases in

2026 will need to cover past and future inflation, whereas

Sabre’s increases should be required only to cover future

inflation, at most.

#### Drivers of cost inflation

In previous years, we have described why claims cost inflation

was significantly ahead of wider economic inflation. We still

see evidence that claims costs across the motor insurance

industry are rising with an overall annual increase in costs,

including consideration of both cost and frequency of claims,

in the mid-single-digits. Key elements driving inflation remain

largely consistent with prior period and include:

– Care costs for seriously injured people. Overall care

inflation is reported at 10.9% for agency day rates in 2025.

– Wage inflation, and the consequent impact on othercosts.

– The costs of car parts and paint continue to increase as

these elements become more complex.

– The costs of hire vehicles and extended hire periods has

improved somewhat, albeit issues such as the JLR cyber

event created delays for that brand.

– An industry consensus formed over the past year that

accident frequency had reduced structurally, albeit the

reasons for this were unclear – possibly being due to safer

driving, driving at different times of day, lower speed limits

or a lower propensity to claim for small accidents. We have

observed this trend, although remain cautious that certain

elements, such as the propensity to claim, could reverse.

#### The outlook for inflation

It is not possible to predict exactly how cost inflation will

develop; however, we have identified several factors which

will impact costs going forward, many of which have not

changed since our last Annual Report:

– Care cost inflation, which is largely driven by wage

inflation for care workers, could rise significantly as the

potential pool of care staff from around the world remains

suppressed, and continued minimum wage and national

insurance rises take effect.

– Wage inflation is predicted to drop in 2026, however

impacts from national insurance changes, living wage

increases and scarcity of labour supply will likely impact

costs by more than this in the care and bodyshop sectors.

– There is some indication the costs of car parts will

continue to rise. The current geopolitical climate,

including conflicts and potential tariffs, may impact

supply chains.

– Used car prices have stabilised.

– The cost of hire vehicles is impacted by the time taken to

carry out repairs. If part availability increases, rental costs

could reduce.

– We expect industry levies to continue to rise in line

with increases in the expected costs of compensating

thevictims of uninsured drivers.

– Energy costs increases can impact elements of the

claims supply chain, such as repair costs.

#### What does cost inflation mean for Sabre?

Cost inflation is factored into Sabre’s policy pricing – we

charge an amount based on what we expect to pay

out over the period of that policy (generally 12 months),

factoring in our view of inflation. As all the inflationary factors

are market-wide, we expect that market price increases will

reflect this inflation, but, as discussed earlier, this has come

in ‘jumps’ as the market transitions from ‘soft’ to ‘hard’. Lower

than expected inflation can be beneficial to earnings, as

pricing assumptions can turn out to be conservative.

#### Market Context

#### Underlying

#### market

#### conditions

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

Market Context

13 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

Sabre’s business model is designed to withstand, adapt, and

thrive over the long term within a changing environment.

#### Political and regulatory

2025 has seen the resolution of certain regulatory issues

impacting motor insurance, in particular the conclusion

of the UK Government’s Motor Insurance Task Force. It was

pleasing to see that this wide-reaching investigation into the

price of motor insurance did not result in any market-wide

intervention and concluded that in general motor insurance

pricing fairly reflected underlying costs, with an effective and

competitive market.

A final report from the Financial Conduct Authority into

premium financing (paying by monthly instalments) was

released in February 2026. The report confirmed that no

market-wide action is to be taken, although it underscored

the importance of providing value to customers, for example

by not charging excessive interest rates. Sabre provides

premium financing directly to a proportion of customers on

its direct brands, which account for fewer than 20% of Sabre’s

total customers. In 2025, income from instalment interest

made up less than 1.6% of the Group’s insurance revenue.

We continue to comply fully with all current requirements,

including the Consumer Duty. As part of our focus on

customer fairness, we have ensured that our target margins

are consistent across all of our products. We present a

statement of compliance with the Consumer Duty on

page67 of this report.

#### Economic

For Sabre, and much of the insurance market, the two most

significant macro-economic factors remain inflation and

interest rates. Inflation is discussed at some length throughout

this report, with rising costs related to both claims and

operational costs, such as salaries and maintenance of the

Group’s IT network. The increase and decrease of interest rates

has little real-world impact for Sabre, as invested assets are

primarily fixed-rate bonds which the Group holds to maturity,

meaning the cash flows from these bonds are known at

purchase and are not affected by temporary reductions in

their value. The impact on the Group’s balance sheet strength

is also small, as the Group’s liabilities have been discounted

to reflect the time value of money – and the impact of this

discounting is inherently linked to risk-free yields.

#### Social

After a period of real-terms decline in spending power,

many households in the UK continue to struggle to

purchase essentials and maintain a fair standard of living.

Sabre has always aimed to price its policies fairly, not

exploiting any group of customers while fairly reflecting

changing underlying costs. This is reflected in the Group’s

adherence to the robust Consumer Duty rules with which

we will continue to comply fully. Selling a product that

is effectively compulsory, rather than being reliant on

discretionary spend, means that Sabre has historically

shown great resilience during periods where customer

spending power has reduced.

In addition, the Group’s exceptionally strong controls

over claims spend has mitigated increases in fraudulent

behaviour, which is sometimes a feature of a challenging

economic environment.

We continue to do our best to support customers in financial

difficulty, while providing easy access to fairly priced

insurance for everyone.

#### Technological

Technological change continues apace, not only in the

means of propulsion in vehicles switching from internal

combustion to electric, but in the way that insurance is

developed, marketed and sold to consumers. We continue

to invest in cutting-edge pricing techniques, as well as

partnering with some of the most technologically advanced

distributors within the insurance market, ensuring that

our policyholders get the fairest price and enjoy the best

possible customer experience. In particular, developing

increasingly sophisticated pricing infrastructure is key to

achieving our ambitious plans for 2030.

#### Market Context continued

#### Current

#### market

#### focus

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

14 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

14 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Chair’s Letter

#### This performance

#### underscores the strength

#### and resilience of our business

#### and provides a solid platform

#### from which to pursue our

#### Ambition 2030 targets.”

Rebecca Shelley

Group Chair

#### Welcome to Sabre’s 2025

#### Annual Report and Accounts.

On behalf of the Board, I would like to thank our shareholders

for their continued support and engagement throughout

the year. 2025 was another year of strong performance for

Sabre, achieved against a backdrop of challenging market

conditions. This resilience is a testament to the strength of our

business model and the dedication of our people.

#### Delivering on Our Strategy

In late 2024, we set out our medium-term strategic plan,

Ambition 2030, which outlines our ambition to deliver profit

before tax of at least £80m in 2030 and builds on the Group’s

existing core values and unique strengths. I am delighted to

report that during the first half of 2025 we achieved the first

milestone in this journey: the successful launch of Sabre Direct,

our innovative Direct Motorcycleproduct.

We also advanced our pricing capabilities during the year,

entering a testing phase in late 2025 that will enable us to

expand our addressable market and accelerate growth in

the years ahead.

#### Performance and Market Context

As our CEO, Geoff Carter, explains in his statement, Sabre

delivered a strong headline profit before tax for 2025

despite weak market conditions. This profit has translated

into significant capital generation and has allowed us to

pay an increased dividend for the year. This performance

underscores the strength and resilience of our business and

provides a solid platform from which to pursue our Ambition

2030 targets. I am also pleased that we have been able to

announce a further £5m share buyback programme this

year, subject to regulatory approval.

#### Governance and Risk

The Board remains committed to robust governance and

stewardship, providing challenge and support to management

with a clear focus on achieving our strategic goals, and to aid

in this, I was delighted to welcome David Neave as a Non-

executive Director to the Board in August 2025.

We also engaged extensively with shareholders through

one-on-one meetings, ensuring a full understanding of

stakeholder needs throughout our decision making. Further

information on the Board and its activities during the year

can be found in the Governance section of this report, from

page 68 onwards.

Managing risk is second nature to Sabre, and our disciplined

approach to pricing and risk management gives us

confidence in our ability to thrive in any environment. While

global economic conditions remain uncertain, our robust

foundations and sharp focus position us well for the future.

Further information on the risks the Group faces and how

it manages them can be found in the Principal Risks and

Uncertainties section of this report on page 22.

#### Sustainability and ESG

Sabre continues to make progress on its sustainability

agenda. We remain firmly committed to our net-zero target,

monitored through our evolving Road to Net Zero framework.

I am pleased to report that we achieved a ‘B’ rating from the

Climate Disclosure Project for our disclosures last year – a

clear recognition of our transparency and commitment.

#### Outlook

Looking ahead, we expect Sabre to continue delivering

strong profits regardless of market conditions. We see

significant potential for growth as pricing strengthens and

through our Ambition 2030 initiatives. Over the next few years,

we anticipate generating and distributing considerable

capital, creating value for all stakeholders.

On behalf of the Board I would like to thank Sabre

colleagues for their continued commitment and the

Executive Team for their strong leadership throughout the

year. The Board and I remain confident in Sabre’s future and

excited about the opportunities ahead.

Rebecca Shelley

Group Chair

9 March 2026

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

Chair’s Letter

15 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

15 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Chief Executive Officer’s Review

#### Our profitability clearly

demonstrates the

benefit of our on-

going commitment to

#### disciplined underwriting.”

Geoff Carter

Chief Executive Officer

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

Chief Executive Officer’s Review

16 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

2025 was another strong year for Sabre. We delivered an

increased profit from a lower premium base and made

significant progress with our Ambition 2030 initiatives.

Our profitability clearly demonstrates the benefit of our on-

going commitment to disciplined underwriting, treating profit

as the target and volume an output. We priced prudently

for potential claims inflation on business written in the year,

despite soft market conditions, and benefitted from positive

experience as inflation moderated in the latter part of the

year which allowed us to drive growth in both premium

andpolicy count in Q4 and into 2026.

The Headline numbers for 2025 are:

Within this we delivered a very positive core motor loss ratio

of 50.5%. We have seen both Motorcycle and Taxi loss ratios

improve in the second half of the year and continue to

expect these products to deliver useful additional profit for

the business. Our overall financial year loss ratio of 54.1%

was a 4.6ppts improvement on 2024 and delivered a net

insurance margin of 19.2%, well inside our target range.

We have continued to ensure our prices fully cover our view

of claims costs and are calculated to deliver our target

margins. In our view, claims inflation moderated during the

year and we believe it is now at a mid-single digit level.

#### Reflections on 2025

In my 2024 Review, I outlined our hopes and expectations for

2025. These included:

– We would deliver a strong financial result through our

differentiated and focused approach to pricing

– We would test the first stages of our Ambition 2030 plans

– We would expand our Motorcycle distribution

– We would demonstrate continued focus on customer

experience through development of a self-service portal

– Market rates would be competitive in H1, and increase in

H2 to protect margins across the market

– Premium levels would be partially impacted by market

pricing levels

I’m delighted that we delivered on the majority of these

objectives. While market pricing stabilised in H2, there were

no signs of meaningful increases, which is discussed further

in the Market section.

#### Ambition 2030 plans – Test new pricing models

As hoped, we successfully conducted our initial pricing tests,

gathering valuable feedback that will allow us to begin the

ramp-up of initiatives in 2026. Given that market pricing was

generally not supportive of growth, the increase in our in-

force policy count in Q4 indicates that our refreshed strategy

allows us to grow profitably even in more challenging

marketconditions.

#### Motorcycle

Our new direct product launched on schedule, attracting

business almost entirely through Price Comparison Websites.

“Sabre Direct” was launched with a restricted footprint in

order to allow us to test and learn, and to amend prices

as we gathered more data. We are now confident in our

pricing proposition and will continue to expand our footprint

through2026.

We are also servicing all polices in-house rather than

outsourcing. This is supported through low fixed costs, with

the product being entirely on-line, with web-chat support

and no call centre.

#### Customer Portal/Experience

We have continued to develop and refine our online portal

and are benefitting from an increasing volume of customers

using this as their preferred servicing model. This has

supported positive customer experience as well as laying

the foundations to reduce direct product servicing costs

overtime.

#### Regulation

Our approach is to operate in-line with both the spirit and

the letter of all relevant regulation, with a continued focus on

delivering good customer outcomes.

We were pleased to see the conclusions of the Government

Taskforce on Insurance in late 2025. This concluded that

the market functioned well and that price increases were

reflective of increased claims costs – which were primarily

driven by external factors. This has always been our view as

outlined in previous result announcements, and we hope this

removes a cloud over the industry.

We continue to believe we have low exposure to on-going

areas of regulatory focus, which appear to be primarily poor

value ancillary products, high APR’s for premium finance and

certain claims management activities.

#### Chief Executive Officer’s Review continued

Healthy premium levels,

increased profit and

#### attractive capital returns

Gross written premium

1

£202.9m

2024 | £236.4m

IFRS profit before tax

£51.0m

2024 | £48.6m

1   Alternative performance measure. For reconciliations to alternative

performance measures, see pages 212 to 216

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

17 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Market

In our view the market is currently over-competing and

risks undermining margins. This is not something we will

allow to happen at Sabre, and we remain focussed on

underwritingdiscipline.

As noted earlier, we believe claims inflation is returning to

historical norms of mid-single digit levels, whilst overall there

has been little compensating market level rate increase

in2025.

At an overall level this is likely to drive reduced market-level

profitability in 2026 although this may look very different for

individual competitors, such as Sabre, where underwriting

profitability has remained the focus.

#### Capital and dividend

We have increased our dividend to 13.5p per share for 2025,

reflecting increased profits and strong capital generation.

While our post-dividend solvency ratio of 161.5% is below

2024, this remains above our preferred operating range.

The Board has elected to use additional capital, paying

down into the range, to execute a buyback of £5m, the

same amount as in the previous year. This is indicative of the

Board’s confidence in the Group’s robust capital position

and ability to generate further capital as we look to grow

through to our Ambition 2030 target.

#### People

Our success in 2025 and confidence about the future are

entirely due to the efforts and commitment of all Sabre’s

people. In 2025 the whole business excelled in pushing to

deliver the in-year result as well as continuing to develop

ourAmbition 2030 plans.

In return we were delighted to be able to pay a Christmas

Bonus as well as performance bonuses. In addition, in the

year we agreed an extra day’s holiday for all staff to be taken

on or around their birthday.

Our hybrid way of working with all staff spending a minimum

of 3 days in the office continues to work well for the business

and our people and we have no plans to change this.

#### Environmental, Social and Governance

#### (“ESG”)

Environmental, social and governance matters remain

integral to how we make decisions as a business. We

continue to uphold our environmental commitments and

values, ensuring fairness to our people, customers, partners

and the planet. During the year, we have made continued

progress towards our net-zero ambitions, as outlined in the

‘Responsibility and Sustainability’ section of this report on

pages 54 to 66.

#### Artificial intelligence

Throughout the year we continued to position the business to

benefit from potential AI driven opportunities and to manage

the threats arising from AI. This includes running numerous

efficiency tests, utilising large language models and other

novel pricing and analysis models and preparing for possible

medium-term changes in distribution – for example AI driven

premium comparisons. Overall, we believe that as a focused

product manufacturer AI will benefit rather than threaten

ourbusiness.

#### Outlook for 2026

We will continue to focus on writing business at our target

margins, with overall premium levels being influenced by

market pricing dynamics. As the year progresses, we expect

to begin seeing the noticeable positive premium impact of

our Ambition 2030 plans. We expect the Group to continue

premium growth in 2026, and to deliver a profit slightly ahead

of 2025 as the high-margin business written in 2025 earns

through. I anticipate we will continue to deliver sustainable

profitable growth as we move towards 2030.

In my next report I look forward to providing more detail

on the development and impact of this work, as well

as reporting another strong in year performance. Huge

thanks to all our people for making this happen, and

to the board members for their continuing support and

constructivechallenge.

Geoff Carter

Chief Executive Officer

9 March 2026

#### Chief Executive Officer’s Review continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

18 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

We delivered an increased profit,

#### from a lower premium base, but

#### made very substantial progress

#### with our Ambition 2030 initiatives.”

#### Chief Executive Officer’s Review continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

19 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

23 23

23 23

24 24

24 24

25 25

25 25

£225.1m

30.0%

61.6%

91.6%

£236.4m

25.5%

58.7%

84.2%

£202.9m

28.2%

54.1%

82.3%

#### How our KPIs link to Sabre’s strategy

The most fundamental element of the Group’s strategy

is underwriting profitability, and, as such, our KPIs

focus on measures of profitability – specifically net

insurance margin, loss ratio, expense ratio, combined

operating ratio and IFRS profit after tax. As the Group is

focused on managing risk, maintaining an appropriate

solvency coverage is also important, so solvency

coverage ratio is considered a KPI.

The Group monitors its growth and intends to grow

when market conditions allow; as such, the level of

gross written premium forms a KPI. Effective deployment

of capital is an overarching element of Sabre’s strategy

and is measured through return on tangible equity.

For Our strategy

go to page 06

How our KPIs link to

#### Directors’ remuneration

Executive Directors’ and senior management’s

remuneration is based on both financial and non-

financial measures, with a primary focus on the

financial performance of the Group. This is achieved

through a ‘profit pool’ whereby participants are

entitled to a maximum bonus equal to a percentage

of the Group’s IFRS profit before tax, which is then

modified according to performance against individual

performance goals. The Group’s Long Term Incentive

Plan is underpinned by measures which include return

on tangible equity and solvency coverage ratio. Each

of the KPIs either contribute towards the Group’s profit

or report the Group’s resultant capital position and are

therefore aligned with this remuneration approach.

For our Remuneration Report

go to page 92

#### Gross written premium £’m Expense ratio %

#### Net loss ratio % Combined operating ratio %

What is it?

The total premium written by the business.

Why is it important?

Writing insurance policies is the Group’s

primary function, and the Group’s margin

targets dictate that on average all business

written should be profitable. Therefore, in order

to grow profit, levels of premium must be

sustained or grown.

Aim

To grow premium over the medium term such

that the profit target set out in Ambition 2030

can be achieved.

What is it?

A measure of the Group’s total operating

expenses as a proportion of the net

earnedpremium.

Why is it important?

This shows how efficiently the Group runs

its operations. This is a broadly consistent

measure across insurance companies,

although it is important to note that not all

other companies include their entire expense

base when calculating this measure. Our

reported expense ratio does include all

expenses incurred by the Group.

Aim

To minimise expense ratio to the extent

possible while maintaining a robust operating

environment, such that the Group’s net

insurance margin target can be achieved.

What is it?

Sabre’s total claims expense (on an

undiscounted basis) as a proportion

ofthenet earned premium.

Why is it important?

This shows how much the Group pays out

in claims for every pound of net premium

earned. It is a useful comparator of relative

underwriting strength and can be compared

across years and against peers.

Aim

To achieve a sufficiently low loss ratio to

achieve the combined operating ratio

andnet insurance margin targets.

What is it?

Similar to net insurance margin, this takes

into account only pure premium, claims,

and operating expenses. Presented on an

undiscounted basis.

Why is it important?

This is a common performance indicator used

by similar companies, so will aid in allowing

comparison across the sector.

Aim

To achieve to the overall net insurance

margin target, the Group needs to record

a combined operating ratio of 80% – 85%,

while ensuring an optimal level is reached

tomaximise profit before tax.

#### Key Performance Indicators

Links to Strategy

1 2 3 4 5

Links to Strategy

3 4 5

Links to Strategy

1 4 5

Links to Strategy

1 3 4 5

Principal Risks

1

6

2

7

3 4 5

Principal Risks

1

7

2 4 5 6

Principal Risks

1 2 5 6 7

Principal Risks

1

7

2 4 5 6

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

Key Performance Indicators

20 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

23 23

23 23

24 24

24 24

25 25

25 25

10.6%

205.3%

22.7%

£23.6m

17. 6%

216.6%

38.2%

£48.6m

19.2%

198.7%

37.2%

£51.0m

#### Net insurance margin % Pre-dividend solvency coverage ratio % KPI to IFRS reconciliations

All KPIs are non-IFRS measures, with the exception of

IFRSprofit before tax.

#### Return on tangible equity % IFRS profit before tax £’m

What is it?

A measure of the total profit generated

through pure underwriting activities, taking

into account premium-like income, such

as instalment interest, claims expenses and

operating expenditure. Presented on an

undiscounted basis.

Why is it important?

Maintaining a profit margin within a target

range ensures that the Group’s top-line

growth does not come at the expense

of total profit and highlights the Group’s

effectiveunderwriting.

Aim

We aim to operate with a net insurance

margin of between 18% and 22%.

What is it?

The Group’s solvency coverage ratio is the

ratio of the Group’s regulatory capital in a

particular point in time to its solvency capital

requirement (“SCR”) for the same period,

expressed as a percentage, stated before

the final dividend declared in respect of the

financial year.

Why is it important?

The Group is required to maintain regulatory

capital at least equal to its SCR. This is a

measure of the balance sheet strength

oftheGroup.

Aim

To hold no less than 140% of the Group’s SCR

and, in general, no more than 160%.

What is it?

The Group’s total IFRS profit after tax divided

by the Group’s average tangible net assets

across the year.

Why is it important?

This is a measure of the efficiency with which

the Group deploys its assets and is a useful

comparable measure across different sectors.

Aim

To make efficient use of the capital available

to the business and achieve broadly

consistent returns year-on-year.

What is it?

A measure of the total pre-tax earnings of

the Group, in accordance with prevailing

accounting standards.

Why is it important?

Generation of profit is core to the Group’s

stated purpose and our Ambition 2030, which

targets sustainable growth in IFRS profit over

the medium term.

Aim

Through careful management of expenses

and skilled underwriting, to deliver growth in

IFRS profit over the medium term such that

we deliver an IFRS profit before tax of at least

£80m in 2030.

#### Key Performance Indicators continued

Links to Strategy

1 2 3 4 5

Links to Strategy

1 4 5

Links to Strategy

3 4 5

Links to Strategy

1 3 4 5

Principal Risks

1 2 5 6 7

Principal Risks

1 2 5 6 7

Principal Risks

1

7

2 3 5 6

Principal Risks

1 3 5 7

For a reconciliation of KPIs to IFRS

measures go to pages 212 to 216

Links to Strategy

Principal Risks

Disciplined Underwriting

Insurance

Distributions

Regulatory, Governance and Compliance

People

Macro Risks

Operations

IT and Systems

Controlled Growth

Finance and Capital

Risk Management

Operations

1

2

3

4

5

For our strategy go to page 06

For our Principal Risks go to pages 22 to 30

1

6

2

7

3

4

5

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

21 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Principal Risks and Uncertainties

#### Risk management

Managing risk effectively is core to Sabre’s strategy and is

integral to delivering sustainable long-term growth for its

investors. The Board is responsible for prudent oversight of

the Group’s business and financial operations, ensuring that

they are conducted in accordance with sound business

principles, comply with applicable laws and regulations,

and to ensure fair customer outcomes. This includes a

responsibility to articulate and monitor adherence to the

Board’s appetite for exposure to risks. The Board also ensures

that measures are in place to provide independent and

objective assurance on the rigorous identification and

management of risk, and on the effectiveness of the internal

controls in place to mitigate those risks.

The Board delegates the oversight of risk to the Group’s Risk

Committee, which is responsible for understanding the major

risk areas and ensuring that adequate and effective internal

controls are in place to manage the Group’s risk exposure,

and for providing oversight and advice to the Board in

relation to the Group’s risk exposure. Further information

on the Risk Committee can be found on pages 86 to 88.

The Risk Committee works closely with the Remuneration

Committee to ensure that the effective management of risk

is accurately reflected when making decisions regarding

remunerationpayments.

Sabre has established a robust and proportionate risk

management strategy and framework as an integral

elementin its pursuit of business objectives and the

fulfilmentof its obligations to shareholders, regulators,

customers, employees and suppliers.

The Group’s objectives regarding risk management

are that:

1.   The Group endeavours to operate an effective Risk

Management Framework, which utilises the three

linesofdefence philosophy and manages risk within

Boardappetite;

2.   All significant risks are identified, measured, assessed,

managed and monitored in a consistent and effective

manner across the Group;

3.   Appropriate and reliable risk management tools,

including likelihood and impact indicators, are deployed

to support the rating and the management of risks;

4.    All Directors, Management and relevant employees are

accountable for managing risks in line with their roles

and ensuring that the Group’s reputation remains high;

5.   The Group complies with all relevant legislation,

regulatory requirements, guidance and codes of

best practice; and

6.   The Board receives timely, dependable assurance

that the Group is managing the significant risks it is

exposedto.

#### Risk assessment, identification and evaluation

Sabre’s assessment of risk is not static. The Board and

Management continually assess the risk environment in

which the Group operates and ensures that Sabre maintains

appropriate mitigation to remain within risk appetite.

Management recognises that risks must be identified,

monitored and mitigated appropriately, to ensure their

impacts on the Group are minimised. Whilst accepting that

some elements of risk are core to the operation of the Group,

it is important that the Group identifies and accepts only the

risks which the Group considers to be within its risk appetite.

To do this, Sabre’s Risk Framework is based on the three lines

of defence model, which divides all functions within Sabre

into three groups depending on their primary roles. By doing

so, it is possible to clearly define the boundaries around each

function to ensure clarity of functional purpose and remit, as

well as guard against potential conflicts of interest arising.

#### Three lines of defence model

#### First line

− Day-to-day responsibility for owning, assessing,

managing and controlling risks

#### Third line

− Provision of independent assurance

#### Second line

− Facilitating the Group’s risk management processes

− Oversight and challenge of risk management

and controls

− Testing of controls

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

22 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

22 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

1. Risk identification

There are various tools available, and activities undertaken

within the risk management process which are used to

identify risks. These include but are not limited to meetings,

incident and loss event analysis, assurance reviews, thematic

risk reviews, simulations and horizon scanning.

2. Risk assessment

Risk assessment involves rating risks at an inherent

level (without controls) and a residual level (post controls).

Risks are rated by likelihood and impact from a scale of 1 to 5.

The impact areas for risk are defined as:

– Business process interruption

– Customer outcomes

– Earnings/financial/solvency

– People and environment

– Reputation and regulatory

3. Risk mitigation and controls

Identified risks are mitigated and controlled to reduce

the likelihood of a risk occurring and/or reducing the

impact of a risk should it occur. Controls can include, but

are not limited to, implementing policies and operating

procedures, authority and approval levels, segregation of

duties, reconciliations, system restrictions such as password

requirements, education and training.

4. Risk monitoring and reporting

The output of Sabre’s risk identification, assessment and

mitigation activities is regularly monitored by responsible

business areas and reported to senior individuals and

committees at management and Board level to ensure

appropriate visibility, discussion and challenge of matters

relating to risk, including the Board’s oversight of adherence

to Sabre’s risk appetite.

Key information such as risk changes, key risk indicators,

breaches, incidents, issues, and significant control weaknesses,

is curated and shared across the relevant individuals and

committees in the form of a Risk Dashboard over the quarter.

Risks and controls are reported through the Group with a

bottom-up approach, with management feeding into the Risk

Management and Compliance Forum, which reports to the

Group’s Risk Committee, which then reports to the Board.

Comments from the Board and Risk Committee Directors

are given to management via the Chief Risk Officer, and, if

required, by the Chief Executive Officer.

5. Risk response and learning

When risks crystalise, or when Sabre’s residual risk exposures

increase, this is escalated to the appropriate individuals, Board

and committees, either through regular reporting or on an

exceptions basis.

#### The risk management process at Sabre

This section sets out the activities that Sabre conducts

to ensure that risks arising are identified and managed.

The risk management process comprises five broad

categories of activities:

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

23 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

23 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

#### Risk universe

The Group uses a risk universe to aid in the identification of

risks and to ensure that no risks are overlooked. Sabre has

identified its risk universe as:

Insurance

Risks associated with the business of

the Group – What we do as a Group,

including agreeing claims, reserving,

pricing and underwriting

Operations

Risks associated with inadequate

or failed internal processes and

systems, or from external events –

How we operate, including product

development, and how we deal with

suppliers, distribution and customers

Finance

and Capital

Risks associated with the Group not

being able to meet its financial and

solvency obligations – How we use our

financial resources, including capital

management, investments, solvency

and taxation

IT and Systems

Risks that arise from the development,

implementation, maintenance and

utilisation of the technology ecosystem

which includes infrastructure, software

and cyber protections

Regulatory,

Governance

and Compliance

Risks associated with not complying

with laws and regulations – How we act

People

Risks associated with our employees –

Who we are

Macro

Risks that arise from outside the Group

such as climate, inflation or interest

rate risk

#### Risk appetite

The Board recognises that it is both necessary and desirable

for the Group to assume and accept a level of risk in

pursuing its strategy but notes that this must be maintained

within acceptable limits. The Group is generally risk-averse

and operates the business to take advantage of its good

utilisation of operational resources and its strong ability to

price risks at a consistently profitable level. The Group does

not tolerate risks which impact the Group’s key objectives of

the preservation of capital and the reliable and consistent

performance of the Group across the insurance cycle.

While developing its risk appetite, the Board considers all

stakeholders, including customers, employees, regulators,

shareholders and suppliers. The Group’s risk appetite is

reviewed by the Group’s Management Risk and Compliance

Forum, the Risk Committee and the Board annually to

confirm that it remains appropriate.

#### Emerging risks

Sabre monitors external developments, including regulatory

changes, industry trends, and changes in the global and

domestic economic environment, which would impact its

risk profile. The identification and management of emerging

risks through this monitoring is a key element of the Group’s

strategic risk management. Emerging risks are developing

threats that are subject to uncertainty but could impact the

Group in either the short or long term. Emerging risk scanning

provides a forward-looking view of the risks that have the

potential to impact Sabre but have not yet crystalised.

Management continually monitors emerging risks to ensure

they are mitigated where possible and the Management

Risk and Compliance Forum and Risk Committee review the

Emerging Risk Log quarterly.

#### Risk culture

The Group has adopted the following principles to guide

decision making throughout the Group and its attitudes to

riskand its management.

1.   The Group conducts its business with integrity, due skill,

care and diligence and observes high standards of

market conduct.

2.   The Group organises and controls its affairs responsibly

and effectively with sound risk management systems

and procedures.

3.   The Group treats its customers fairly and communicates

with them in a way which is clear, fair and not misleading.

4.   The Group manages conflicts of interest fairly, both between

itself and its customers and between itself and reinsurers,

brokers, shareholders and other stakeholders.

5.   The Group manages risk in a cost-effective manner,

subject to compliance with applicable legislation and

regulatory requirements and effective management of

risk exposures.

6.   The Group’s employees all play an active role in the

management of risk.

7.   The Group deals with its regulators and other supervisory

bodies in an open and co-operative way, making full and

open disclosure of risk events where appropriate.

8.   The Group ensures that adequate processes and controls

are in place to ensure that it meets the requirements of

a listed company, including rules relating to disclosure,

transparency and management of conflicts of interest.

9.   The Group considers the needs of all relevant

stakeholders in making material decisions.

Sabre’s risk culture is formally reviewed on an annual basis as

part of the work that feeds into the annual Chief Risk Officer’s

report. This aims to provide an assessment and commentary

on the prevailing state of Sabre’s risk culture and highlight any

areas for development where relevant.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

24 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

#### Assessment of principal risks and uncertainties

The Directors confirm that they have undertaken a robust assessment of the principal risks

and uncertainties, and emerging risks that the Group faces – this includes those that threaten

the business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity of the Group.

Set out in the following table is an overview of the principal risks the Board believes could

threaten the Group’s strategy, performance and reputation, and the actions management

takes to respond to and mitigate those risks.

Having given both new and evolving risks due consideration, the Directors continue to consider

insurance activity to present the most material risk to the Group, in particular the estimation risk

of reserving and the ability to price premiums correctly.

Although Sabre is a UK-based business, global issues can have a significant impact on the

Group. The Group has reviewed the impact on its risk profile from continued global instability

and has updated the individual risks accordingly.

The following table shows the principal risks the Group faces, their impacts and how they

are mitigated.

#### Insurance

Risk Description  Mitigation

Change

from prior year

Link to

strategy

Pricing

Failure to price risks effectively can result in worse-than-

expected loss ratios or significant unexpected changes

in volumes of business written. Pricing considerations

include appropriate estimation of the increasing cost

of claims, through both historical trends, such as repair

costs, and emerging considerations such as climate

change and the impact of legal reforms.

The Group operates a highly sophisticated pricing model which is built upon fully

tested scientific principles. The model is updated only when sufficient data has been

collected and analysed to support a change.

Management continually monitors the market for pricing developments but prioritises

maintenance of appropriate margins over the volume of business written.

We consider the impact in the changing profile of physical risks related to climate

change in pricing our policies.

Changes in the costs of claims settlements which could relate to climate change are

captured in our normal-course reviews of policy pricing. The pricing of all new products

is carefully assessed and closely monitored by the Chief Actuary and his team.

1

2

3

Key

LINK TO STRATEGY\*

Disciplined Underwriting

1

Risk Management

2

Controlled Growth

3

Operations

4

Distribution

5

CHANGE IN RISK RATING FROM PRIOR YEAR

Increase

Decrease

No change

New risk

\*   Further information on the Group’s strategy can

be found on page 06

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

25 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Risk Description  Mitigation

Change

from prior year

Link to

strategy

Reserving

Inappropriate estimation of the ultimate cost of claims

incurred can lead to corrections in future periods which

could have a detrimental impact on the Group’s capital

and profitability. Further, incorrect reserving can lead

to errors in the pricing of new policies due to a poor

understanding of the profitability of business already

written. Estimates made in relation to inflationary, or

potentially inflationary, factors such as legal reform,

andclimate change are equally relevant to reserving.

There is a consistent and cautious approach to reserving with a risk adjustment

held above the actuarial best estimate. The Group’s actuarial function analyses

and projects historic claims development data and uses a number of actuarial

techniques to both test and forecast claims provisions. The Group also commissions

an additional independent actuarial review on a triennial basis.

1

2

3

Large losses

A small number of very large claims could have

asignificant impact on the short-term profitability

andcapital position of the Group.

Reinsurance is purchased on an excess-of-loss basis to limit the impact of large

individual losses and catastrophic events.

1

2

Reinsurance

Should reinsurance become unavailable at an

acceptable cost, the Group’s profit would become

considerably more volatile, and its capital position

would suffer.

The Group ensures that pricing decisions are taken on the basis that the gross loss

ratio should be preserved in the long term, such that reinsurers achieve satisfactory

returns through their relationship with Sabre. This ensures the greatest possible

appetite for reinsurers to renew Sabre’s coverage. Sabre maintains an open and

transparent relationship with all reinsurers on its panel.

1

2

#### Operations

Risk Description  Mitigation

Change

from prior year

Link to

strategy

Customers

Failure of the Group to meet customer requirements

orexpectations.

Sabre’s business is built around the customer, with the goal to provide access to fairly

priced motor insurance. We want our customers to experience high-quality customer

service and peace of mind. The Group has established claims handling and

actuarial teams ensuring that claims are appropriately handled, and pricing is fair.

The Group has implemented the requirements under the Consumer Duty regulation.

Sabre has developed a set of Key Performance Indicators to assess the delivery of

good customer outcomes and there is a dashboard which is reviewed by the Board

regularly. The Group prepares an Annual Consumer Duty Board Report, which details

how outcomes have been monitored and delivered, which is approved by the Board.

1

2

3

4

5

Suppliers and

outsourced

operations

The use of outsourced functions in routine operations,

such as customer services, exposes the Group to

the practices and procedures prevalent at the

outsourcedoperation.

The Group monitors its outsourced operations closely, through regular audits and

monitoring of key performance metrics to minimise customer detriment, financial

damage and failure to meet regulatory requirements.

2

4

#### Insurance continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

26 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Risk Description  Mitigation

Change

from prior year

Link to

strategy

Failure of

brokers

(distribution)

While the Group accesses the market through almost all

retail brokers within the UK, much of its business is written

through a relatively small number of large brokers. It is

therefore particularly exposed to the failure of those brokers.

The Group monitors its exposure to its broker partners on a continual basis and

regularly reviews the financial stability and solvency of its larger brokers.

5

Financial

crime

Financial crime, whether internal or external, could result

in material loss of assets and significant reputational risk.

Financial crime can include misappropriation of assets or

fraudulent activity designed to misrepresent the financial

performance or position of the Group.

Ownership and management of operational risks sit with the first-line business

functions. While substantial internal controls are in place to mitigate the risk of

financial crime, the Group considers its culture and ‘tone from the top’ to be key

in raising awareness of external crime, including training and limiting the risk of

occurrence of internal financial crime. We see a slight increase in this risk due to

the implementation of the Economic Crime and Corporate Transparency Act.

2

4

#### Finance and Capital

Risk Description  Mitigation

Change

from prior year

Link to

strategy

Capital

management

If the Group fails to maintain adequate solvency capital,

this could result in regulatory intervention which may

limit profitability or the ability of the Group to make

distributions. Some issues impact primarily on the solvency

position but do not affect the trading result of the Group.

The Group has strong governance in place to monitor its solvency position on a

continual basis, including forecast solvency and scenario testing, primarily as part

of the Group’s Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (“ORSA”) process. The Group

ensures that key elements of judgement, such as reserving, are reviewed by the

Audit and Risk Committees and undergo appropriate independent scrutiny.

1

2

3

Investments

The Group invests primarily in government-backed

securities and other fixed-interest securities and

is therefore exposed to the impact of interest rate

movements on the value of these investments. The

valuation and creditworthiness of such assets can be

impacted by macro-economic factors, such as political

uncertainty and economic factors.

The investment portfolio is relatively short term, limiting the impact of interest

rate movements on the valuation of invested assets. The maturity profile of these

investments is designed to match the pattern of outgoing claims payments, such

that the impact of any movement in interest rates is mitigated by a converse

movement in the value of claims liabilities, which are discounted. Sabre has an

Investment Policy, and the appointment of an outsourced investment manager

ensures that investment decisions are made on the basis of the most up-to-date

and relevant information.

2

3

#### Operations continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

27 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

#### IT and Systems

Risk Description  Mitigation

Change

from prior year

Link to

strategy

Software and

infrastructure

The Group operates bespoke IT systems and is reliant

on the accurate recording, storage and recall of data.

Failure of these systems could result in the business being

unable to price or process new business or manage

claims effectively. IT systems are supported by a third

party and hosted in external data centres. This creates

adependency on thesesuppliers.

The Group operates a small number of key systems which are overseen by a highly

experienced team of bespoke systems specialists. A robust backup and recovery

plan is in place to ensure continuity of systems in the event of local system failure.

The Group has sought to avoid any identifiable single point of failure and maintains

continuity solutions for all key services.

4

Cyber attack

and data

breach

Loss of data, including personal data, could lead to

significant financial and/or reputational detriment and

there is the risk of not complying with the appropriate

regulation. Theft of the Group’s intellectual property could

impact the ability of the Group to compete in the market.

The rise in phishing attacks continues to present a risk

to Sabre, as attackers employ increasingly sophisticated

tactics to compromise security that could severely impact

business operations and data integrity.

The Group maintains several layers of security to ensure that perimeter and internal

systems remain secure and resilient to attack. This approach includes controlling

the access to data by our employees and the implementation of sophisticated

monitoring systems.

The Group utilises expert third-party companies and software to ensure data is

always protected, and has implemented comprehensive security awareness training

for employees, deployed multi-factor authentication (“MFA") to access accounts

and uses email filtering tools, training and system monitoring to reduce the risk of

phishingattacks.

4

#### Regulatory, Governance and Compliance

Risk Description  Mitigation

Change

from prior year

Link to

strategy

Non-compliance

with laws and

regulations

The Group is subject to a number of regulatory

regimes, including prudential regulation by the

Prudential Regulation Authority (“PRA”) and conduct

regulation by the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”)

and governance regimes, including The UK Corporate

Governance Code, the Senior Managers’ and

Certificate Regime (“SMCR”), GDPR, Solvency II Rules

and Consumer Duty.

Failure to comply fully with prevailing regulation

can lead to reputational damage and monetary or

other sanctions which may impair the Group’s ability

tofunction.

The Group has an extremely low appetite for accepting any risk other than those

which relate to the underwriting of its insurance policies, and therefore its decision

making reflects this in relation to conduct risk and other regulatory and governance

matters. The Group operates a risk management framework which is approved

by the Board to control the Group’s risks. The Group monitors governance and

regulatory developments in the UK and closely monitors its exposure to regulatory

and governance risks. The Group culture ensures the interests of our customers and

the delivery of good outcomes are paramount. The Group’s Head of Compliance

reviews and monitors operational activity to ensure regulatory requirements are

adhered to. The Group engages with both regulators on all relevant consultations.

2

4

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

28 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

#### Regulatory, Governance and Compliance continued

Risk Description  Mitigation

Change

from prior year

Link to

strategy

Breach of

legislation

The Group operates within the UK and is therefore

primarily subject to the requirements of the laws in

that territory. Further to those regulatory and data

protection laws, the Group is exposed to employment

law, Companies Act legislation and tax law.

Non-compliance with laws can result in financial

sanctions or impair the Group or the Group’s

Directors’ability to operate effectively.

The Group has established a robust risk management framework (including

controls) and sets clear objectives to minimise the risk of non-compliance with all

relevant laws and regulations. A review of all new material contracts is undertaken.

2

4

#### People

Risk Description  Mitigation

Change

from prior year

Link to

strategy

People and

culture

The quality of our employees is central to the success

of Sabre, and the potential loss of key employees or the

inability to recruit quality employees may have an adverse

impact on the performance of the Group.

Sabre seeks to create a positive and collaborative working environment

and endeavours to attract, retain and develop its employees by creating a

hardworkingand enjoyable work environment, induction and on-the-job training,

annual appraisals and pay reviews, offering benefits and discounts and running

wellbeing initiatives.

Sabre has an appointed Non-executive Director who is responsible for engagement

with employees, runs employee roundtables with the Chief Executive Officer and has

an active Charity and Social Committee, which enables employees to be involved

with the local community.

Further information on this can be found in the Our People section of this report on

pages 44 to 50.

4

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

29 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Macro

Risk Description  Mitigation

Change

from prior year

Link to

strategy

Climate

change

The risk of climate change could have a negative impact

on the earnings or financial position of the Group. For

example, there could be an impact on the cost of claims

in the long term. Further information on this can be found

in the Responsibility and Sustainability section of this report

on pages 41 to 66.

The Board has appointed the Chief Financial Officer to oversee the management

of this risk and its impact on the Group is reviewed at least annually by the Group’s

Risk Committee. We have sought to integrate the consideration of climate risks within

the Group’s decision-making processes and continue to improve the clarity and

usefulness of our disclosures around climate change. Further information on the

Group’s considerations relating to the environment and climate change can be

found on pages 54 to 66 of this report.

2

4

Risks

associated

with ESG

Sabre could fail to meet its key stakeholder expectations,

or legislative or regulatory requirements related to ESG.

Also, Sabre sees risks attached to societal factors relating

to ESG, such as a lack of diversity.

The Group has a strategy regarding its customers, people, community, partners and

environment. ESG remains on the Board’s agenda and the Chief Financial Officer is

the Board Director responsible for ESG. Further information on this can be found in

the Responsibility and Sustainability section of this report on pages 41 to 66.

2

4

Inflation and

interest

rate increases

Cost inflation remains high across the UK and global

economy. In general, the costs related to insurance

claims have experienced inflation above wider economic

inflation, which peaked at over 12% in 2022 and, while

this has reduced in 2025, has remained high by recent

historic standards. We expect claims inflation will continue

to exert pressure on claims costs and that there will be

some residual impact of high inflation on the Group’s

overall cost base.

In setting insurance premiums and in calculating the expected cost of claims used

for setting the Group’s insurance liabilities, Sabre uses an up-to-date assessment of

the current claims and wider inflationary environment. We expect market pricing

to adapt to this increasing cost base and therefore any price rises applied should

have a low impact on our competitiveness in the medium term. We will continue to

monitor and model the changes in costs and adjust our prices accordingly.

1

2

3

Geopolitical

instability

At the time of writing this report, conflict has continued

across a number of geographies including eastern

Europe and the Middle East. The terms of international

trade have continued to shift, with raised tensions over

tariffs and increased unpredictability caused by volatile

inter-country relationships. Whilst Sabre does not operate

outside the UK, this can impact supply chains and as

such must be considered in assessing the overall level

of claims cost inflation.

The Group reviewed the impact of these events and has updated the ratings where

appropriate, notably the impact of its supply chain on both claims and general

expenses. The Group continues to monitor the exposure and impact of these events.

2

3

4

#### Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

30 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Assessing viability

In making its assessment, the Board took into account the

potential impact of the principal risks that could prevent the

Group from achieving its strategic objectives. The assessment

was based on the Group’s ORSA process, which brings

together management’s view of current and emerging

risks, with scenario-based analysis and reverse stress testing

to form a conclusion as to the financial stability of the

Group. Consideration was also given to a number of other

individual risks and events. In the Board’s estimation, these

events would not plausibly occur to a level of materiality that

would endanger the Group’s viability. The assessment also

included consideration of any scenarios which might cause

the business to breach its solvency requirements which are

nototherwise covered in the risk-based scenario testing.

#### Viability statement

Based on the consolidated financial impact of the sensitivity

analysis and associated mitigating internal controls and

risk management actions, as described in detail for each

principal risk, the Directors concluded that they have a

reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to

operate within its solvency capital appetite and maintain

sufficient liquid investments and cash reserves to meet

its funding needs over the three-year period ending

31December 2028.

#### Going concern

The Directors also considered it appropriate to prepare

the financial statements on the going concern basis, as

explained in the Basis of preparation paragraph in Note 1

tothe Financial Statements.

#### The impact of inflation

Whilst inflation has fallen from the peaks in 2022, overall

economic inflation remains higher than the Bank of

England’s target rate and above expectations set at the

start of 2025. Persistency remains uncertain and investment

markets are vulnerable to increased levels of volatility.

Interest rates remain materially higher than in the years

preceding2022.

The Group and its operating entity have considered various

stress scenarios related to inflation. These risk scenarios

indicate that the current economic environment will not

change the viability status of the Group and its operating

subsidiary. The Group maintains a robust capital position and

is expected to remain well capitalised under all reasonable

financial and operational stress scenarios.

#### The impact of climate change

We discuss the impact of climate change in detail on pages

54 to 66 of this report. We have assessed the short, medium

and long-term risks associated with climate change. Given

the geographical diversity of the Group’s policyholders

within the UK and the Group’s reinsurance programme, it

is highly unlikely that a climate event will materially impact

Sabre’s ability to continue trading. More likely is that the costs

associated with the transition to a low-carbon economy will

impact the Group’s indemnity spend. For example, electric

vehicles are currently relatively expensive to repair. We expect

that this is somewhat, or perhaps completely, offset by

advances in technology reducing the frequency of claims,

in particular bodily injury claims which are generally more

expensive than damage to vehicles. These changes in the

costs of claims are gradual and, as such, reflected in our

claims experience and fed into the pricing of our policies. If

the propensity to travel by car decreases over time this could

impact the Group’s income in the long term, but this is not

expected to be material within the viability period of three

years. We do not consider it plausible that such a decrease

would be as severe as the scenarios that we have modelled

as part of our viability testing exercise.

This table shows some of the key scenarios modelled as

part of our viability testing exercise, and the risks category

towhich they most closely relate.

#### The impact of cyber crime

In recent years, cyber crime has become more

sophisticated, more frequent and more dangerous. For

these reasons, it ranks highly amongst our principal risks

and warrants particular consideration with regard to the

viabilityassessment.

#### Viability Statement

The Board considers the Group’s financial status

and viability on a regular basis as part of its

programme to monitor and manage risk. In

accordance with provision 31of the UK Corporate

Governance Code 2018, the Directors have

assessed the Group’s prospects and viability

for the three-year period to 31 December 2028,

taking into account the Group’s current position

and the potential impact of the principal risks.

The assessment period of three years has been

chosen as it is in line with our business planning

horizon. This is consistent with the time horizon

projected for most scenarios assessed through

the Group’s annual Own Risk and Solvency

Assessment (“ORSA”) report (a requirement

under the UK’s Solvency regime), which sets

out detailed considerations of the principal

risks and uncertainties facing the Group and

also considers the current and future levels of

solvency and liquidity over the short and medium

term with reference to the Group’s preferred

operating capital excess range of 140% to 160%.

The cyclical nature of the motor insurance

market and the nature of the Group’s business,

motor insurance policies which generally cover

a period of one year, means that projecting for

periods longer than three years creates material

uncertainty; however, we do review longer-term

strategic developments and emerging risks over

longertime periods.

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

Viability Statement

31 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

Cyber attack

Large single

expense

Excess inflation

Pricing and

reserving errors

Changing interest

rate environment

Reinsurance

pricing,

availability

and exposure

Reinsurance –

loss of USP

Broker failure

Temporary

cease business

Loss of

competitiveness

Reasonable

worst case

Extreme

worst case

Insurance

Operations

Finance and

capital

IT and systems

Regulatory,

governance

and compliance

People

Macro risks

Our modelling includes a specific ‘cyber attack’ scenario,

which takes an extreme view of business interruption,

expenditure, and reputational damage that can be caused

through a cyber attack. Given the Group’s very strong capital

position, diversified product distribution and sophisticated

control environment, we have concluded that the Group

would remain viable in the event of a severe cyber attack.

Some detail on the types of stresses modelled in each

scenario is given below:

– Cyber attack: Temporary cessation in ability to write

business, large fine, additional expenditure

– One-off major loss event: A significant immediate

expense of unspecified nature

– Inflation: Increase in gross and net reserves, increase in

loss ratio for 12 months, increase in operational expenses,

decrease in premium

– Pricing and reserving errors: Increase in gross and net

reserves, short-term significant increase in loss ratio

– Changing interest rate environment: Decline in

bondvalues

– Reinsurance pricing, availability and exposure: Significant

reinsurance rate increase and failure of a large reinsurer

– Broker failure: Loss of premium from largest broker for

oneyear

– Temporary cessation in ability to write business: Significant

reduction in premium for three months

– Loss of competitiveness: Shrink premium materially

year-on-year

– We have also modelled worst-case scenarios which

combine these events.

Note that each scenario tested assumes that the year-end

dividend is paid as declared, and the proposed £5m share

buyback is executed in 2026.

#### Viability Statement continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

32 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Our purpose

To provide motor insurance, available to the widest possible

range of drivers, based upon a fair, risk-based pricing model.

#### Our Aim

To generate excess capital and return this to shareholders,

orreinvest in the business in order to increase future returns.

#### Section 172 (1) Statement

This section of the Strategic Report describes how the

Directors have had regard to the matters set out in Section

172 (1) (a) to (f), and forms the Directors’ statement required

under section 414CZA of the Companies Act 2006.

#### Stakeholders and our Board

Sabre aims to provide high-quality motor insurance at a fair

price, while making attractive returns for its shareholders

under any market conditions. This can only be achieved

through engagement with, and consideration of, all

stakeholders including our employees, customers, suppliers

and regulators.

#### Stakeholder engagement

The Board recognises that the needs and relevance of

different groups of stakeholders can vary over time, and, as

such, the Board seeks to understand the needs and priorities

of each stakeholder as part of its decision making. This is

integral to the way the Board operates.

Pages 34 and 35 of the Strategic Report sets out who

our stakeholders are and how our strategy impacts

them. We further discuss how we engage with our key

stakeholders, and our employees, on pages 41 to 66 of

theStrategicReport.

#### Listening to the needs of stakeholders

The Board interacts with stakeholders through direct

engagement as well as through information provided

byManagement.

Key engagement activities include:

– A nominated Non-executive Director is responsible for

direct employee engagement, which involves meeting

with employees throughout the year in order to discuss

their concerns and views on the business.

– Review and assessment of the results of annual

employee surveys.

– Engaging with shareholders: at the regular Management

roadshows, attendance at investor conferences and

through meetings with the Chair.

– The Board and Management allow time for informal

discussions with shareholders before and after the

Group’s Annual General Meeting. This is an opportunity to

interact with smaller, non-institutional shareholders.

– Regular supervisory meetings between individual Board

members and the Group’s regulatory supervisory team,

which facilitates wider discussion of the issues facing the

insurance industry, as well as Group-specific matters.

– Reports from Management to the Board on customer

service, including complaints root-cause analysis and

whether customer service metrics have been met.

#### Embedding stakeholder interests within

#### our culture

Through informed discussion at Board level, Sabre’s Executive

Team carry forward stakeholder consideration into and

throughout the business. Sabre operates a culture of openness

and transparency, with management at all levels working

among their teams, ensuring that the tone from the top is well

embedded in the day-to-day operations of theGroup.

#### Section 172 Statement

Fair, risk-

### based pricing

### and reliable

### returns

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

Section 172 Statement

33 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

33 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

Our people Business Model page 07

CEO’s Review pages 16 to 19

Our People section of the CSR Report

pages 44 to 50

Board Principal Decisions page 36

Chair’s Governance Letter page 69

Remuneration Committee Report

pages 92to 95

Directors’ Remuneration Report

pages 107to120

Employee designated NED page 72

Stakeholders Strategy operations page 06

Strategy distribution page 06

Strategic priorities page 06

CEO’s Review pages 16 to 19

Business Model page 07

Responsibility and Sustainability Report

pages 41 to 66

Community

and

environment

CEO’s Review pages 16 to 19

Responsibility and Sustainability Report

pages 41 to 66

Directors’ Report pages 121 to 124

Reputation  Strategy Report page 06

CEO’s Review pages 16 to 19

Governance Report pages 74 to 81

Fairness for

shareholders

Strategy Report page 06

Governance Report pages 74 to 81

Remuneration Committee Report

pages 92 to 95

Directors’ Remuneration Report

pages 107 to 120

#### How s.172 is applied

#### across our stakeholders

#### Shareholders

#### Underwriting performance

Delivering consistent and attractive returns on capital.

#### Risk management

Minimise volatility in result and maximise available capital.

#### Growth

Increasing value and absolute returns over time.

#### Operations

Enhancing operational efficiency and minimising cost.

#### Distribution

A flexible distribution model allows protection of bottom line

throughout the market cycle and responds to emerging

customer demand.

#### Our people

#### Underwriting performance

Stable business model allows for long-term,

rewardingcareers.

#### Risk management

Job security in a supportive, culturally sensitive environment.

#### Growth

Over time, internal opportunities to develop and grow with

the business.

#### Operations

Skills-based operations allow for fulfilling employment.

Conformity with best practice.

#### Distribution

Broker-led distribution retains technical skills in-house.

#### Ensuring stakeholder interests are taken

#### into account

The Board takes its responsibilities under Section 172 of the

Companies Act very seriously. The Board is aware that the

Directors of the Company must act in good faith, and in ways

that promote the success of the Company for the benefit of

its members, and in doing so have regard to:

– The likely consequences of any decision in the long term.

– The interests of the Company’s employees.

– The need to foster the Company’s business relationships

with suppliers, customers and others.

– The impact of the Company’s operations on the

community and the environment.

– The desirability of the Company maintaining a reputation

for high standards of business conduct.

– The need to act fairly as between members of

theCompany.

This table demonstrates where further information on how

the Board has met these responsibilities is disclosed:

Long-term

results

Our Strategy page 06

Chair’s Letter page 15

Market Context pages 13 to 14

CEO’s Review pages 16 to 19

Business Model page 07

KPIs pages 20 to 21

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

pages 22 to 30

CFO’s Report pages 37 to 40

Viability Statement pages 31 to 32

Audit Committee Report pages 82 to 85

Risk Committee Report pages 86 to 88

#### Section 172 Statement continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

34 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

34 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Section 172 Statement continued

#### Customers

#### Underwriting performance

Providing a quote for almost all potential customers,

based upon the expected cost to us in providing

that policy, irrespective of the individual’s shopping or

behavioural habits.

#### Risk management

Certainty that cover will be honoured and that the Group

will retain the means to settle any claims which fall due.

Comfort that we operate in line with all applicable laws

and regulations.

#### Growth

Over time, scale benefits allow lower prices without

sacrificing margin.

#### Operations

Efficient, consistent service from our claims and front-

end administrative units, along with effective operational

controls to allow for fast, accurate transactions.

#### Distribution

Obtaining a Sabre quote is easy, whether through a

broker, price comparison website or direct through our

brands, meaning almost everyone has access to a

Sabrepolicy.

#### Partners

#### Underwriting performance

Cash-positive business makes Sabre a reliable counterparty.

#### Risk management

Certainty of liquidity to meet debts as they fall due.

#### Growth

Become an increasingly valuable trading partner over time.

#### Operations

Make timely, accurate payments to all suppliers.

#### Distribution

Fair, consistent terms with our distribution partners.

#### Regulators

#### Underwriting performance

Only underwriting business that will meet our target margins

and generate appropriate regulatory capital.

#### Risk management

Maintaining capital headroom. Minimising conduct risk and

ensure full compliance with legal and regulatory landscape.

#### Growth

Growing when the market allows, without sacrificing

profitability or capital security.

#### Operations

Ensuring accurate, timely reporting and close monitoring of

regulatory risk areas.

#### Distribution

Broker audits and on-boarding processes ensure a fully

compliant customer journey.

#### Society

#### Underwriting performance

Providing access to insurance to as wide a group as

possible, reducing the risk of uninsured drivers.

#### Risk management

Financial stability and strong balance sheet present lowest

possible systemic risk.

#### Growth

Increasing employment in the local community, while

monitoring our impact on the environment.

#### Operations

Ensuring efficient use of resources and managing the

Group’s impact on our local environment.

#### Distribution

Making our product available as widely as possible,

at a fair price to all.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

35 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

The Board also makes a secondary consideration of the

expectation of shareholders, understanding that many of

the Group’s investors hold stock in order to benefit from

thestrong dividend flow.

During 2025, the Board made the decision to declare a final

ordinary and interim dividend in line with the Group’s policy.

Having reviewed the strength of the balance sheet and

detailed capital modelling prepared by Management, the

Board was satisfied that such a distribution was appropriate

and in line with the expectations of the Group’s stakeholders.

In early 2026 the Board approved the buyback of Ordinary

Shares worth up to £5m, subject to regulatory approval.

Thisfollows the successful £5m buyback programme

completed in 2025.

#### Pricing and inflation

The Board supported Management’s data-led approach

to managing pricing through a period of continued

high inflation and low market-price increases. The Board

challenged management’s assessment of inflation and

the setting of claims reserves in the context of continuing

economic uncertainty and ensured that an appropriate

balance was being struck between prudent and fair

pricingfor customers.

In line with the Group’s strategy, intended to deliver maximum

value to shareholders whilst maintaining sufficient levels of

regulatory capital, the Directors monitored the appropriateness

of allowing volumes of business to decline in weak market

pricing conditions.

#### Investment in cyber-security

The Board recognises cyber-security as a key risk to the business

and, as such, has supported management’s continued

enhancement of the Group’s security infrastructure. Cyber-

security benefits all stakeholders, in particular customers,

who can take comfort that their personal data isheld safely

and securely.

#### Strategy

During 2025, the Board reviewed the Group’s progress

towards the medium-term strategy, Ambition 2030, discussed

on 08 to 11 of this report. The Board considered whether the

strategy had met, and will continue to meet, the needs of the

Group’s shareholders.

This strategy underlines the Board’s commitment to driving

profitable, sustainable growth over the medium term without

compromising the Group’s strengths. The Board continually

reviews the Group’s strategy against its best understanding

of the needs of key stakeholders and in respect of Ambition

2030, considering the benefit to customers of being able

to purchase Sabre policies at more competitive prices,

shareholders who would benefit from growth in the business,

and the positive impact on motivation of all the people

within the business.

The Board held two ‘strategy days’ during the year, at

which the strategy was assessed primarily against the

needs of shareholders, customers, employees and the

Group’s regulators. The Board considered whether the

Group’s strategic objective not to sacrifice profitability over

growth remained appropriate and concluded that the

current, focused approach was likely to give the best long-

term resultfor shareholders as well as the best prices for

customers and the best level of customer service.

#### Distribution of capital

The Group’s dividend policy states that an ordinary dividend

will be paid based on 70%–80% of the year’s profit after tax,

with the potential for additional capital to be distributed

by way of a special dividend, as appropriate. The Board

assessed whether to pay a special dividend on an annual

basis once the result for the year is known. This decision is

made primarily based upon the financial position of the

Group, as demonstrated through its solvency coverage ratio,

as well as projected capital needs and the wider economic

and market backdrop. The Board considers this to meet the

overriding need of all shareholders, customers, employees and

the Group’s regulators, for the Group to remain a solvent, viable

trading entity under all reasonably foreseeable circumstances.

#### Key Board decisions

#### during the financial year

#### ended 31 December 2025

The Board recognises the importance

of making decisions in a manner which

ensures that all the Group’s stakeholders

are treated consistently and fairly. This can

be demonstrated through the key decisions

made by the Board during the financial

year ended 31 December 2025,

as discussed below.

#### Section 172 Statement continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

36 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Chief Financial Officer’s Review

#### Demonstrating Sabre’s

strengths through the

#### market cycle.”

Adam Westwood

Chief Financial Officer

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

Chief Financial Officer’s Review

37 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Highlights

2025 2024

Gross written premium\*  £202.9m £236.4m

Net insurance margin\*  19.2% 17. 6% 

Net loss ratio\*  54.1% 58.7%

Combined operating ratio\*  82.3% 84.2%

IFRS profit before tax  £51.0m £48.6m

IFRS profit after tax  £37.9m £36.0m

Solvency coverage ratio

(pre-dividend)\*  198.7% 216.6%

Solvency coverage ratio

(post-dividend)\*  161.5% 171.1%

Return on tangible equity\*  37. 2% 38.2%

\*   Alternative performance metrics are reconciled to IFRS reported

figures on pages 212 to 216 of the Annual Report and Accounts

#### Executive summary

Sabre’s performance in 2025 has demonstrated the strength

of the Group’s core strategy and delivered a strong result

despite challenging market conditions. The Group has grown

profit before tax by 4.9% and improved margin by 1.6ppts

through deploying strict pricing discipline and balancing

profitability with the volume of business written, allowing

the top-line to decrease as market pricing has remained

belowinflation.

Whilst the motor insurance market is expected to experience

a drop in profitability in 2026, Sabre’s approach has provided

a strong foundation for continuing profitable growth as the

Group delivers consistent profitability and capital returns.

#### Insurance revenue

2025 2024

Gross written premium £202.9m £236.4m

Movement in unearned element

of liability for remaining coverage £11.7m £7.2m

Gross earned premium £214.6m £243.6m

Customer instalment income £3.4m £4.5m

Insurance revenue £218.0m £248.1m

Reinsurance expense (£23.9m) (£33.6m)

Net insurance revenue £194.1m £214.5m

Gross written premium

by product

Motor vehicle £180.1m £209.9m

Motorcycle £10.6m £9.7m

Taxi £12.2m £16.8m

Policy counts by product

Motor vehicle (‘000) 201 217

Motorcycle (‘000) 40 38

Taxi (‘000) 8 11

The 14.2% decline in premium was as expected given

market pricing decreases during the year, with Sabre pricing

to ensure bottom-line stability and allowing volumes of

business written to drop in unfavourable conditions, in line

with our long-term strategy. The dip in premium was weighted

towards the first half of the year, with conditions stabilising in

the second half allowing a gradual return to growth in the

fourthquarter.

Whilst the Taxi business has been in a holding pattern to

preserve profitability in a difficult market, we have started to

grow the Motorcycle business, which now operates through

an established broker relationship and the Sabre Direct

brand, launched in 2025 and a cornerstone of the Group’s

Ambition 2030 initiatives. The Sabre Direct brand remains

deliberately restricted as we gain comfort in the product,

andwe expect to continue to release these restrictions

andgrow the product throughout 2026.

The ‘unearned’ element of the liability for remaining

coverage represents the element of written premium

covering future periods, which has the effect of smoothing

gross earned premium (“GEP”) (and therefore insurance

revenue) over time, so where there is a big change in

written premium, insurance revenue will change more slowly.

Customer instalment income reflects the interest income

charged on instalment policies and remains a relatively

small percentage of the Group’s total insurance revenue.

Gross written premium

1

£202.9m

2024 | £236.4m

IFRS profit before tax

£51.0m

2024 | £48.6m

1   Alternative performance measure. For reconciliations to

alternative performance measures, see pages 212 to 216

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

38 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

#### Chief Financial Officer’s Review continued

![]()

#### Insurance expense

2025 2024

Undiscounted gross claims

incurred £173.8m £143.8m

Discounting

1

(£23.3m) (£14.3m)

Directly attributable expenses £7.2m £7.0 m 

Amortisation of insurance

acquisition costs £16.8m £18.2m

Insurance service expense £174.5m £154.7m

Undiscounted reinsurance

recoveries (£70.6m) (£21.5m)

Discounting

1

£16.0m £8.4m

Net insurance expense £119.9m  £141.6m

Current accident year

net loss ratio

2

59.6% 58.2%

Impact of the development

of prior accident years

2

(5.5%) 0.5%

Financial-year net loss ratio 5 4.1% 58.7%

Net loss ratio by product

Motor vehicle 50.5% 56.1%

Motorcycle 70.0% 58.6%

Taxi 88.0% 95.7%

Discounted ratios

Discounted financial-year

net loss ratio 50.4% 55.4%

1  Includes discounting on Period Payment Orders (“PPOs”)

2   Calculation of undiscounted net loss ratio allows for the impact

of discounting on long-term non-life annuities, Periodic Payment

Orders (“PPOs”), consistent with presentation under IFRS 4

The Group delivered excellent profitability in its core product in

2025, with a 5.6ppts improvement in Motor loss ratio reflecting

strong pricing in both 2024 and 2025 earning through.

Performance of the Motorcycle business, which being small

is subject to natural volatility, improved significantly in the

second half of 2025 and delivered an acceptable result with

strong underwriting profitability expected to be shown over

the medium term. The Taxi loss ratio improved on 2024 and this

product is being written in line with our target margins. As with

Motorcycle, this product will show big shifts in loss ratio given

the small size of the book.

There was 5.5% favourable movement on prior-year reserves –

a combination of normal levels of IFRS risk adjustment run-off

and some positive development of prior years in 2025. The

current-year loss ratio is in line with our expectations and

reflects our continued cautious view of inflation.

Overall, the financial-year loss ratio of 54.1% has allowed us

to deliver a net insurance margin of 19.2%, well within our

target range.

#### Other operating expenditure

2025 2024

Employee expenses £18.2m £15.4m

IT expenses £6.9m £6.8m

Industry levies £5.7m £6.0m

Policy servicing costs £2.1m £3.2m

Other operating expenses £4.2m £3.9m

Before adjustment for directly

attributable claims expenses £37.1m £35.3m

Reclassification of directly

attributable claims expenses (£7.2m) (£7.0 m)

Total operating expenses £29.9m £28.3m

Expense ratio 28.2% 25.5%

The significant proportion of variable cost within the business

has meant that the expense ratio has moved out by only

2.7ppts despite adverse operating leverage given the 9.2%

reduction in net earned premium in 2025 and ongoing

economic cost inflation.

In absolute terms, expenses (before adjustment for directly

attributable claims expenses) have increased by 5.1%

during the year. This increase is driven primarily by employee

expenses. Since the prior year, employee numbers have

increased by approximately 3%, reflecting continued

investment in the business ahead of expected growth in 2026

and beyond. The average pay rise in 2025 was approximately

3.7% (including individual one-off salary increases). Staff

bonus costs incurred in 2025 – which were based on salaries

paid in 2024 – increased due to relatively high pay rises given

to staff in 2024. Employee expenses also impacted by the

increase in National Insurance from April 2025.

#### Other income

2025 2024

Interest revenue calculated using

the effective interest method £11.7m £7.9m 

Other technical income £0.6m £0.7m

Total interest and other income £12.3m £8.6m

2025 2024

Insurance finance expense

from insurance contracts issued (£10.0m) (£8.4m)

Reinsurance finance income

from reinsurance contracts held £4.2m £3.7m

Net insurance financial result (£5.8m) (£4.7m)

Other technical income, related to non-insurance revenue

earned such as product fees (excluding instalment

interest)and commissions, remains a very small element

of the Group’s income. Interest revenue reflects the yield

achieved across the Group’s investment portfolio. The

continued increase in interest revenue reflects the higher

yield gained through reinvesting matured assets.

The Group’s investment strategy remains unchanged,

beinginvested in a low-risk mix of UK Government bonds,

other government-backed securities and diversified

investment-grade corporate bonds.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

39 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

#### Chief Financial Officer’s Review continued

![]()

Fair value gains and losses are taken through other

comprehensive income and largely reflect market

movements in the yields of risk-free and low-risk assets.

We donot expect to realise any of these market value

movements within profit, as we continue to hold invested

assets to maturity.

Insurance and reinsurance finance income/(expense)

reflects the run-off of discounting applied to insurance

liabilities under IFRS 17. As cash flows move towards

settlement, the total level of discounting is reduced and this

reduction is reflected here. The increase in 2025 reflects the

discount rates applied at the point claims were incurred and

is a function of the run-off patterns applied to claims costs

when they are incurred.

#### Taxation

In 2025 the Group recorded a corporation tax expense of

£13.0m (2024: £12.6m), with an effective tax rate of 25.6%,

(2024: 25.9%). The effective tax rate is slightly higher than

the current 25% rate of corporation tax in the UK, reflecting

the tax impact of the Group’s employee share schemes.

The Group has not entered into any complex or unusual

tax arrangements during the year.

#### Earnings per share

2025 2024

Basic earnings per share 15.37p 14.48p

Diluted earnings per share 15.26p 14.37p

Basic earnings per share of 15.37p is largely proportionate to

profit after tax, with a slight improvement due to the reduction

in total shares in issue from 250.0m to 246.6m following the

share buyback executed during the year. Diluted earnings

per share is similarly proportionate to profit after tax, taking

into account the potentially dilutive effect of the Group’s

share schemes. No shares have been issued during the year.

#### Cash and investments

2025 2024

Government bonds £124.8m £112.8m

Government-backed securities £100.7m £103.3m

Corporate bonds £100.2m £95.1m

Cash and cash equivalents £25.5m £31.3m

Total cash and investment holdings have increased slightly,

reflecting normal variances in these balances throughout

the year. The level of cash retained reflects Sabre’s normal

liquidity requirements and there has been no change in

the overall investment strategy, with gilts and government-

backed assets remaining the majority of the portfolio,

with c.30% of invested assets held in investment-grade

corporatebonds.

#### Insurance liabilities

2025 2024

Gross insurance liabilities £460.7m £ 397.9m

Reinsurance assets (£216.4m) (£160.8m)

Net insurance liabilities £244.3m £ 237.1m

The Group’s net insurance liabilities continue to reflect

the underlying profitability and volume of business written.

Generally, the gross insurance liabilities are more volatile

and impacted by the receipt and settlement of individually

large claims. The level of net insurance liabilities held remains

broadly proportionate to the volume of business written

along with the inflation applied to claims costs.

#### Leverage

The Group continues to hold no external debt. All of the

Group’s capital is considered Tier 1 under the UK regulatory

regime. The Directors continue to hold the view that this

allows the greatest operational flexibility for the Group.

#### Dividends and solvency

2025 2024

Interim ordinary dividend (paid) 3.4p 1.7p

Final ordinary dividend

(proposed)

8.9p 8.4p

Total ordinary dividend

(paid and proposed)

12.3p 10.1p

Special dividend (proposed) 1.2p 2.9p

Total dividend for the year

(paid and proposed)

13.5p 13.0p

The dividend proposed is in line with the Group’s policy to

pay an ordinary dividend of 70% to 80% of profit after tax,

and to consider passing excess capital to shareholders by

way of a special dividend. We also consider using excess

capital to fund a share buyback where this is considered to

be appropriate.

For 2025, the Group has announced a total ordinary

dividend of 12.3p, 80% of profit after tax, and a special

dividend of 1.2p, taking the total dividend in respect of 2025

to 13.5p (2024: 13.0p).

The Group’s post-dividend SCR coverage ratio at

31December 2025 is 161.5% (2024: 171.1%).

We have announced this year that the Group intends to

operate its second share buyback programme, having

completed the first in 2025. This is expected to distribute an

additional £5.0m of excess capital, subject to regulatory

approval. The Group’s year-end post-dividend and post-

buyback SCR coverage ratio is 154.0%.

Adam Westwood

Chief Financial Officer

9 March 2026

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

40 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

#### Chief Financial Officer’s Review continued

![]()

#### Responsibility and Sustainability

# A responsible

# and sustainable

# business

Operating Sabre as a responsible and

sustainable business is a key element

of our long-term strategy. We have

developed a framework for our actions,

which forms an important reference

point when directing the Group’s

activities. We are committed to our

part in building a sustainable future.

Our

Customers

go to page 42

Our

Partners

go to page 43

Our

People

go to pages 44 to 50

Our

Shareholders

go to page 51

Our

Community

go to pages 52 to 53

Our

Environment

go to pages 54 to 66

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

Responsibility and Sustainability

41 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

#### Sabre’s business is built

around the customer,

#### with a goal to provide

#### access to fairly priced

#### motor insurance for almost

everyone. We want our

#### customers to experience

#### high-quality customer

#### service and peace of mind.

#### Pricing

We price all of our policies based upon our

estimate of the ultimate cost to us of providing that

policy, including paying claims and administrative

expenses. Each uniquely priced policy is based upon

our view of the risks presented by it, considering both

the person and the vehicle insured. This assessment

is based on our bespoke fully-automated pricing

model, using our experience represented by many

years of claims data. We have generated a deep

pool of data, which allows us to provide the best

possible, risk-adjusted prices.

#### Customer experience

We strive to ensure an easy, efficient service to all of

our customers however they reach us. This could be

through our extensive broker network, or directly to

us through our own brands, GoGirl, Insure2Drive and

Sabre Direct. This includes providing a straightforward

sales process and a knowledgeable, well-staffed UK-

based call centre.

#### Claims

Most of our business is sold online or through our

network of brokers, which means our first contact

with customers is often when they make a claim.

We understand this can be a stressful process and

seek to make it as easy as we can, to provide a ‘no

hassle’ service for honest customers and third parties.

Where we believe individuals are making false or

exaggerated clams we will defend our position

robustly to allow us to continue offering competitive

premiums to all our customers. We engage with

excellent partners, with whom we agree a strong suite

of service-level parameters, which are monitored

regularly, to ensure customers receive great service

at all touch points – whether by our own team or our

outsourced partners.

### Our Customers

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

42 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

### Our Partners

Our relationships with partners are

designed to be mutually beneficial,

fair, and in the best interests of

allstakeholders.

#### Suppliers

Suppliers are selected based on operational and

financial resilience, compliance, economic terms,

and governance. Customers are foremost in our

decision making to ensure we select a supplier

which will support them. Ongoing due diligence

isperformed to ensure suppliers continue to

deliverthe services and meet our expectations.

Commercial terms are negotiated to deliver the

best value to our shareholders, while also ensuring

partners can earn a reasonable profit and sustain

amutually beneficial ongoing relationship.

#### Brokers

Approximately 60% of our premium income was

sourced through brokers in 2025. Our philosophy

when entering into business with brokers is simple:

we will provide a fair and sustainable price, available

to as many of their customers as possible. In return,

they commit to exceptional standards of customer

service, to collect the correct premium from the

customer and pass it to us, and to make best efforts

to ensure that the policy details provided to us

arecorrect.

We aim to offer fair terms to all brokers, reflecting their

long-term profitability to us. We therefore do not offer

scheme discounts or other incentives, which might

demonstrate preferential treatment in favour of a

particular broker.

Our broker on-boarding and audit processes give us

the comfort that our brokers are providing customers

with a good quality of service while adhering to our

high standards.

#### Outsourced operations

We engage in several key outsourcing arrangements.

In each case, we have developed a fair set of

measurable service levels and fee structures

designed to deliver best value for both parties.

Weconduct regular reviews of our key outsourced

operations to ensure that they reach the expected

levels of employee and customer welfare as well

asmeeting any regulatory requirements.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

43 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

### Our People

#### Our people are central

to Sabre’s success. Their

#### expertise, dedication andcommitment underpin our

#### ability to deliver for customers

#### and shareholders alike.

#### We are proud to foster a

#### workplace where people

#### feel valued, supported

and rewarded. The Group

#### operates from a single site

in Dorking, Surrey and

#### as at 31 December 2025

#### employed172 people.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

44 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Employee policies and Code of Conduct

Policies are in place to support and develop the Group’s

employees, all of which are subject to regular review.

Examples of these include policies addressing equal

opportunities, acceptable behaviour, flexible working, and

health and safety. The policies and practices are consistent

with the Group’s values and support the long-term success

of the business through supporting its employees. During

2025 all employee policies were reviewed to ensure that they

are fair by outlining the responsibilities of both the Group

and our employees. All employee policies are available

through the Employee Portal which allows for easier access

to the employee as well as transparency. We continue

to support our employees who are parents by providing

enhanced maternity and paternity pay. During the year we

also introduced a Miscarriage Policy to support employees

furtherin difficult times.

#### Salaries

As in prior years, the Company gave employees pay rises

during the year. Among those who received pay increases

through our annual review process, and prior to any individual

performance-related adjustments, the average increase

was 3.6% excluding individual one-off salary increases. During

the year, the Company reviewed and increased the starting

salaries for trainees and employees on our Milestone scheme.

The Company confirms that a minimum of the National Living

Wage is paid as a minimum toallemployees.

Sabre remains committed to being an employer of choice,

one where people are proud to work, are empowered to

make a difference, and can share in the value they help

tocreate.

We continue to provide competitive and fair compensation,

including inflation-linked salary adjustments, performance-

related bonuses, share plans and other benefits. Alongside

these, we believe in small but meaningful touches that help

build a sense of belonging, and in 2025 we introduced

a day off for employees to celebrate their birthdays. We

are committed to treating colleagues as individuals and

providing tailored support where needed. This includes

wellbeing initiatives, structured development opportunities

and clear pathways for progression.

Flexibility remains an important part of our culture.

Weoperate a hybrid working model, with colleagues

expected in the office at least three days each week

andable to work from home on the remaining days.

Thisworking model allows us to maintain collaboration

andinnovation, whilst supporting work-life balance.

Diversity, equality and inclusion are central to how we view

talent. We continue to build a workforce that reflects our

broad range of customers, recognising the value of different

perspectives and experiences in strengthening our business.

We are pleased to confirm that over 47% of our employees

have been with the Group for ten or more years.

#### Communication with employees

Sabre encourages internal communication through creating

a culture of transparency and open dialogue, using

multiple channels to share timely and relevant information,

and actively engaging employees through feedback

mechanisms. Throughout the year we have embraced

this through:

#### Our People continued

– ‘CEO lunches’ hosted by Geoff Carter, with teams across

the Group to empower employees to share ideas in an

open forum.

– ‘Listen & Learn’ sessions hosted by Karen Geary, the Non-

executive Director responsible for Employee Engagement,

with Q&A sessions with employees.

– ‘Lunch & Learn’ sessions with senior management and

employees to foster both team building and promote a

culture of continuous learning.

– Quarterly Employee Happiness Surveys are used to help

identify factors affecting employee satisfaction, improve

the work environment and inform strategic decisions.

They enable employees to post comments anonymously.

– The Annual Employee Satisfaction Survey is used

to provide valuable insight and is sent annually to

employees to allow them a safe space to provide

feedback anonymously to the Executive Team.

– Full Year and Half Year Presentations are held to

update employees on the Group’s financial results

and answer any questions they may have in relation

totheannouncements.

– Twice-yearly appraisals are held to boost engagement

and motivation while supporting growth and detail any

further improvements.

– The Head of HR attends the Remuneration and

Nomination & Governance Committees meetings

toprovide an update on our people and culture.

– Non-executive Directors meet with employees outside

ofBoard meetings.

In addition to this, the Group utilises a dedicated

Whistleblowing platform through which our employees

canreport any concerns anonymously. Annual training

andregular reminders are provided to all employees

regarding whistleblowing.

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

45 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Employee share plans

In 2025, the Group launched its eighth Save As You Earn

(“SAYE”) grant, allowing employees to purchase shares in

the Group at a reduced rate. The Group allows employees to

contribute the maximum monthly contribution of £500, in line

with the maximum allowed under the SAYE Plan, and provides

the maximum discount of 20% when the option price is set.

The 2025 SAYE Grant saw 25.4% of employees participate. As

of 31 December 2025, 50.6% of employees were participating

in one of the Company’s SAYE grants, which is an increase

compared to the figure as at 31 December 2024 which

was46%.

#### Benefits

The Company operates a generous benefits

packageincluding:

– Enhanced holiday leave

– Birthday leave (from 2026)

– Company Pension Scheme

– Matched pension contributions, with the minimum level

of matching contribution increased in 2025 to 7.5%

– Annual meetings available for employees with the

pension broker

– Pension walkthroughs for all new starters

– Performance bonus

– Life assurance policy

– Share plans

– Save As You Earn

– Share Incentive Plan

– Health benefits

– Private health care

– Employee Assistance Programme

– Platform providing shopping and leisure discounts

for employees

– Eye tests

– Annual flu jabs

– Mini health MOTs

– Workplace perks

– Daily employee breakfast

– Weekly fruit deliveries

– Bean to cup coffees

– Electric car scheme

– Support towards professional qualifications

As part of Sabre’s commitment to contributing towards a

greener environment, the Group offers an electric car leasing

scheme, which provides the opportunity for employees to

lease an electric vehicle through a salary sacrifice scheme,

which generates tax savings for the employee. The Group

also offers a cycle to work scheme to all employees, which

has a tax saving benefit to the employee and can save on

the cost of a bike and accessories.

#### Our People continued

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

#### Training and qualifications

The Group offers ongoing qualifications and training to

all employees where appropriate. During 2025, 30% of

employees were provided with some form of additional

qualification or training.

Qualifications and training provided to employees

in 2025 were:

Qualifications:

– Foundation Insurance Test, Chartered Insurance Institute

– Advanced Diploma, Chartered Insurance Institute

– Chartered Management Accountant Qualification,

Chartered Institute of Management Accountants

– Associate Diploma in Organisational Learning &

Development, Chartered Institute of Personnel

and Development

Training:

– Presentation Skills, Aspire Leadership

– Allbright Every Woman – Accelerate Programme

– Employment Law, Chartered Institute of Personnel

and Development

– Employee Wellbeing, Chartered Institute of Personnel

and Development

In addition to the above qualifications and training being

paid for by the Group, we also provide paid study leave

and cover the costs of professional memberships. The

Group operates a compulsory e-training programme for

all employees, which focuses on the Company’s needs

and includes topics such as anti-bribery and corruption,

whistleblowing and modern slavery. The Group offers

ongoing training to all employees and external courses

fornewly promoted employees where appropriate.

23%

of employees were provided with

additional qualification or training



Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

46 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

#### Employee wellbeing

Sabre takes mental health training very seriously utilising St

John Ambulance who are England’s First Aid Charity. The Group

continues its investment in trained mental health champions

and mental health first aiders. Their roles are to promote positive

mental health and to signpost relevant support and help,

where appropriate. Sabre has two fully trained Mental Health

First Aiders alongside nine Mental Health Champions, an

increase of two compared to the prior year.

During 2025, 18% of employees were provided with some

form of mental health training.

The training detailed below on mental health was carried out

during the year:

– Manager’s Mental Health Awareness, St John Ambulance

– Emergency First Aid at Work, St John Ambulance

– Introduction to Stress at Work, Red Cross

The Group also provides access to an Employee Assistance

Programme which is available 24-7 and 365 days a year, with a

telephone service that can provide support with work, marital,

financial or family problems and health information. In addition,

access is given to eight Cognitive Behavioural Therapy sessions

per year per employee through Vitality at Work.

#### Inclusivity, diversity and equality

The Group is fully committed to the elimination of unlawful

and unfair discrimination and values the differences that a

diverse workforce brings to our organisation. We encourage

inclusivity, diversity and equality among our workforce,

whilst eliminating unlawful discrimination, and the Group

operates an Equality, Diversity and Inclusivity Policy. Inclusive

recruitment practices are embedded across all functions.

Number of Mental

Health First Aiders

2

2024 | 2

Number of Mental

Health Champions

9

2024 | 7

#### Our People continued

Sabre’s Equality, Diversity and Inclusivity Policy aims:

– to promote equality, fairness and respect for all

ouremployees:

– to ensure that the Group does not discriminate against

an individual, specifically due to their age, disability,

gender reassignment, marriage and civil partnership,

pregnancy and maternity, race, religion or belief, sex

and sexual orientation; and

– to avoid all forms of unlawful discrimination.

Sabre provides compulsory diversity and inclusiveness

training annually to all employees through our online training

platform. These modules are designed to help employees

and enable them to understand how their attitudes and

behaviour towards each other can have a negative or

positive impact on the workforce. There is a compulsory

assessment, which must be passed before completion,

ensuring a level of understanding is reached.

The Group operates a Religious Holidays Policy, for

employees who wish to observe special religious holidays

orfestivals. All employees, whatever their religion or belief,

willbetreated equally in this and all respects.

During the recruitment and interview process we ensure fair,

non-discriminatory and consistent processes are followed.

Sabre has a policy of advertising all roles internally (where

practical) to allow employees to progress and develop.

Sabre also supports working parents through shared

parental leave, enhanced maternity and paternity leave and

where possible embraces flexible working for our employees.

During 2025 we had seven internal secondments which

allows for further training and development within specialist

areas. We also had 11 internal promotions supporting Sabre’s

ethos of internal development within the Group and of these

promotions 27% were female employees.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

47 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

Diversity and Inclusion:

#### Listing Rule LR9.8.6R (9–11)

The requirements of the new listing rule are:

– At least 40% of the Board are women.

– At least one senior Board position (Chair, CEO, CFO, SID)

is held by a woman.

– At least one member of the Board is a non-white ethnic

minority (based on ONS categories).

– Publish gender and ethnicity data of their Executive

Management. The FCA has defined Executive

Management as the Executive Committee or most

Senior Executive or managerial body below the Board

(or where there is no such formal committee or body,

the most senior level of managers reporting to the

Chief Executive), including the Company Secretary but

excluding administrative and support staff.

As at 31 December 2025, 37.5%, of the Board are women,

therefore we do not meet this target, however the other

targets have been met. The Group operates a Diversity &

Inclusion Policy for the Board which operates within the FCA

listing rules. The data in the tables is collected on a self-

reporting basis using the categories in the FCA tables for

gender and diversity reporting.

#### Our People continued

Number of Board

members % of the Board

Number of senior

positions on the

Board (CEO, CFO,

SID & Chair)

Number on

Executive Team

% on

Executive Team

Men 5 62.5% 3 4 80%

Women  3 37.5% 1 1 20%

Other categories n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a

Not specified/prefer not to say n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a

Number of Board

members % of the Board

Number of senior

positions on the

Board (CEO, CFO,

SID & Chair)

Number in

executive

management

% of executive

management

White British or other white

(incl. minority white groups) 7 87.5% 3 5 100%

Mixed/multiple ethnic groups – – – – –

Asian/Asian British – – – – –

Black/African/Caribbean/Black British 1 12.5% 1 – –

Other ethnic group including Arab – – – – –

Not specified/prefer not to say – – – – –

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

48 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Number and % of women working for Sabre

Male

101

(58.7%)

2024 | (59.3%)

Female

71

(41.3%)

2024 | (40.7%)

#### Number and % of women on the Executive Team

Male

4

(80%)

2024 | (80%)

Female

1

(20%)

2024 | (20%)

#### Number and % of women in senior roles

#### (reporting to members of the Leadership Team)

Male

26

(60.5%)

2024 | 26 (63.4%)

Female

17

(39.5%)

2024 |15 (36.6%)

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

#### Our People continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

49 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Gender Pay Gap Report

Whilst Sabre has fewer than 250 employees

and therefore is not required to submit a

formal statement on its gender pay gap,

Sabre has committed to publish its Gender

Pay Gap Report on an annual basis. We

believe that by publishing this information, the

Group is ensuring accountability regarding

gender pay. Sabre’s Gender Pay Gap

Report is available on the Group’s website:

sabreplc.co.uk/about-us/corporate-

governance/gender-pay-gap-report/

Sabre has reviewed employee salaries and

can confirm that those employees with the

same job titles and similar length of service

are paid similar amounts, as illustrated in the

Group’s Gender Pay Gap Report.

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

#### Our People continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

50 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

### Our Shareholders

We operate a responsible and

sustainable business, while continuing to

deliver on our core strategy. We engage

frequently with our shareholders, who

support our efforts to operate a fair

and inclusive workspace while

minimising any negative impact

on our environment.

Our shareholders and potential investors expect

clear, detailed and relevant disclosure of our

activities designed to operate a responsible and

sustainable business. We deliver this through our

Annual Report and Accounts and related materials

such as our Road to Net Zero roadmap and aim

to evolve and improve in this area continuously.

In order to achieve this, we appointed the Chief

Financial Officer to establish our ESG framework,

and to ensure that sufficient, accurate and timely

information is provided to stakeholders. The Net

Zero roadmap is available at www.sabreplc.co.uk/

about-us/corporate-governance/.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

51 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

### Our Community

#### Since 2019, Sabre has

#### operated a Charity and Social

#### Committee (the “Committee”)

#### to prioritise and plan

fundraising and social events,

#### which is run by employees.

#### The Committee consists of 12

employees from across Sabre,

#### with varying lengths of tenure.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

52 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Charities supported

At the beginning of 2025, the Committee reviewed the

nominated charities that the Group partners with, taking

into account how local the charities are to Sabre and

how we could make a difference, both by fundraising

andvolunteering employees’ time.

The Charity Partners chosen for 2025 were:

St Catherine’s Hospice

St Catherine’s Hospice offers both physical and emotional

support to those living with a terminal illness whose families

live in Sussex and East Surrey. Further information on

St Catherine’s Hospice can be found here:

www.stch.org.uk/

Dorking Area Foodbank

Dorking Area Foodbank plays a vital role in supporting

the local community by providing emergency food and

assistance to individuals and families facing financial

hardship. In addition to distributing food parcels, it

collaborates with referral agencies and runs a voucher

hotline to make access easier for those in crisis. In 2024

alone, it distributed over 1,200 emergency food parcels

and supported thousands of adults and children in need.

Further information on Dorking Foodbank can be found

here: dorkingarea.foodbank.org.uk/

Other charities supported during the year were:

– The Rainbow Trust

– The Royal Marsden Cancer Charity

– Happy Days Children’s Charity

– Charlie’s Promise

– African Revival

– Macmillan Cancer Support

– Royal British Legion

#### Charity events during the year

Our staff proudly took part in a variety of charity events

throughout 2025, showcasing their commitment to making

a difference. From tackling the gruelling London2Brighton

Ultra Challenge for St Catherine’s Hospice to testing their

endurance in the Longest Day Golf Challenge for Macmillan

Cancer Support, these activities not only raise vital funds

for worthy causes but also strengthen team spirit and

community engagement.

#### Give a Day Away

In addition, Sabre continued with its Give a Day Away

Scheme, where employees can take time out of their working

day to volunteer for charities. During the year, employees

took part in leaflet dropping for St Catherine’s Hospice

ahead of their annual dragon boat race, TAG – ‘The Thursday

Afternoon Group’ where employees volunteered to assist with

differently abled adults and gardening to help maintain the

Dorking War Memorial. A total of 30 employees from across

the business volunteered and gave up a total of 114 hours

of their time. The employees really enjoyed participating in

these events and we look forward to supporting them to take

part again next year.

By the end of the financial year, Sabre and its employees

had raised £14.2k for St Catherine’s Hospice and £6.4k for

Dorking Area Foodbank. The total donations by the Group

and its employees amounted to £33.3k, of which £6.7k was

raised by employees (2024: £7.3k) and £26.6k donated by

Sabre (2024:£26.9k).

London2Brighton Ultra Challenge for

StCatherine’sHospice

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

#### Our Community continued

Raised for St Catherine’s Hospice

£14.2k

Raised for Dorking Area Foodbank

£6.4k

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

53 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

### Our Environment

Our consideration of environmental

matters focuses on two interconnected

priorities. First, we continue to evaluate

how a changing climate may influence

our operations and broader business

model, and where feasible, we take

steps to reduce those risks. Second,

we assess the environmental effects

generated by our activities, particularly

our greenhouse gas emissions and their

role in contributing to climate change.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

54 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

Stakeholders’ expectations in these areas continue to evolve.

As a result, we regularly review and strengthen our approach

and related disclosures, taking into account relevant

guidance from regulators and standard setters, including

the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures

(“TCFD”) and Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting

(“SECR”)requirements.

Throughout 2025, we worked closely with Forvis Mazars

toadvance our assessment of climate-related risks and

refineour emissions measurement analysis.

#### Governance over climate change

The Board retains overall accountability for identifying, assessing

and responding to climate-related risks, as well as reducing the

Group’s environmental impact. Climate considerations – such

as the implications of transitioning towards lower-emission

insured assets or investing in more sustainable infrastructure

– are incorporated into strategic and operational decision

making. When establishing Ambition 2030, the Board chose

not to introduce underwriting targets linked specifically to

climate factors, consistent with our long-standing principle of

pricing risk fairly and objectively.  The CFO, Adam Westwood,

continues to oversee the Group’s climate strategy, associated

reporting and implementation. He has undertaken specialist

training with Forvis Mazars and has led the development of

enhanced climate disclosures, improved emissions reporting

and further refinements to climate risk identification and

monitoring since2019.

#### Board and Committee reporting

Climate-related risks and opportunities remain a regular

topic for both the Board and the Risk Committee. The Risk

Committee receives quarterly updates on climate-related

metrics, scenario analysis outputs where applicable,

andprogress against risk management actions.

ESG issues are a standing Board agenda item, and the

Risk Committee receives regular reporting, which includes

a consolidated climate metrics dashboard, progress

against the Group’s net zero roadmap, and emerging

climate risk considerations relevant to strategic decision

making. In addition, the Risk Committee reviews the Group’s

climate scenario analysis every three years, in line with our

established Climate Scenario Analysis (“CSA”) cycle.

#### Management oversight and remuneration

Management Team oversight of climate-related objectives

remains collaborative, with the CFO co-ordinating key

activities and ensuring that climate targets – particularly

those supporting the net zero transition – are reflected

in performance objectives and remuneration structures.

Climate-related elements within remuneration typically

applyto senior leaders and managers whose roles

materiallyinfluence climate-related decision making.

KPIsmay includeoperational emissions reductions, or

otherclimate-related metrics.

#### Climate awareness and Sustainability Forum

Climate awareness across the organisation is supported

through the Sustainability Forum, an employee-led group

that partners with the CFO to develop and deploy climate

initiatives. The Forum meets regularly, with discussions

typically covering operational initiatives (such as office

energy efficiency improvements), engagement activities, and

updates on supplier sustainability assessments or employee

sustainability training. Climate responsibilities are embedded

into the Group’s induction materials, with additional training

delivered as necessary.

#### Strategy for climate change

Climate-related risks and opportunities continue to be

identified and incorporated into the Group’s risk register.

We consider the impact of climate risks along differing time

horizons, which are generally longer than those horizons

assessed for other risks. We consider short-term (0–5 years),

medium-term (5–15 years) and long-term (15–35 years) risks.

#### Scenarios used in quantitative analysis

In 2025, we performed a detailed CSA exercise, in line

with our intention to carry out this analysis every three

years, the last exercise having been completed in 2022.

The frequency of this reflects our expectation of the rate of

change in the related risks, although we note that should

the business change materially, we would consider revisiting

this analysis. It is intended that this work will be referenced by

Management and the Board in future decision making.

This exercise focused on physical, transitional and reputational/

legal risk and included a risk-mapping and materiality review

through which the pre-existing risks were challenged and

reassessed. Any changes to this assessment are included in

the risk tables below. The tables below also include a summary

of the analysis performed and relevant outcomes. The exercise

carried out in 2025 focused on the Group’s insurance activities,

with the pre-existing analysis of physical risk to the Group’s

operations considered to remain relevant.

Sabre’s approach to assessing climate-related risks through

quantitative scenario analysis covers both transition and

physical risks over the period from 2025 to 2050. The analysis

is designed to provide a forward-looking view of how different

climate pathways could affect Sabre’s business, reflecting

both global decarbonisation dynamics and UK-specific

transport trends.

#### Transition risk methodology

Sabre’s assessment of transition risk is based on scenario

analysis that examines how changes in climate policy,

technology, and behaviour could influence demand and

asset performance under alternative transition pathways.

Theanalysis draws on projections from the UK Department

forTransport (DfT), generated using its National Transport

Model and National Road Traffic Projections.

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

#### Our Environment continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

55 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

These models provide long-term forecasts of traffic volumes

and modal shifts under varying assumptions, ensuring

the analysis reflects the specific characteristics of the UK

transport system.

To capture broader macro-economic and policy-driven

transition dynamics, the DfT projections are complemented

with climate transition scenarios from the Network for the

Greening of the Financial System (NGFS). These scenarios

are derived from the REMIND Magpie integrated assessment

model and are widely used by regulators and financial

institutions to assess the economic implications of different

climate transition pathways, including variations in carbon

pricing, technology adoption and behavioural change.

By integrating UK-specific DfT transport projections with

country-level NGFS scenarios, Sabre has developed a

coherent framework that links global transition drivers to

domestic transport outcomes. Transition risk is assessed

by considering each scenario individually, with NGFS

scenarios mapped to corresponding DfT scenarios based

on their underlying narratives and defining characteristics.

NGFS scenarios are widely recognised by regulators and

financial institutions for exploring economic impacts of

climate transition pathways, including variations in carbon

pricing, technology adoption and behavioural change.

Sabre’s portfolio is projected under four standard transition

scenarios: Current Policies, Delayed Transition, Net Zero

2050, and Low Demand.

#### Physical risk methodology

#### andscenarioalignment

The physical risk analysis assesses Sabre’s exposure to a

range of climate-related hazards, including riverine and

coastal flooding, windstorm, soil subsidence, hailstorm,

heatwave and snowstorm. These assessments are based

on Representative Concentration Pathways (RCPs), which

describe alternative greenhouse gas emissions trajectories

and their associated levels of global warming.

Specifically, the analysis uses RCP 2.6, RCP 4.5 and RCP 8.5,

subject to availability within individual hazard models. RCP

2.6 assumes rapid emissions reductions consistent with

strong mitigation efforts and approximately 1.5°C of warming

by 2100. RCP 4.5 reflects moderate mitigation, leading to

around 2–3°C of warming, while RCP 8.5 represents a high-

emissions pathway with limited mitigation and the potential

for warming of 4°C or more. Higher RCP values therefore

correspond to more severe physical climate impacts. In

our analysis we have linked these scenarios to the Shared

Socioeconomic Pathways (“SSPs") used in previous exercises.

Broadly RCP 2.6 maps to SSP 1, RCP 4.5 to SSP 2 and RCP 8.5

to SSP 5.

While physical hazard modelling is undertaken using RCPs,

Sabre’s portfolio projections are based on NGFS transition

scenarios. To ensure consistency across the analysis, RCPs are

mapped to NGFS scenarios based on the similarity of their

underlying assumptions. RCP 8.5 is aligned with the Current

Policies scenario, RCP 4.5 with Delayed Transition, and RCP

2.6 with both Net Zero 2050 and Low Demand scenarios.

This alignment enables a consistent assessment of how

physical climate risks interact with different transition

pathways, reflecting the relationship between emissions

trajectories, mitigation efforts and climate impacts.

Together, these methodologies provide an integrated view of

Sabre’s exposure to climate-related transition and physical

risks, supporting robust, decision-useful disclosures aligned

with regulatory and investor expectations.

#### Materiality – How we decide what to measure

Our disclosures aim to provide meaningful and decision-

useful information to stakeholders. We prioritise topics

considered most relevant to stakeholders and most

significant to the sustainability of our business. Consistent

with our enterprise risk management framework, climate-

related risks with higher likelihood or higher potential impact

are treated as material. The Management Team, with

oversight from the relevant Board Committees, determines

the climate metrics and disclosures included in this report.

We continue to monitor regulatory and market expectations,

acknowledging that stakeholder priorities evolve. We expect

our approach to materiality and reporting to continue

developing accordingly.

As the first step in our CSA we conduct a materiality and

risk mapping review. This ensures that the risks assessed

in the CSA align with our wider materiality framework and

the areas considered most significant to the Group and

itsstakeholders.

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

#### Our Environment continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

56 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

Risk Description

Transitional market risk

Primary time horizon:

medium-term

Risk rating:

medium

The transitional risks (i.e. the impact of moving to a low-carbon economy) are

complex. We see the transition as impacting the Group in the following ways:

– Shift from internal combustion engines (ICE) to electric vehicles (EV) and

alternative fuels potentially leading to changes to the risk profile, repair

costs and insurance needs.

– Decline in private vehicle ownership potentially shrinking the insurance

market, limiting growth opportunities.

– Regulatory and financial pressure on emissions, such as the introduction

of low emissions zones, carbon taxes and rising fuel costs may accelerate

the decline in traditional vehicle use, potentially impacting demand for

conventional motor insurance.

– Carbon taxes or the expansion of emissions-based vehicle taxation

(e.g.Clean Air Zones, ULEZ) could increase operational costs and

requirechanges to pricing models or investment strategies.

Modelled outcomes (e.g. premium and policy counts) are not disclosed

due to commercial sensitivity, but they form part of internal analysis and

are incorporated into strategic planning. No allowance is made for current

strategic objectives within the modelled scenarios, ensuring results reflect

underlying climate transition drivers alone.

Relevant quantitative analysis

Based on the CSA results, the Group is considered resilient under all NGFS

transition scenarios assessed, with financial impacts either immaterial or

manageable through pricing, underwriting and portfolio adjustments.

Current Policies

– Vehicle mix gradually increases in EV with combustion engine vehicles

maintaining dominance

– Limited transition pressure for Sabre, requiring the management of a slowly

changing risk profile as EV penetration rises incrementally

– Sabre can continue to rely on historical experience

– Carbon Price remains constant until 2050

– Sabre’s overall policy count grows steadily

Delayed Transition

– Vehicle mix shifts rapidly after 2030, with EVs projected to dominate by 2050

– A need to adapt pricing models and claims assumptions to account for

EV-specific risks and predominance in the market

– Increased risk of stranded assets, residual value and coverage gap

– Carbon Price remains flat until 2030 before rising sharply

– Sabre’s overall policy count grows before stabilising in 2040

Net Zero 2050

– Vehicle mix shows rapid transition to EVs, rising to approx. 87% in 2050

– Assumption that the transition is underway and market transformation

isaccelerating

– Urgent need to recalibrate pricing models and claims assumptions

– Carbon Price has a persistent and steep increase that reaches £1,042 per

tonne of CO

2

by 2050

– Sabre’s overall policy count is greatest in this scenario

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

#### Our Environment continued

The Group’s climate resilience has again been reviewed with support from Forvis Mazars, including testing our exposure to a range of climate scenarios across both investment and insurance

portfolios. A summary of this analysis is set out in the scenario assessment table on pages 57 to 62.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

57 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

#### Our Environment continued

Risk Description

Transitional market

risk continued

Low demand

– EVs are expected to account for 75% of the market by 2050

– Alleviation on decarbonisation efforts as behaviour shifts towards

low-carbon goods and services

– Significant adjustments in underwriting and pricing

– Carbon Price rises to £486 in 2050, significantly lower than in the

Net Zero or Delayed Transition pathways

– Sabre’s overall policy count does not grow significantly

Overall, in the absence of any strategic, tactical or market initiatives, our

modelling shows that revenue remains highest under the ‘current policies’

scenario, with ‘Net Zero 2050’ being the next highest. This is consistent with

our pre-existing organisation risk assessment, and is considered within

Sabre’s ongoing strategic plans.

Financial and operational impact

This could inhibit the Group’s ability to grow and hence requires strategic

consideration. Sabre’s competitiveness and policy count are monitored by

management and shifts in types of insured vehicle are closely monitored by the

pricing team. Sabre’s Route to Net Zero roadmap outlines the Group’s carbon

emissions reduction plan and ensures the Group is well positioned to mitigate

the medium-term risks associated with the transition to a low-carbon economy.

Relevant metrics and targets

We monitor the number of insurance policies sold in the UK, as reported by

the ABI and other industry sources. We also measure our competitiveness

within the UK insurance market, and consider whether transitional market

trends have impacted. Overall, the UK motor insurance market increased by

2.4% over the past five years, and increased by 1.0% in the past year, in terms

of cars insured. This suggests that the market has not entered a declining

state as a result of climate transition. The Group has set out growth targets

in its ‘Ambition 2030’ and therefore must continue to grow its market share

across the next five years, although this will not be linear. The Group will never

set out specific policy count or premium targets over the short term as this

would be contrary to the overall strategy set out in Ambition 2030.

We monitor the proportion of non-combustion engine vehicles Sabre insures

and consider whether we are under or over-exposed relative to the market.

This information is commercially sensitive and, as such, is not disclosed here.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

58 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

Risk Description

Physical liability

Primary time horizon:

medium-term

Risk rating:

low

It appears clear that an increased number of unpredictable extreme weather

events will increase the overall cost of claims. While this is expected to have a

lower potential to have a material impact than in, for example, home insurance,

nonetheless this could have a bearing on the cost of claims over time.

Financial impact

An increase in the frequency of adverse weather events is likely to increase

the total cost of claims, although we consider this would be immaterial in the

short term, with pricing action taken to address increased costs in the medium

term. The impact of one-off individually material events is mitigated by our

reinsuranceprogrammes.

Our base case scenario is that such events will increase in frequency, but this

increase will be slow and over a long period of time, and hence will be reflected

in policy pricing across the market in the same way as any other inflationary

factor. The likelihood of a material increase in claims being sufficiently rapid not to

be compensated by re-pricing is considered to be very low. The more significant

risk is that of a more immediate, unexpected and un-priced weather event (such

as extreme hail), which could cause significant damage very quickly. We primarily

manage this risk through our insurance pricing mechanisms, including short

feedback loops between our claims and pricing teams.

Relevant quantitative analysis

Sabre’s portfolio was assessed against multiple climate hazards. Combined

average annual losses were assessed over a 25-year period to include flooding,

windstorm, soil subsidence, hailstorm, heatwave and snowstorm.

Whilst we do not disclose the specific outcome of this analysis, we note that

whilst we expect the impact of these events to increase over the period of review,

the start and end-point average annual loss remains very small, at c.0.2% of the

Group’s net earnedpremium.

Sabre’s portfolio carries some climate-related risk; however, historically, claims from

climate-related perils have been low and the risk can be managed by monitoring

loss ratios. Therefore, Sabre’s risk from climate-related perils on our insurance

portfolio is low.

Based on the CSA results, the Group is considered resilient under all NGFS physical

risk scenarios assessed, with the projected impacts remaining immaterial relative

to the Group’s claims experience and mitigated through reinsurance and

pricingmechanisms.

Relevant metrics and targets

Sabre’s flood capital requirement makes up less than 7.0% of our total base SCR,

before any correlation effect. If Sabre’s flood SCR was uplifted by 100%, this would

cause less than a 1.9% increase in Sabre’s total SCR. Therefore, Sabre’s SCR could

tolerate considerable increase in climate capital requirements. Sabre targets a

solvency coverage ratio over 140% in all reasonably foreseeable circumstances.

We do not set standalone targets for physical liability risk, as these exposures are

managed through normal pricing and reserving processes rather than through

forward-looking quantitative targets.

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

#### Our Environment continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

59 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

Risk Description

Physical operational

Primary time horizon:

medium-term

Risk rating:

medium

The physical risks generated by climate change relate to a changing weather

system prevailing over the environment in which we operate. This could include

an increase in temperature but is more likely to manifest in an increase in the

number and severity of extreme weather events, such as flooding, windstorms,

snow and hail.

Operational impact

Such a change in the weather could impact the ability of employees to attend the

office or prohibit the office or other equipment from being able to be used in the

‘normal’ way.

There is the related risk of failure of key IT infrastructure due to extreme weather

events in the vicinity of the related hardware. We have assessed this risk under

a number of scenarios and concluded there is a low probability of such events

occurring until at least 2090. We do not consider any of our key locations to be

exposed to high-impact weather-related events and therefore no preventative

action is required.

Relevant quantitative analysis

Based on the CSA results, the Group is considered resilient under all NGFS

operational risk scenarios assessed, with no material short or medium-term

risks identified and long term site specific exposures monitored through

routinefacilities and IT infrastructure assessments.

We have considered the exposure of the Group’s head office, outsourced customer

service location and two key data centres to heatwaves, heavy precipitation and

a rise in sea levels. For Sabre’s four operational sites, only one is at risk from sea-level

rise, albeit at ‘moderate’ risk by the year 2100.

This analysis has confirmed that there is no raised level of short or medium-

term operational risk in respect to climate change, and has highlighted that

exposure to climate-related events should be considered when making long-

term decisions about the Group’s operational structure.

Relevant metrics and targets

While the analysis described above occurs on a three-year cycle, we monitor

any incidence of climate-related operational outage. During 2025, no such

outage occurred. We expect this to remain at zero, given the Group’s low

exposure. Our target is for zero climate-related outages.

No further operational climate risk targets are set because the risk exposure is

inherently low, site specific, and appropriately managed through the Group’s

facilities and IT resilience processes.

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

#### Our Environment continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

60 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

Risk Description

Litigation and

reputational

Primary time horizon:

long-term

Risk rating:

low

There is a chance that the transition to a low-carbon economy or the

occurrence of physical risks could lead to litigation risk. For a Group such as

Sabre, which could be seen as ‘contributing’ to the climate problem, we could

find ourselves directly litigated against for those impacted negatively by, for

example, rising sea levels. Perhaps more likely (but still unlikely) is that litigation is

tabled in order to stop us being able to undertake our normal course of business.

There is also a potential litigation risk attached to investments which could

generate valuation downgrades. While there is little direct mitigation available,

the Management Team ensures that they remain up to date with regard to

legaland regulatory developments in this area.

For Sabre, reputational risk now extends into the climate and environmental

domain, where customers, investors, and regulators increasingly are scrutinising

ESG compliance closely. This includes emissions management, supply chain

sustainability, and alignment with national and international climate goals.

Financial impact

Litigation can be costly, regardless of the outcome. While we consider direct

litigation against Sabre to be highly unlikely, industry-wide litigation could

impact the Group indirectly.

Operational impact

Industry-wide disruption due to the consequences of undetermined future

legislation has the potential to impact on the Group’s ability to sell policies

to customers. Direct litigation against the Group would cause significant

distraction for management.

Based on the CSA and our assessment of credible litigation pathways, the Group

is considered resilient under all NGFS scenarios, with litigation risk remaining low

likelihood, and potential impacts mitigated through ongoing regulatory monitoring,

investment screening, and active horizon scanning by the Management Team.

Relevant metrics and targets

We monitor whether Sabre or the UK insurance industry, or any other relevant

industries, are subject to material litigation focused on climate change. At the

time of writing, no such litigation has been tabled.

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

#### Our Environment continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

61 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

Risk Description

Investments

Primary time horizon:

long-term

Risk rating:

low

Sabre has an investment portfolio spread across corporate bonds, gilts and

government-backed assets. Each individual investment is exposed in some way

to the physical and transitional risks related to climate change. Each investment

is also an indirect exposure to the carbon footprint of the counterparty.

The Board takes climate-related risks and opportunities into consideration

when considering the allocation of capital. ESG credentials are considered

within the Group’s investment portfolio, although given the short-term nature of

investments held this is relatively light-touch in respect of investments currently

held, with greater consideration given to the evolution of the portfolio towards

the Group’s net-zero target.

When Sabre diversified from gilts into corporate bonds, we introduced a ‘climate-

friendly’ term to our investment agreement whereby ‘green’ assets should be

purchased in favour of ‘less green’ assets where the assets provide similar returns

and profiles. In 2022, we introduced a further restriction on investment into

certain organisations whose activities were not consistent with our ESG outlook.

The Company’s Investment Committee monitors the ‘green’ credentials of the

investment portfolio through regular reporting by our investment manager,

Goldman Sachs Asset Management.

Our influence over entities in which we hold corporate bonds is limited, and we

do not hold any equity investments in any entities not directly controlled by the

Group. As such, we can exert influence only through our investment choices as

described above.

Financial impact

Given the short-term nature of our investments (average duration c. two years)

the risks attached are far lower than they may be within other large investors.

Nonetheless, we must consider the risk attached to each investment in order to

remain alert to our true exposure to climate-related risks. We have designed our

investment guidelines to limit exposure to particularly damaging industries.

Relevant quantitative analysis

Sabre’s investments are in cash or short-term (generally less than five years)

fixed interest bonds. Cash carries very little risk from climate change as it is liquid

and is not tied up with carbon-intensive activities. Assuming these bonds are

held to maturity, then the key investment risk that Sabre carries is if one of the

issuers of the bonds default. Sabre’s portfolio is well diversified, and all securities

are with carriers with credit rating BBB or above. Furthermore, Sabre’s portfolio is

not materially exposed to the key sectors exposed to the largest degree of direct

climate change risk. In summary, we do not believe that Sabre’s investment

portfolio is materially exposed to the risk of climate change.

Relevant metrics and targets

We monitor the weighted average carbon intensity (“WACI”) of our investment

portfolio. As at 31 December 2025, this was 29.7 tCO

2

/$MM (31 December 2024:

25.5 tCO

2

e/$MM). Sabre targets a zero WACI investment portfolio by 2050 as

part of its target for investments under its net-zero roadmap.

We have not set interim WACI reduction targets due to reliance on investee

disclosures and because changes in portfolio mix may be commercially

sensitive. The Group does not maintain a standalone ‘investment climate

policy’, but investment-related climate risks are governed through the Group’s

Investment Guidelines and the wider risk management framework.

#### Our Environment continued

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

62 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

Our metrics and targets

The Group uses its suite of pricing and policy performance

information to monitor the impact of climate risks on the

business, such as sales volumes, types of vehicles insured,

claims frequency and severity and the incidence of severe

weather events (which remain immaterial). The primary

physical liability risks are therefore monitored and addressed

through our normal pricing and reserving processes,

while longer-term transitional risks are addressed through

monitoring the volumes of our product sold and projecting

these volumes into the future. These targets are therefore in

line with our wider corporate objectives of maintaining our

combined operating ratio within our target range through

an appropriate response to liability risks while growing the

business across the insurance cycle.

Metrics and targets relevant to individual climate risks are

discussed in the table on page 64.

Emissions are contextualised with reference to the Group’s

employee numbers and gross written premium. We have also

taken the opportunity to enhance the accuracy of previously

reported figures where possible, and derive a consistent basis

for year-on-year comparison.

The greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions data for the Group

is set out adjacent, alongside prior years. We are pleased to

see the continued decline in our GHG emissions.

We believe our operational activities are consistent with a

scenario well below 2˚C, however we have not fully aligned

with science-based targets at this stage. We have not set

out specific targets with regard to our activities as a holder

of invested assets beyond the long-term goal of net-zero

emissions across the portfolio by 2050. We expect to reduce

emissions across the portfolio in a controlled manner over

time, but must remain somewhat reactive to the net-zero

aspirations of investee (and potential investee) entities.

#### Managing climate-related risks

A formal risk management process, including a risk register,

is in place which fully considers climate-related risks and

opportunities. The risk register is updated regularly with

climate-related risks being included as a standing agenda

item during 2025 for the monthly Management Risk and

Compliance Forum. Where relevant, the Group’s policies are

adapted to reflect climate-related risks. Identified climate-

related risks are integrated into the Group’s overall risk

register and risk management process. Further information

on the Group’s risk management processes is provided in

the Principal Risks and Uncertainties section of this report on

pages 22 to 30.

Recent climate-related issues considered by those

charged with governance include review of climate-related

risks and Sabre’s responses to those risks, and specific

consideration of the long-term transition risks within the

motorinsurancemarket.

#### Our investments

Our product

The provision of motor insurance, our core operation,

is generally environmentally light on a direct basis, i.e.

excluding any consideration of the environmental impact of

the vehicles we insure. Clearly, motor vehicles are a material

source of emissions and we are aware that Sabre’s products

enable the use of such vehicles. Most of our policies are

sold online, and administered remotely. However, there

are elements of our product offering which can generate

a positive impact on the environment. Importantly, we

underwrite a significant number of policies for electric and

hybrid vehicles. We are happy to take these policies on, and

believe that in having done so historically we are better able

to price these risks accurately.

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

#### Our Environment continued

#### Climate-related opportunities

Whilst the disclosure above has focused on the risks

presented by climate change, Sabre remains alert to the

opportunities presented, some of which are noted below.

Note that Sabre does not necessarily intend to exploit all of

these opportunities inthe near term.

Opportunities considered as part of the Group’s broader

climate assessment include areas where evolving

vehicle technologies, regulatory changes, or consumer

behaviour trends may create commercially viable product

developments or operational efficiencies.

– Provision of insurance products and services tailored

towards alternative modes of transport.

– Collecting sufficient data to provide competitively priced

traditional insurance for electric vehicles and vehicles

powered by other new technologies.

– Reducing overall costs to the business by making use of

cheap, sustainable energy sources.

– Increasing engagement with manufacturers and repair

networks specialising in EV technology to support

accurate pricing and claims cost management.

– Exploring the potential for partnerships that incentivise

lower-emission-driving behaviour or enable more energy-

efficient operations.

The impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on

Sabre’s business, strategy and financial planning has been

assessed and understood, as outlined above. Strategic

decision making takes potential future climate-related

risks and opportunities into account, along with the wider

stakeholder considerations outlined elsewhere in this report.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

63 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

The emissions data is measured in tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent (“tCO

2

e”) and covers:

i.   Scope 1 emissions, being direct emissions resulting from combustion of fuel and operation of facilities

ii.   Scope 2 emissions, being indirect emissions from purchased grid electricity and other energy for own use

iii.   Scope 3 emissions, being all other indirect emissions which occur in the Group’s value chain

Tonnes of CO

2

e/year  2025 2024 2023

Scope 1\* – – 130

Scope 2 (Location-based)\*\* 26 34 32

Scope 2 (Market-based)\*\* 1.4 7.8 32

Operational footprint (Market-based)\* 1.4 7.8 162

Scope 3, excluding insured emissions 15,072 12,741 20,937

Total footprint (Market-based), excluding insured emissions\*\* 15,073 12,749 21,099

Number of FTE employees\*\*\* 162 158 162

Operational footprint (Market-based) per employee\* 0.01 0.05 1.00

Insurance revenue £218m £248m £188m

Operational footprint (Market-based) per £m of insurance revenue\* 0.01 0.03 0.86

Building energy usage (KWh) 134,189 151,780 143,147

\*  Scope 1 emissions for 2024 have been revised downward following the receipt of additional information regarding the consumption of gasses

through our air conditioning system.

\*\*   When calculating totals, where Scope 2 is included, e.g. total operational footprint or total footprint, note that the Market-based Scope 2 figure

takes into account Sabre’s renewable energy procurement, whereas Location-based does not. In 2023, Location-based and Market-based

emissions were not disclosed separately.

\*\*\*  Full-time equivalent (“FTE”).

The footprint is calculated in accordance with the GHG Protocol on calculating organisational footprints. Activity data has

been converted into carbon emissions using published emissions factors or appropriate estimation techniques. Management

has obtained external quality verification for the GHG data presented here.

All relevant and measurable emissions have been included in these calculations. Specifically: Scope 1 – ‘F gas’; Scope

2 – electricity; Scope 3: Category 1 – Purchased goods and services, Category 2 – Capital goods, Category 3 – Fuel and

energy-related activities, Category 4 – Upstream transportation and distribution, Category 5 – Waste generated in operations,

Category 6 – Business travel, Category 7 – Employee commuting, Category 15 – Investments.

Separately, we report an estimated footprint related to our insurance operations, in line with the Partnership for Climate

Accounting Financials (“PCAF”) guidelines. This is not currently included within our assessment of Scope 3 emissions.

The total relevant carbon emissions across our insured

vehicles is estimated to be 56,388 tCO

2

e/yr as at

31December 2025 (2024: 72,151 tCO

2

e/yr).

GHG emissions have been reported by the three WBCSD/

WRI Scopes. Scope 1 includes direct GHG emissions from

sources that are owned or controlled by the Company

such as natural gas combustion and Company-owned

vehicles. Scope 2 accounts for GHG emissions from the

generation of purchased electricity, heat and steam

generated off-site. Scope 3 includes all other indirect

emissions such as waste disposal, business travel and staff

commuting. The most significant element within Scope 3

emissions is the investment portfolio, which contributed

12,756 tCO

2

e/yr to 2025 emissions (2024: 10,061 tCO

2

e/yr).

The weighted average carbon intensity across the portfolio

was 29.7 tCO

2

e/$MM as at 31 December 2025 (2024: 25.3

tCO

2

e/$MM).

All emission sources have been reported on as required

under the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups

(Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as amended).

The reporting period is in line with the Company’s financial

year, which is the same as the calendar year. In order to

provide the most accurate estimate of our GHG emissions,

primary (actual) data has been used where it is available,

up to date and geographically relevant. Secondary data in

the form of estimates, extrapolations and industry averages

has been used when primary data is not available.

We expect that, as we and our counterparties improve

the quality of record-keeping and reporting on GHG

emissions, the use of primary data will increase. Given that

secondary data is calculated with a considerable degree of

conservatism, we expect that increased quality of reporting

will reduce the reported levels of GHG emissions.

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

#### Our Environment continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

64 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Our route to net zero

We have continued to adjust our ways of working and

our working environment to minimise our negative impact

onourenvironment.

The Group has assessed its emissions and concluded that

it is appropriate to set a target for net zero emissions. The

target has been set having considered the Group’s current

footprint along with an assessment of the level of influence

held by the Group and expected societal trends. The Group

has defined net zero in line with the Science-Based Targets

initiative’s net zero standard framework.

We have set a more immediate goal of 31 December 2030

for the Group to report operational carbon neutrality. This,

effectively, is the reduction of the Group’s Scope 1 and 2

emissions to zero. We have set out our net zero roadmap,

which is published on the Group’s website, www.sabreplc.

co.uk/about-us/corporate-governance/. Management

targets set for 2026 and beyond include the achievement of

specific activities in relation to this plan. Our baseline position

against which the roadmap has been set is 2019, the last full

year not impacted by COVID-19 and the related disruption

to normal working practice. In our last Annual Report and

Accounts, we detailed anumber of actions which had been

carried out since 2019.

In 2025, we made further progress through:

– Strengthened strategic relationships with key suppliers

and brokers by reviewing their sustainability frameworks,

emissions performance and alignments with their

long-term net-zero commitments through supplier due

diligence surveys.

– Distributed a sustainability knowledge questionnaire

to Sabre employees to evaluate their current

understanding and to identify key opportunities for

sustainabilityimprovement.

– Continuation of the employee-led Sustainability Forum

to strengthen employee engagement and enhance

sustainability practices across the Group.

#### Our Environment continued

The costs associated with these initiatives are largely immaterial to the Group as a whole; however, the Board remains open

tothe approval of appropriate additional expenditure in relation to climate-related initiatives as and when required.

Our roadmap is a live document, which will constantly evolve as we continue to interrogate our activities and the

availablesolutions.

#### Statement of consistency with TCFD recommendations

In preparing the Responsibility and Sustainability section of the Annual Report, we have made disclosures consistent with

those recommended by the TCFD. All of the relevant disclosures are made within this section of the Annual Report. The Group

has considered the consistency of these disclosures against the TCFD’s Guidance for All Sectors and Supplemental Guidance

for Insurance Companies, and considers them to be consistent.

The Group remains on a journey with respect to gaining a full understanding of the impact of climate change on the

business. Steps have been taken to ensure that consideration of both the effects of climate change and the Group’s impact

on the environment is embedded within the Group’s culture at all levels. As such, we expect our understanding and the

related disclosure to evolve over the coming years.

The table below lists the TCFD’s 11 recommendations and where they are addressed within this report.

Recommendation Where addressed and whether consistent with TCFD requirements

1. Governance

a. Describe the board’s oversight of climate-related risks

andopportunities.

Risk Committee Report, pages 86 to 87

Consistent

b. Describe management’s role in assessing and managing

climate-related risks and opportunities.

Managing Climate-Related Risks, pages 54 to 66

Consistent

2. Strategy

a. Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities the organisation

has identified over the short, medium, and long term.

Strategy for Climate Change, page 55

Consistent

b. Describe the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on

the organisation’s businesses, strategy, and financial planning.

Strategy for Climate Change, page 55

Consistent

c. Describe the resilience of the organisation’s strategy, taking into

consideration different climate-related scenarios, including a 2°C

or lower scenario.

Strategy for Climate Change, page 55

Consistent

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

65 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Responsibility and Sustainability continued

#### Our Environment continued

Recommendation Where addressed and whether consistent with TCFD requirements

3. Risk management

a. Describe the organisation’s processes for identifying and assessing

climate-related risks.

Managing Climate-Related Risks, pages 54 to 66

Consistent

b. Describe the organisation’s processes for managing

climate-related risks.

Managing Climate-Related Risks, pages 54 to 66

Consistent

c. Describe how processes for identifying, assessing, and managing

climate-related risks are integrated into the organisation’s overall

risk management.

Managing Climate-Related Risks, pages 54 to 66

Consistent

4. Metrics and targets

a. Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to assess climate-

related risks and opportunities in line with its strategy and risk

management process.

Our Metrics and Targets, page 63

Consistent

b. Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2 and, if appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse

gas (“GHG”) emissions and the related risks.

Our Metrics and Targets, page 63

Consistent

c. Describe the targets used by the organisation to manage climate-

related risks and opportunities and performance against targets.

Our Metrics and Targets, page 63

Consistent

Note that we have also ensured that the Supplemental Guidance for Insurance Companies has been followed,specifically:

– Strategy (b) Describe the potential impacts of climate-related risks and opportunities on core products and services –

Strategy for Climate Change, page 55

– Strategy (c) Disclose certain information where climate-related scenario analysis is performed – detailed climate-related

analysis is not performed across the portfolio given the nature of the risks insured, therefore additional disclosure is

notrequired

– Risk Management (a) Describe processes for identifying and assessing climate-related risks on portfolios – Managing

Climate-Related Risks, pages 54 to 66

– Risk Management (b) Describe key tools or instruments related to climate-related risks in relation to product development

or pricing – Managing Climate-Related Risks, pages 54 to 66

– Metrics and Targets (a) Provided aggregated exposure to weather-related catastrophes – Exposure is negligible due to

nature of insurance products sold

– Metrics and Targets (v) Disclose weighted-average carbon intensity emissions associated with commercial property and

speciality lines – Not applicable

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

66 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### FCA Consumer Duty

The FCA regulatory requirements for Consumer Duty set the

standard of care that firms should give to customers in retail

financial markets. It is designed to ensure firms put consumers

at the heart of their business and focus on delivering good

outcomes for customers. The Consumer Duty consists of a

Principle, three cross-cutting rules and four outcomes.

#### Governance

Sabre has a robust governance process in place:

– Karen Geary, Independent Non-executive Director,

is the Consumer Duty Champion.

– The Head of Compliance meets individually with

the Consumer Duty Champion and the Chair of the

RiskCommittee.

– Consumer Duty is reported on at the Company’s

Leadership Meetings and Risk Committee during the year.

– The Head of Compliance regularly provides reports to

the Board on Consumer Duty.

– A framework has been built that provides the Board with

assurance that customers are receiving goodoutcomes.

– The Annual Consumer Duty Board Report is reviewed

andapproved by the Board.

#### Management information

Regulatory requirements apply to new and existing products.

A thorough ongoing programme is in place:

– Our products are designed to meet the demands

and needs of our target market and deliver fair value

to the end consumer, including those with actual or

potentialvulnerabilities.

– A monthly Consumer Duty MI Dashboard is produced

by Management and is subsequently reviewed and

challenged by the Second Line of Defence.

– A robust set of key performance indicators are used to

assess performance against each of the four outcomes.

#### Monitoring

Monitoring and training are key to assuring customers are

receiving good outcomes:

– All employees complete annual mandatory training on

Consumer Duty and this, along with existing training in

other key regulatory areas, supports the delivery ofgood

customer outcomes.

– The Head of Compliance is responsible for ensuring

theregulatory requirements are fully adhered to.

Sabre recognises the

#### importance of a firm’s

#### culture and purpose

in its ability to be able to

#### deliver good outcomes

#### for customers.

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

FCA Consumer Duty

67 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Corporate Governance

68–125 |  Governance

69  |  Chair’s Governance Letter

70  |  Board of Directors

74  |  Governance Report

82  |  Audit Committee Report

86  |  Risk Committee Report

89  |  Nomination & Governance Committee Report

92  |  Remuneration Committee Report

96  |  Directors’ Remuneration Policy

107 |  Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration

121 |  Directors’ Report

125 |  Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

68–125 |  Governance

68 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

Dear Shareholders,

On behalf of the Board, I present Sabre’s Governance Report

for the financial year ended 31 December 2025. This report

explains Sabre’s governance framework, how Sabre applies

the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the

“Code’’) and includes the committee reports from the

Audit, Risk, Nomination & Governance and Remuneration

Committees. The Board is responsible to shareholders for

the strategic direction, management and control of the

Group’s activities and is committed to the highest standards

of corporate governance in delivering in these areas. The

Group’s strategy and culture are aligned and are discussed

at Board meetings. With regard to compliance with the Code,

the Board considers that appropriate corporate governance

standards were in place throughout 2025, except for those

set out on page 80.

As at the year ended 31 December 2025, the Board

consisted of eight Directors who had the appropriate

balance of skills, experience, independence and knowledge

of the Group to oversee the strategy, review management

performance and to set the Group’s values and standards

to ensure that its obligations to its shareholders and

other stakeholders are met. Further information about our

Directors and the experience they bring to the Group is

set out on pages 70 to 73 of this Annual Report. During

the year, I was pleased to welcome David Neave to the

Board as a Non-executive Director. David was subsequently

appointed to the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination &

GovernanceCommittees.

Rebecca Shelley

Group Chair

Diversity remains a key consideration for the Board. As at

31 December 2025, I am pleased that the Board meets the

FCA’s requirements that at least one of the senior Board

positions is held by a female and that one of the Board

directors is from an ethnic minority, but also recognise that,

due to the recruitment of David Neave, the percentage of

females on the Board fell to 38%, which is below the FCA’s

requirement of 40% of the Board being female. In addition,

the Board meets the Parker Review target that at least one

member of the Board is from an ethnic minority background.

Further information on Sabre’s approach to diversity and

inclusion can be found on pages 47 to 48 of this report.

Sabre’s Annual General Meeting provides shareholders

with the opportunity to vote on the resolutions put to them

and, for those shareholders who attend, to ask questions of

the Directors, including the Chairs of each Committee. The

Notice of Meeting will be sent to shareholders and the result

of the Annual General Meeting votes on all resolutions will be

published on the Group’s website.

We look forward to meeting shareholders at our forthcoming

Annual General Meeting, which will be held at 9:30 am on

Thursday 21 May 2026 at the Group’s offices at Old House,

142 South Street, Dorking, RH4 2EU.

Rebecca Shelley

Group Chair

9 March 2026

#### Chair’s Governance Letter

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

Chair’s Governance Letter

69 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Board of Directors

As at 31 December 2025

#### Board gender disclosureBoard ethnicity disclosure

#### Chair and Non-executive Directors’ tenure

Male

5/8

(62.5%)

2024 | 4/7 (57.1%)

White British or other

white (including

minority-white groups)

7/8

(87. 5%)

2024 | 6/7 (85.7%)

6+ years

1/6

(16.7%)

2024 | 1/5 (20%)

3–6 years

2/6

(33.3%)

2024 | 1/5 (20%)

Female

3/8

(37. 5%)

2024 | 3/7 (42.9%)

Black/African/

Caribbean/

Black British

1/8

(12.5%)

2024 | 1/7 (14.3%)

<3 years

3/6

(50%)

2024 | 3/5 (60%)

#### Directors’ skills and experience matrix

Skill and

experience

Number of

Directors

% of the

Board

Boardroom (outside of Sabre) 6/8 75%

Communications (internal/external) 7/8 87.5%

Compliance & regulatory 5/8 62.5%

Customer 7/8 87.5%

Cyber-security/IT/data 2/8 25%

ESG incl. sustainability 3/8 37.5%

Financial 5/8 62.5%

HR incl. remuneration 5/8 62.5%

Insurance (outside of Sabre) 6/8 75%

Legal 2/8 25%

Marketing 4/8 50%

Operations 2/8 25%

Risk management 4/8 50%

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

Board of Directors

70 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

A

N

N

R

RI

S

I

I

E

#### Board of Directors continued

Committee key:

Chair of Committee

Audit Committee

Nomination & Governance Committee

Remuneration Committee

Risk Committee

Senior Independent Director

Independent Director

Non-executive Director responsible

for Employee Engagement

#### Rebecca Shelley

Group Chair

#### Geoff Carter

Chief Executive Officer

Appointment

Rebecca Shelley was appointed a Non-executive Director of Sabre

Insurance Group plc in October 2017 and became Chair in April

2024, following her appointment as acting Chair in November 2023.

Skills and experience

Rebecca brings extensive commercial and financial services

experience to the Board, as well as her background of market-

facing roles at listed companies. Having been Investor Relations

and Corporate Communications Director at Norwich Union plc

from 1998 to 2000, Rebecca moved to Prudential plc in 2000,

starting as Investor Relations Director, and then became Group

Communications Director with a seat on their Group Executive

Committee. From 2012 to 2016, Rebecca was the Group

Communications Director of Tesco plc and a member of their

Executive Committee. During this time, she held positions on the

board of the British Retail Consortium and was a trustee of the

Institute of Grocery Distribution. Most recently, Rebecca spent three

years at TP ICAP plc as Group Corporate Affairs Director and was a

member of the Global Executive Committee.

She holds a BA (Hons) in Philosophy and Literature from the

University of Warwick and has an MBA in International Business

and Marketing from Cass Business School. Rebecca is also a Non-

executive Director at Conduit Holdings Limited, Hilton Food Group

and Liontrust Asset Management.

\*  On appointment as Group Chair

\*

Appointment

Geoff Carter was appointed Director and Chief Executive Officer

of Sabre Insurance Group plc in September 2017 (when the

Company was incorporated) and has been a Director of Sabre

Insurance Company Limited since 2015, when he joined as Chief

Operating Officer, and became Chief Executive Officer in May 2017.

Skills and experience

Prior to joining the Group, Geoff was Chief Executive Officer of

Tesco Underwriting Limited and has over 25 years’ experience in

managing insurance operations. Prior to that, Geoff was employed

by Ageas Insurance UK as Managing Director of Ageas Insurance

Solutions Limited and spent seven years at Churchill Insurance/

Direct Line Group. He is a Chartered Insurer and holds an MBA from

Sheffield Business School and a Postgraduate Diploma in Marketing

from the Chartered Institute of Marketing. Geoff is also a Director of

the Motor Insurance Bureau and active in ABI committees.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

71 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

IA N RI

I

N

R E

RIR

#### Board of Directors continued

#### Ian Chapple

Non-executive Director

#### Karen Geary

Non-executive Director

Appointment

Ian was appointed as Independent Non-executive Director in

September 2024.

Skills and experience

Ian brings more than 30 years of industry expertise to Sabre’s

Board and has a strong track record in digital, technology, and

data. He has successfully delivered IT strategy, transformation, and

cybersecurity programmes for several large businesses within and

outside of the insurance sector and currently holds the position

of Group Chief Information Officer at Odeon Cinemas Group.

Prior to this, he served as a Director in Deloitte’s Financial Services

division. Ian has extensive experience across the financial services

industry, including general insurance, life assurance, pensions, and

investment management. During his career, he has acted as Chief

Information Officer at Swinton Insurance, Head of Digital at Tesco

Bank, and IT Director for the UK life division of Aviva.

Appointment

Karen Geary was appointed as Non-executive Director of

Sabre Insurance Group plc in December 2020 and is the Non-

executive Director responsible for employee engagement,

the Board’s Consumer Duty Champion and Chair of the

RemunerationCommittee.

Skills and experience

Karen brings over 20 years of executive leadership experience

across start-up and listed blue-chip organisations, as well as

international HR and business transformation experience across

a variety of industries, particularly in Europe and the US. Karen is

a former FTSE 100 HR director with an extensive track record in

the technology industry. Between 1998 and 2013, Karen was with

The Sage Group plc, where she built and led the HR function as

Group HR Director and from 2004 was a member of the Executive

Committee. Subsequent to this, Karen held senior positions with

a US-based software business, followed by a FTSE 100 software

company which she originally joined as Non-executive Director and

Chair of the Remuneration Committee.

In addition to her role at Sabre, Karen holds external appointments

as Senior Independent and Non-executive Director of Mobico

Group plc and as a Non-executive Director and Chair of the

Remuneration Committee of PageGroup plc. Her previous non-

executive roles include MicroFocus plc and ASOS plc.

#### Adam Westwood

Chief Financial Officer

Appointment

Adam Westwood was appointed Director and Chief Financial

Officer of Sabre Insurance Group plc in September 2017 (when

the Company was incorporated), has been a Director and Chief

Financial Officer of Sabre Insurance Company Limited since

September 2016, and joined as Financial Controller in 2014.

Skills and experience

Adam is a qualified chartered accountant, having joined Ernst

& Young LLP’s insurance audit team in 2006 and qualified as a

chartered accountant in 2009. Adam has over 18 years’ experience

of the insurance sector and holds a BSc (Hons) degree in Physics

and Business Studies from the University of Warwick.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

72 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

IA N RRI

S

A AI IRI RN N

#### Board of Directors continued

#### Bryan Joseph

Non-executive Director

#### Alison Morris

Non-executive Director

#### David Neave

Non-executive Director

Appointment

Bryan Joseph was appointed a Non-executive Director of Sabre

Insurance Group plc in June 2023, and is Chair of the Risk

Committee. Bryan was appointed as Sabre’s Senior Independent

Director in May 2024.

Skills and experience

Bryan brings more than 40 years of industry experience to Sabre’s

Board and has worked in a number of senior actuarial roles

throughout his career, spanning the insurance and reinsurance

industry internationally. Bryan is currently a partner with Vario

Partners LLP, where he is one of the founding partners of that

business. Prior to this, Bryan led the PwC actuarial practice globally

and was a member of the firm’s insurance leadership team.

Bryan was Chair of the Board of XL Insurance Company SE and

was an Independent Non-executive Director of XL Re Europe

SE and of AXA XL Insurance Company UK Limited and AXA

Underwriting Agencies Limited, chairing the audit committees of

the UK entities. Bryan is on the Board of Lancashire Holdings Limited

and Lancashire Syndicates Limited, where he is Chair of the Risk

Committee. Bryan is also on the Board of CFC Underwriting Limited,

where he is Chair of the Risk Committee.

Appointment

Alison Morris was appointed as Non-executive Director of

Sabre Insurance Group plc in May 2022, and is Chair of the

AuditCommittee.

Skills and experience

Alison is a chartered accountant and brings extensive recent and

relevant experience of the financial services sector as well as a

detailed and specialist knowledge of accounting and auditing

practice and the audit market. Alison was a partner in PwC’s

financial services audit practice from 1994 until the end of 2019.

She has led external audits and internal audit projects across the

financial services sector in the FTSE 100 and FTSE 250 and held

a number of leadership roles within PwC, including sitting on the

executive management team which led their audit practice.

She is a Non-executive Director and Audit Committee Chair of

Paragon Banking Group plc where she is the SID. She is a Non-

executive Director and Audit Committee Chair of Quilter plc. Until

recently she was a Non-executive Director and Audit Committee

Chair of M&G Group Limited, part of the M&G plc group and of

Vanquis Bank Limited, part of Vanquis Banking plc. Alison holds a

MA in Economics with International Studies from the University of

StAndrews.

Appointment

David Neave was appointed as Non-executive Director of Sabre

Insurance Group plc in August 2025.

Skills and experience

David is a Chartered Insurer with over 45 years’ experience in the

sector. At Royal Insurance plc and then RSA plc, David managed

product, pricing and claims functions before moving to Co-

operative Insurance where he became Chief Executive of the

General Insurance company. In addition to this, he was a board

member of the MIB, Thatcham, chair of the Insurance Fraud Bureau

and a member of the ABI General Insurance Committee.

In his non-executive career David has held chairmanships,

directorships and advisory roles in a number of insurance,

InsurTech, consultancy and legal businesses, including Direct Line

Group plc, Slater and Gordon UK Limited, the Solicitors Indemnity

Fund, Liverpool Victoria Financial Services Limited, LV General

Insurance Limited and Accenture UK Limited.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

73 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Governance Report

#### Chief Executive Officer

Responsible for the day-to-day running of the Group’s business and performance, and the development and implementation of strategy.

#### Executive Team

Supporting the Chief Executive in developing the Group’s strategy and its implementation.

#### Board Committees

The terms of reference of each Committee are documented and agreed by the Board. The Committees’ terms of reference are reviewed annually

and are available in the Governance section of Sabre’s corporate website at www.sabreplc.co.uk.

The key responsibilities of each Committee are set out below.

Audit Committee

To monitor the integrity of the

Group’s financial reporting and

the adequacy and effectiveness

of the systems of internal control.

To monitor the effectiveness and

independence of the internal

and external auditors.

Risk Committee

To monitor and review the

effectiveness of the risk

management framework,

compliance framework and

internal controls.

Nomination &

Governance Committee

To keep under review the

composition, structure and size

of, and succession to, the Board

and its Committees. To provide

succession planning for the

Executive Team and the Board,

leading the process for all Board

appointments. To evaluate the

balance of skills, knowledge,

experience and diversity on

theBoard.

Remuneration Committee

To set remuneration for all

Executive Directors and the Chair,

including pension rights and

any compensation payments.

To oversee remuneration and

workforce policies and practices

and take these into account when

setting the policy for Directors’

remuneration. Oversight of wider

employee reward policies.

#### Governance

#### Framework

For the Audit Committee Report

go to pages 82 to 85

For the Risk Committee Report

go to pages 86 to 88

For the Nomination &

Governance Committee Report

go to pages 89 to 91

For the Remuneration

Committee Report go

to pages 92 to 106

#### Shareholders

#### Chair

The Chair is responsible for the leadership of the Sabre Insurance Group plc Board and for ensuring

that it operates effectively through productive debate and challenge.

#### The Board

The Board is responsible for providing leadership to the Group. It does this by setting strategic priorities and overseeing their delivery in a way that is

aligned with Sabre’s culture and enables sustainable long-term growth, while maintaining a balanced approach to risk within a framework of effective

controls and taking into account the interests of a diverse range of stakeholders. There are certain matters which are reserved for the Board’s decision.

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

Governance Report

74 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### The Board and leadership

The Group Directors and details of their experience and the

date of their appointment are set out on pages 70 to 73.

As at 31 December 2025, the Board consisted of eight

Directors: the Chair, two Executive Directors and five Non-

executive Directors. The independence of the Non-executive

Directors is reviewed annually in accordance with the criteria

set out within Provision 10 of the Code, and it is confirmed

that all the Group’s Non-executive Directors remained

independent as at 31 December 2025.

The Board of Directors recognises the need for and the

importance of acting with integrity and do so in their roles

as Directors of the Group. All the Directors bring strong

judgement to the Board’s deliberations. During the year, the

Board was of sufficient size and diversity that the balance of

skills and experience was considered to be appropriate for

the requirements of the business.

#### Board meetings

The Board meets at least six times a year with supplementary

adhoc meetings as required. There is a planned cycle of

activities, managed through the Schedule of Matters and

Matters Reserved for the Board, and a formal agenda is

prepared for each Board and Committee meeting. Minutes

and a follow-up list of matters arising from each Board and

Committee meeting are maintained and reviewed at every

meeting. In addition to this, verbal updates are provided by

each Committee Chair at the following Board meeting.

#### Company Secretary

The Company Secretary acts as Secretary to the Board and

to its Committees, apart from the Risk Committee which is

minuted by another member of the Company Secretariat

Team. The appointment or removal of the Company

Secretary is a matter for the Board as a whole. The Company

Secretary assists the Chair in ensuring that the Board and the

Group have the appropriate policies, processes, information,

time and resources they need to fulfil their duties and to

function effectively and efficiently. Anneka Kingan has been

the Group’s Company Secretary since 2018.

#### Governance Report continued

The Board is collectively responsible for setting

Sabre Insurance Group and its subsidiaries’

(the “Group”) strategic aims and requiring the

Leadership Team to put those into effect through

the management of the Group’s business within

a governance framework.

It does this by setting the Group’s strategy and

ensuring that appropriate standards, controls

and resources are in place for the Group to meet

its obligations, and by reviewing management’s

performance. This includes ensuring that the

Group has a Code of Conduct, which sets out

the Group’s policy of conducting its business

affairs in a fair and transparent manner and

maintaining high ethical standards in dealings

with all relevant parties. The Code of Conduct

is available at www.sabreplc.co.uk/about-us/

corporate-governance/code-of-conduct/

In order to ensure there is a clear division of

responsibilities between the Board and the

running of the business, the Board has a formal

Schedule of Matters and Matters Reserved

for the Board, which confirms which decisions

are reserved for the Board. These documents

are reviewed on an annual basis and include:

the Group’s strategic aims; objectives and

commercial strategy; governance and regulatory

compliance; structure and capital; financial

reporting and controls; internal controls and

risk management; major capital commitments;

major contracts and agreements; shareholder

engagement; remuneration of senior executives;

material corporate transactions; and any

changes to the Schedule of Matters and Matters

Reserved for the Board.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

75 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Non-executive Directors

Along with the Chair and Executive Directors, the Non-

executive Directors are responsible for ensuring the Board

and its Committees fulfil their responsibilities. It is the Non-

executive Directors’ role to provide constructive challenge,

strategic guidance, offer their respective specialist advice

and hold management to account. The Non-executive

Directors combine broad business and commercial

experience, in particular in the financial services and

insurance sectors, with independent and objective

judgement and they provide independent challenge to

the Executive Directors. The balance between Non-executive

and Executive Directors enables the Board to provide clear

and effective leadership across the Group’s business.

#### Division of responsibilities

The Chair is responsible for leading the Board, setting its

agenda, promoting a culture of openness and debate and

monitoring its effectiveness. The Chair is supported by the

Senior Independent Director, who acts as a sounding board

and serves as an intermediary for the other Directors. Neither

the Chair nor the Senior Independent Director are involved

in the day-to-day management of the Group. Save for the

Schedule of Matters and Matters Reserved for the Board, the

Chief Executive Officer (with the support of management) is

responsible for proposing the strategy to be adopted by the

Group, running the business in accordance with the strategy

agreed by the Board and implementing Board decisions.

The Board has approved the clear division of responsibilities

between the Chair, Chief Executive Officer and Senior

Independent Director, as shown in the table below. The

division of responsibilities is reviewedannually.

#### Governance Report continued

Group Chair Senior Independent Director Chief Executive Officer

– Sets the Board agenda primarily focusing on strategy,

performance, value creation, culture and stakeholders

– Ensures the Board has an effective decision-making

process, demonstrating objective judgements and

constructive challenge

– Ensures the Board has an appropriate balance of skills,

knowledge, experience and diversity

– Leads the induction and development plans for new and

existing Board members

– Communicates with major shareholders and ensures the

Board understands their views

– Ensures the Board receives accurate, timely and

clearinformation

– Leads the annual Board evaluation

– Supports the Chair in the delivery of their objectives

– Acts as a sounding board for the Chair and serves as

an intermediary for the other Directors

– Is available to shareholders if they have concerns

that cannot be resolved through the normal channels

– Works with the Chair and other Directors and shareholders

to resolve significant issues where necessary

– Leads the annual performance evaluation of the Chair

– Runs the Group’s business and delivers its

commercialobjectives

– Proposes and develops the Group’s strategy, in close

consultation with the Executive Team, the Chair and

the Board

– Implements the decisions of the Board and its Committees

– Ensures operational policies and practices drive

appropriate behaviour, in line with the Group’s culture

– Leads the communication programme with key

stakeholders, including employees and customers

– Ensures management provides the Board with

appropriateinformation and necessary resources

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

76 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Board and Committee meetings

During the year, the Board reviewed the membership of its

Committees. As a consequence of this review, no changes

to the Committees’ membership were made. However,

following his appointment, David Neave joined the Audit

Committee, the Nomination & Governance Committee and

the Remuneration Committee.

Details of the membership of each Committee as at

31December 2025 can be found in each relevant

CommitteeReport.

The activities of the Board during the year are set out below

and the reports from each of the Committees are set out on

pages 82 to 95 of this Annual Report.

During the financial year ended 31 December 2025, the

Board scheduled and formally met six times, during which

itreviewed, discussed and approved:

– the financial performance of the Group;

– the 2024 Annual Report and Accounts, including

the Committee reports, Viability and Going Concern

Statements and the RNS of the results for the financial

year which ended on 31 December 2024;

– the Notice of Meeting and Proxy Form for the 2025

Annual General Meeting;

– the 2025 Half Year Results, AGM Trading Statement

and Q3 Trading statement;

– the Group’s strategy;

– the payment of dividends, including the final dividend for

the financial year which ended on 31 December 2024,

and an interim dividend for the financial year which

ended on 31 December 2025;

– the launch of the Group’s £5m share buyback

programme;

– the results of the Group’s 2024 Board Effectiveness

Review;and

– the 2026 budget.

In addition, the Board and the Committees regularly received updates, reports and presentations from other senior

employees, including the Chief Actuary, the Claims Director, the Chief Risk Officer, the Company Secretary, the Head of IT,

the Head of Compliance, the Data Protection Officer and the Head of HR.

During the financial year ended 31 December 2025, the Board met an additional four times as a Committee to discuss the

Full Year Results, Half Year Results and to sign off the Q3 2025 Trading Statement. The attendance of the Directors at Board and

Committee meetings held in the financial year ended 31 December 2025 is illustrated in the table below.

#### Board Committees

In order to provide effective oversight and leadership, the Board has delegated certain aspects of its responsibilities to the

following committees of the Board (“Committees”):

– The Audit Committee

– The Risk Committee

– The Nomination & Governance Committee

– The Remuneration Committee

The terms of reference of these Committees are reviewed and approved by the Board annually and are available on the

Group’s website at www.sabreplc.co.uk/about-us/corporate-governance/

The Committee Reports are set out on pages 82 to 95 of this Annual Report.

Attendance by Directors at scheduled Board and Committee meetings

(number attended/number required to attend)

Director

Board

(scheduled

meetings)

Board

Committee

meetings &

unscheduled

meetings Audit Committee Risk Committee

Nomination &

Governance

Committee

Remuneration

Committee

Geoff Carter 6/6 4/4 – – – –

Ian Chapple 6/6 1/1 5/5 5/5 2/2 5/5

Karen Geary  6/6 3/3 – 4/5

\*\* 2/2 5/5

Bryan Joseph 6/6 2/2 5/5 5/5 2/2 4/5

\*\*

Alison Morris 6/6 4/4 5/5 5/5 2/2 –

David Neave\* 2/2 1/1 1/1 – 2/2 2/2

Rebecca Shelley 6/6 1/1 – – 2/2 –

Adam Westwood 6/6 4/4 – – – –

\*   Joined the Board with effect from August 2025, the Remuneration and Nomination & Governance Committees with effect from

September 2025, and the Audit Committee with effect from November 2025.

\*\*  Due to pre-existing commitments prior to 2025, 100% attendance was not achieved.

#### Governance Report continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

77 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Diversity

The Board recognises the importance of being diverse in

its make-up to ensure creative and innovative thinking,

improved decision making and thus better outcomes for

the Group. Diversity is a key factor in reviewing the Board’s

composition and in recommending appointments. When

recruiting, the Board requires that executive search agencies

provide diverse shortlists and ensures that all Board

appointments are based on merit. As at 31 December 2025,

the Board had three female Directors out of eight, which is

equivalent to 38% of the Board being female, thus failing to

meet the 40% female representation target set by the FCA.

However, the Board does have at least one senior Board

position that is held by a female. The Board also met the

Parker Review target that at least one member of the Board is

from an ethnic minority background. Further information on

Sabre’s approach to diversity and inclusion can be found on

pages 47 to 48 of this report.

#### Effectiveness

The Board is structured to provide the Group with an

appropriate balance of skills, experience, knowledge and

independence to enable it to discharge its duties and

responsibilities effectively. Given the nature of the Group’s

business, insurance, actuarial and accounting experience

as well as experience of the financial services sector is

clearly of benefit, and this is reflected in the composition of

the Board and its Committees. Decisions at Board meetings

are taken by a majority vote of the Directors and in the case

of an equality of votes the Group’s Articles of Association

(“Articles”) provide that the Chair has a second or casting

vote. The Board considers that no single Director can

dominate or unduly influence decision making. During the

year, the Chair and the Non-executive Directors met without

the Executive Directors, and the Non-executive Directors met

without the Chair present.

#### Induction and ongoing

#### professionaldevelopment

The Board has a thorough induction programme for Directors

to participate in upon joining the Board. This programme

is monitored by the Chair and is the responsibility of the

Company Secretary. Depending upon their qualifications

and experience, the programme includes presentations and

briefings, meetings with Directors, senior management, external

advisers, and visits to the Group’s office in Dorking,Surrey.

The ongoing professional development of the Directors has

been reviewed by the Board and its Committees. The Chair

reviews and agrees the training and development needs

with each of the Directors during each year. Directors have

the opportunity to highlight specific areas where they feel

their skills or knowledge would benefit from development as

part of the Board evaluation process, and are encouraged

to continue their own professional development through

attendance at seminars and conferences. Directors confirm

annually that they have received sufficient training to fulfil

their duties.

#### Information and advice

Directors are provided with appropriate documentation,

usually a week in advance of each Board and Committee

meeting. The Group uses an online platform to distribute

its Board and Committee papers securely and efficiently,

which maximises information security and has minimal

environmental impact. All Directors have access to

the advice and services of the Company Secretary for

information and guidance, and she is responsible for

ensuring that all Board procedures have been complied

with. Directors may also obtain independent professional

advice at the Group’s expense if they believe it is required in

the furtherance of their duties. No such advice was sought

by any Director during the year.

#### Time commitment

As part of the appointment process and their annual review,

the Non-executive Directors each confirm that they are able

to allocate sufficient time to the Group to discharge their

responsibilities effectively and Directors are expected to

attend all scheduled Board meetings, relevant Committee

meetings, the Annual General Meeting and any general

meeting of the Group.

The other public company commitments of the Chair and

the other Directors are as indicated in their biographies on

pages 70 to 73. Each Director is required to seek permission

from the Chair and the Board before accepting additional

commitments. This is to ensure that additional appointments

do not present a conflict of interest and that the Director will

have sufficient time to devote to their continued role at Sabre.

The Board is satisfied that the Chair and each Non-executive

Director can allocate sufficient time to enable them to

discharge their duties and responsibilities effectively.

#### Performance evaluation

The Board recognises the importance of evaluating

annually the performance and effectiveness of the Board,

its Committees, the Chair and individual Directors. During

the year, a formal annual review of the performance of the

Board, its Committees, the Chair and individual Directors was

completed. This year the process consisted of an externally-

facilitated exercise sponsored by the Chair and assisted by the

Company Secretary. The review concluded that the Board

was effective. As a consequence of the evaluation there will

be an increase in informal meetings of the Board and the

continuation of external guests and employee presenters at

the Company’s Strategy days.

#### Appointment of Directors

The Articles provide that Directors may be appointed by

the Board or by the Group by ordinary resolution. ADirector

appointed by the Board may only hold office until the

next Annual General Meeting of the Group following their

appointment and is then eligible for election by theshareholders.

#### Governance Report continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

78 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

The Board, through the Nomination & Governance

Committee, reviewed and adopted the Code

recommendation that all Directors should be subject to

annual re-election (in compliance with Code Provision

18). During 2025, all eligible Directors stood for election

or re-election at the Annual General Meeting and were

successfulin their appointment or re-appointment.

Further details regarding the terms of appointment and

remuneration for the Executive Directors and Non-executive

Directors are set out in the Annual Report on Directors’

Remuneration on pages 107 to 120 and their service

contracts and terms of appointment are available for

inspection in accordance with the Code at the Group’s

office and at the Group’s Annual General Meeting.

#### Conflicts of interest

All Directors have a duty to avoid conflicts of interest and

must declare any conflict of interest that could interfere with

their ability to act in the best interests of Sabre. The Board

has established a procedure to deal with Directors’ conflicts

of interest which complies with the Group’s Articles and the

provisions in section 175 of the Companies Act 2006. Schedules

of a Director’s actual or potential conflicts are compiled based

on disclosures made by the Director. These are updated and

reviewed on an annual basis in addition to conflicts or potential

conflicts being considered at the beginning of Board meetings.

#### Accountability

The Board, through the Audit Committee, reviews the Group’s

internal controls, financial and business reporting and

maintains the Group’s relationship with its auditors, the details

of which are set out in the Audit Committee Report on pages

82 to 85. Through the Risk Committee, the Board receives reports

regarding the Group’s risk management andcompliance

oversight and the effectiveness of these. Further details are set

out in the Risk Committee Report on pages 86 to 88.

#### Anti-bribery and corruption

As part of Sabre’s commitment to preventing bribery and

corruption, the Group has an Anti-Bribery and Corruption

Policy, which is reviewed and approved annually by the Risk

Committee. Further details are set out in the Risk Committee

Report on pages 86 to 88.

#### Modern slavery

Sabre annually considers the 2015 Modern Slavery Act. Sabre

has a zero-tolerance approach to any form of slavery and

human trafficking and confirms to the best of its knowledge

that there is no slavery or human trafficking within its supply

chain. The Group’s Modern Slavery Statement is reviewed

and approved by the Board on an annual basis and can be

found on the Group’s website: www.sabreplc.co.uk/about-

us/corporate-governance/

#### Whistleblowing arrangements

The Group has a Whistleblowing Policy, which enables and

encourages employees to report in confidence any possible

improprieties in either financial reporting or other matters using

an external hotline. The Group’s Whistleblowing Policy is reviewed

and approved by the Audit Committee on an annual basis.

#### Remuneration

Details of Directors’ remuneration and the work of the

Remuneration Committee as required by the Large and

Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and

Reports) Regulations 2008 (as amended) can be found

in the Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration on pages

107 to 120 Although the Group does not formally engage

directly with its employees on executive remuneration, the

Board engages with employees via the designated Non-

executive Director responsible for Employee Engagement

– Karen Geary – who is appointed to represent employee

opinions at the Board. Karen leads on ensuring effective

engagement with employees and regularly feeds back to

the Remuneration Committee and the Board following her

meetings with employees. This process does not currently

include an active two-way dialogue with the employees on

executive pay but this approach is being kept under review.

#### Relations with shareholders

Through this Annual Report and, as required, through

other periodic announcements, the Board is committed

to providing shareholders with a clear assessment of

theGroup’s position and prospects.

The Board recognises the importance of engaging

constructively with shareholders and, during the year, the Chief

Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer continued

to engage with shareholders through investor presentations,

conferences and roadshows, ensuring they are up to date with

their views. These views are regularly shared with the Board,

and the Chair and the Senior Independent Director remain

available to meet shareholders separately to discuss issues or

concerns they may have. In addition to this, during the year, as

Chair Rebecca Shelley also met with a number of the Group’s

shareholders. Further to these meetings, the Group keeps

shareholders informed primarily by way of the Annual Report,

Half Year Results, Trading Statements and the Annual General

Meeting. This information and other significant announcements

of the Group will be released to the London Stock Exchange

and will be available on the Group’s website: www.sabreplc.

co.uk/investors/regulatory-news/

#### Major shareholders

The holdings of our major shareholders can be found on

page 123 of this Annual Report.

#### Share register

The share register is managed on the Group’s behalf by

Equiniti, who can be contacted at Aspect House, Spencer

Road, Lancing, West Sussex BN99 6DA or by telephone on

0371 384 2030 or, if dialling internationally, on +44 121 415 7047.

#### Annual General Meeting (”AGM”)

Notice of the Group’s AGM for the 2025 financial year

will be sent to shareholders at least 21 clear days

before the meeting. The AGM will provide shareholders

with the opportunity to vote on the resolutions put to

shareholders and, for those shareholders who attend,

to ask questions of the Board of Directors, including the

Chairs of the Committees. The result of the voting on all

resolutions proposed at the AGM will be published on

the Group’s website, post the conclusion of the meeting.

Further information on the Group’s AGM can be found on

page124.

#### Governance Report continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

79 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Statement of Corporate Governance

Compliance with Code provisions

The Board is committed to high standards of corporate governance across the Group and supports the principles laid down in the UK Corporate Governance Code (the ”Code”), as issued

by the Financial Reporting Council. The Board considers that the Group was compliant with most of the principles and provisions of the Code during the financial year ended 31 December

2025. The Board notes that it did not engage with employees regarding executive remuneration pay levels and therefore is not compliant with Provision 41 of the Code, but notes that the

Board does regularly engage with employees through the appointment of a Non-executive Director responsible for employee engagement, who meets regularly with employees and provides

feedback to the Board on employee views. It would be this mechanism that the Group would use to seek engagement with employees regarding executive remuneration pay levels.

To ensure the Group remains compliant with the principles of the Code, the Board reviews and addresses its training and development needs by attending various seminars and teach-ins from

advisers at Board meetings, and in 2025 completed an external Board Effectiveness Review, which evaluated the performance of the Board and its Committees. In addition to this the performance

of the Chair and the Non-executive Directors was reviewed. Further information on the Board Effectiveness Report for the financial year ended 31 December 2025 can be found on page 78.

Principles of the Code

Board leadership and company purpose  Section of the Annual Report

A.  A successful company is led by an effective and entrepreneurial board, whose role is to promote the long-term sustainable success

of the Company, generating value for shareholders and contributing to wider society. The Board should ensure that the necessary

resources, policies and practices are in place for the Company to meet its objectives and measure performance against them.

Governance Report (pages 68 to 125)

B.   The Board should establish the Company’s purpose, values and strategy, and satisfy itself that these and its culture are aligned.

All Directors must act with integrity, lead by example and promote the desired culture.

Strategic Report (pages 01 to 67)

C. Governance reporting should focus on Board decisions and their outcomes in the context of the Company’s strategy and objectives.

Where the Board reports on departures from the Code’s provisions, it should provide a clear explanation.

Directors’ Remuneration Policy (pages 96 to 106)

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

(pages 22 to 30)

D.   In order for the Company to meet its responsibilities to shareholders and stakeholders, the Board should ensure effective engagement

with, and encourage participation from, these parties.

Governance Report (pages 68 to 125)

E. The Board should ensure that workforce policies and practices are consistent with the Company’s values and support its long-term

sustainable success. The workforce should be able to raise any matters of concern.

Responsibility and Sustainability

(pages 41 to 66)

Division of responsibilities  Section of the Annual Report

F.   The Chair leads the Board and is responsible for its overall effectiveness in directing the Company. They should demonstrate objective

judgement throughout their tenure and promote a culture of openness and debate. In addition, the Chair facilitates constructive

Board relations and the effective contribution of all Non-executive Directors, and ensures that Directors receive accurate, timely and

clear information.

Governance Report (pages 68 to 125)

G.   The Board should include an appropriate combination of Executive and Non-executive (and, in particular, independent Non-

executive) Directors, such that no one individual or small group of individuals dominates the Board’s decision making. There should be

a clear division of responsibilities between the leadership of the Board and the executive leadership of the Company’s business.

Governance Report (pages 68 to 125)

H.  Non-executive Directors should have sufficient time to meet their Board responsibilities. They should provide constructive challenge,

strategic guidance, offer specialist advice and hold management to account.

Governance Report (pages 68 to 125)

I.   The Board, supported by the Company Secretary, should ensure that it has the policies, processes, information, time and resources it

needs in order to function effectively and efficiently.

Governance Report (pages 68 to 125)

#### Governance Report continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

80 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

Composition, succession and evaluation  Section of the Annual Report

J.   Appointments to the Board should be subject to a formal, rigorous and transparent procedure, and an effective succession plan for

the Board and senior management should be maintained. Both appointments and succession plans should be based on merit and

objective criteria. They should promote diversity, inclusion and equal opportunity.

Governance Report (pages 68 to 125)

Nomination & Governance Committee Report

(pages 89 to 91)

K.   The Board and its Committees should have a combination of skills, experience and knowledge. Consideration should be given to the

length of service of the Board as a whole and membership regularly refreshed.

Governance Report (pages 68 to 125)

L.   Annual evaluation of the Board should consider its performance, composition, diversity and how effectively members work together

to achieve objectives. Individual evaluation should demonstrate whether each Director continues to contribute effectively.

Governance Report (pages 68 to 125)

Audit, risk and internal control  Section of the Annual Report

M.  The Board should establish formal and transparent policies and procedures to ensure the independence and effectiveness of

internal and external audit functions and satisfy itself on the integrity of financial and narrative statements.

Audit Committee Report (pages 82 to 85)

N. The Board should present a fair, balanced and understandable assessment of the Company’s position and prospects.  Audit Committee Report (pages 82 to 85)

O. The Board should establish and maintain an effective risk management and internal control framework, and determine the nature

and extent of the principal risks the Company is willing to take in order to achieve its long-term strategic objectives.

Principal Risks and Uncertainties (pages 22 to 30)

Risk Committee Report (pages 86 to 88)

Remuneration  Section of the Annual Report

P.    Remuneration policies and practices should be designed to support strategy and promote long-term sustainable success. Executive

remuneration should be aligned to Company purpose and values, and be clearly linked to the successful delivery of the Company’s

long-term strategy.

Remuneration Committee Report (pages 92 to 95)

Q.  A formal and transparent procedure for developing policy on Executive remuneration and determining Director and senior

management remuneration should be established. No Director should be involved in deciding their own remuneration outcome.

Remuneration Committee Report (pages 92 to 95)

R.   Directors should exercise independent judgement and discretion when authorising remuneration outcomes, taking account of

Company and individual performance, and wider circumstances.

Remuneration Committee Report (pages 92 to 95)

#### Governance Report continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

81 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Committee meetings in 2025

#### Committee members

The Committee membership, members’

appointment dates and attendance record for

the year ended 31 December 2025 are set out

below:

Committee

members

Date appointed

to Committee Attendance

Alison Morris

(Chair)

May 2022 5/5

Ian Chapple September 2024 5/5

Bryan Joseph June 2023 5/5

David Neave November 2025 1/1

JAN FEB MAR APR M AY JUN

X X X

JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC

X X

#### The Audit Committee (the “Committee”)

The Committee comprises at least two Non-executive Directors of

the Group, who are considered to be free of any relationship that

would affect their impartiality in carrying out their responsibilities

and are independent as required under Provision 24 of the UK

Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”). Members of the

Committee are appointed by the Board, on the recommendation

of the Nomination & Governance Committee and the Chair of

the Committee. The Committee is to be chaired by an individual

who has significant, recent and relevant financial experience.

The Chair, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and

Chief Actuary are invited to attend meetings, unless they have

a conflict of interest. In addition, the External Audit Partner, the

Internal Audit Partner and the Company Secretary are invited

to attend part or all of the Committee meetings, providing there

is no conflict of interest. Other relevant people from the Group

may also be invited to attend all or part of a meeting to provide

deeper insight into the Group and its issues. The Board considers

that membership of the Committee is appropriate and that it has

the skills and competencies relevant to the role of the Committee

and the insurance sector.

The Committee regularly meets privately with the External Audit

Partner and the Internal Audit Partner. These private discussions

alternate at each meeting and give the external parties access

to the Committee members. The Committee Chair also meets

regularly with both Internal and External Audit Partners outside

of the Committee meetings and is available to shareholders at

the Group’s Annual General Meeting. The Committee is kept up

to date with relevant developments in Accounting Standards

and regulatory requirements through updates from the Chief

Financial Officer, Chief Actuary, Company Secretary, Internal Audit

and External Audit, as and when it is appropriate. Additionally, it

is expected that Committee members keep their knowledge up

to date by attending relevant external or internal training sessions

orevents.

The Chair of the Committee updates subsequent meetings of

the Board and the Company Secretary acts as Secretary to the

Committee. Annually, the Committee reviews its effectiveness.

#### Audit Committee Report

Committee

meetings in 2025

5

Alison Morris

Chair of the Audit Committee

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

Audit Committee Report

82 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Roles and responsibilities

The Committee, in line with its terms of reference, meets at

least three times a year, and as and when required. The

terms of reference of the Committee can be found on the

Group’s website www.sabreplc.co.uk/about-us/corporate-

governance and are reviewed by the Committee on an

annual basis.

In accordance with its terms of reference the Board has

delegated to the Committee responsibility for overseeing

keyareas including:

– External Audit – this includes considering and making

recommendations to the Board on the appointment

of the external auditor (including approving the

remuneration and terms of appointment) as well as

reviewing the external auditor’s annual audit plan

and the results therefrom, reviewing the quality and

effectiveness of the audit, approving the policy on

non-audit services carried out by the external auditor

and reviewing auditor independence. The Committee

is responsible for managing the relationship with the

Group’s external auditor, PwC, on behalf of the Board. The

effectiveness of the external audit process is dependent

upon communication between the Group and the

auditor, which allows each party to raise potential

accounting and financial reporting issues as and when

they arise, rather than limiting this exchange to only

during regularly scheduled meetings.

– Financial and narrative reporting – this area of

responsibility includes monitoring the integrity and

compliance of the Group’s financial statements and for

providing effective governance over the Group’s financial

reporting, as well as reviewing significant financial

reporting issues and judgements made in connection

with them.

– Internal Audit – the Committee outsources the Internal

Audit function to Deloitte LLP. The Committee reviews and

approves the Internal Audit Strategy and Annual Plan and

receives updates on the Internal Audit activity. Internal

Audit reports are made available to the Board, the

Committee, the Chief Risk Officer, the Company Secretary,

and relevant members of Management.

The primary objective of the function is to systematically

and objectively assess:

i.   The effectiveness of the business controls over the

Group’s operations, financial reporting, risk and

compliance areas.

ii.   The adequacy of these systems of control to manage

business risk and safeguard the Group’s assets

andresources.

– Internal controls – this includes reviewing the

effectiveness of the Group’s system of internal controls

and ensuring timely action is taken by Management to

address matters arising from the Internal Audit reports.

– Reserves review – the establishment of insurance

liabilities in respect of reported and unreported claims

is the most significant area of judgement within the

financial statements. The Committee maintains oversight

of the reserving process and assumptions used in setting

the level of insurance liabilities, which are assessed by the

Group’s actuaries on a quarterly basis.

– Whistleblowing – reviewing arrangements by which

employees may in confidence raise concerns about

possible improprieties regarding financial reporting

and other matters. The Committee receives an annual

whistleblowing report and reports matters to the Board

asappropriate.

#### 2025 and the Committee

The Committee was in place throughout the financial year

ended 31 December 2025 and met five times during the

period. The Audit Committee was chaired by Alison Morris.

In November 2025 David Neave joined the Committee and

there were no further changes to the composition of the

Committee during the year. The Board is comfortable that

the make-up of the Committee ensures that it is fully able to

fulfil its duties. The Board considers that the Committee Chair

has the appropriate financial expertise, as she is a qualified

accountant with recent and relevant financial services

audit experience, and therefore meets Provision 24 of the UK

Corporate Governance Code. All members of the Committee

attended all of the meetings they were eligible to attend.

The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and

the Chief Actuary attended all the Committee meetings,

as did the External Audit and Internal Audit Partners. All

meetings were minuted by the Company Secretary. The

Committee Chair also held regular individual meetings with

members of Management, the Group’s External and Internal

Audit Partners, and the Company Secretary and Head of

InternalAudit.

#### Audit Committee Report continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

83 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

The Committee reviewed the Group’s policy to hold sufficient

reserves to meet insurance liabilities as they fall due, plus

a risk adjustment reflective of the uncertainty within such

calculation. The Committee specifically considered the

impact of recent high levels of inflation on the level of

insurance liabilities held.

2. Implementation of accounting standards

The Committee noted that no material new or amended

accounting standards had been introduced during the year,

and that there should be no change to the implementation

of the existing standards within the financial statements.

The Committee considered the implementation of IFRS 18

(Presentation and Disclosure of Financial Statements), which

is effective 1 January 2027 and agreed with Management’s

view that the new standard is unlikely to have a material

impact on the Group’s Financial Statements.

3. Internal controls

During the year, the Committee reviewed the adequacy

and effectiveness of the controls that underpin the Group’s

financial reporting control framework, which is part of the

wider internal controls system and addresses financial

reporting risks. The key procedures which the Directors

have established include: an annual budgeting process

with periodic forecasting; reporting financial and solvency

capital information to the Board monthly; reporting on

specific matters, including updated key risks, investments and

taxation; and liquidity monitoring. The Committee considered

the second line of defence review of controls and reports

from Internal Audit. Any control weaknesses that these

procedures identify are monitored and addressed in the

normal course of business. During the year, the Committee

reviewed the preparations of the work required to be

compliant with the enhancements to Provision 29 of the

UK Corporate Governance Code.

During the financial year ended 31 December 2025, the

Committee reviewed:

– The accounting issues and significant judgements

related to the financial statements, including the

adequacy of insurance liabilities;

– The appropriateness of the Group’s accounting policies;

– The process and stress testing undertaken to support the

Group’s viability and going concern statements;

– The external audit plan, which included key areas

of scope, significant risks in the financial statements,

confirmation of the external auditor’s independence and

the proposed audit fee;

– The effectiveness of the external auditor;

– The Group’s system of controls and its effectiveness using

information drawn from a number of different sources,

including Management, and independent assurance

provided by Internal Audit and the external auditor;

– Reports from the Group’s outsourced Internal Audit

function including reviewing and approving their fees; and

– The Committee’s annual effectiveness report responses,

and concluded that the Committee was effective.

Furthermore, the Committee approved:

– The external audit fees and the policy on non-audit

services conducted by the Group’s external auditor;

– For recommendation to the Board, the Group’s

Annual Report and Accounts including the Going

ConcernStatement;

– For recommendation to the Board, which agreed to

recommend to shareholders, the re-appointment of

PwC as the Group’s external auditor. It is noted that the

shareholders of the Group approved the re-appointment

of PwC at the Annual General Meeting held in May 2025;

– The Committee’s terms of reference and confirmed that

the Committee had sufficient resources to enable it to

complete its responsibilities; and

– Confirmed to the Board that the Annual Report and

Accounts, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and

understandable and provide the necessary information

for the shareholders to assess the Group’s position and

performance and its business model and strategy.

#### Key matters considered by the Committee

during the year:

The Committee pays particular attention to matters it

considers to be important by virtue of their impact on the

Group’s results, the internal control environment or the level of

complexity, and matters of judgement or estimation involved

in their application to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The main areas of focus in relation to the Group’s financial

statements for the year ended 31 December 2025 were:

1. Valuation of insurance liabilities

The Committee reviewed the Chief Actuary’s annual

and quarterly reserving reports and challenged the

appropriateness of the process, key judgements and

assumptions supporting the projection of the best estimate

claims and loss adjustment expenses. The Committee

reviewed management’s rationale for the level of risk

adjustment recorded within the claims reserves. The

Committee also discussed such matters with the Group’s

external auditor. The Committee Chair met with the Chief

Actuary without other members of management present. The

Committee noted the inherent uncertainty associated with

the estimation of claims costs, in particular with reference

to the impact of claims inflation. The Committee concluded

that the insurance liabilities presented in the financial

statements were fairly stated. This includes all key judgements

in respect of IFRS 17, including disclosure within the financial

statements, application of discounting to reserves and the

calculation of the risk adjustment.

The Committee agreed with management’s assessment that

the most significant area of estimation within the financial

statements continues to be the estimation of insurance

liabilities. This comprises an estimate of the ultimate cost of

claims incurred at the date of the Statement of Financial

Position, both reported and not yet reported, along with an

estimate of the associated reinsurance recoveries.

#### Audit Committee Report continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

84 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

Non-audit work conducted by external auditor

The Committee reviewed and approved a policy regarding

non-audit work and fees which requires all non-audit work

proposed to be carried out by the external auditor to be pre-

authorised by the Committee or, if required urgently between

Committee meetings, the Chair of the Committee, in order

to ensure that the provision of non-audit services does not

impair the external auditor’s independence or objectivity.

The non-audit fee cap for the year ended 31 December 2025

was £363k (2024: £358k), being 70% of the average audit

fees billed to the Group by the external auditor in the past

three years, or fewer if appointed within the past three years.

During the financial year ended on 31 December 2025, PwC

charged the Group £461k (2024: £458k) for audit services

and £89k (2024: £89k) for audit-related non-audit assurance

services. A summary of fees paid to the external auditor is set

out in Note 8.4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

#### Committee effectiveness

Annually, the Committee reviews its effectiveness. For the

year ended 31 December 2025, in addition to relevant

questions being asked in the external Board Effectiveness

Review, the Committee completed a self-assessment

questionnaire which was co-ordinated by the Company

Secretary. The results of the questionnaire were discussed

by the Committee, and the Committee concluded that it

had performed effectively during the year and has sufficient

resources to enable it to complete its responsibilities.

On behalf of the Audit Committee

Alison Morris

Chair of the Audit Committee

9 March 2026

4. Going concern and viability

The Committee considered the going concern assumptions

and viability statement in the 2025 Annual Report and

Accounts. In assessing the viability of the Group, the

Committee considered the liquidity and capital position

of the Group over the period to 31 December 2028 under

a range of scenarios which had been selected to reflect

the key risks faced by the Group. Further information on

this can be found in the Viability Statement on pages 31

and 32. In assessing the going concern of the Group, the

Committee considered the financial forecasts and liquidity

for a period of one year from the date of the approval of

thisAnnualReport.

5. Fair, balanced and understandable

The Committee reviewed and concluded that the Annual

Report and Accounts taken as a whole, were fair, balanced

and understandable and provided sufficient information

to enable the reader to assess the Group’s position,

performance, business model and strategy.

6. Task Force for Climate-related Financial

Disclosures (“TCFD”)

The Committee reviewed the disclosures made in accordance

with the TCFD recommendations as part of its review of the

Annual Report and Accounts.

7. Valuation of investment in subsidiaries

The Committee reviewed management’s valuation of

the investment in subsidiaries held by the Group’s Parent

Company. The Committee considered the assumptions

made in the discounted cash flow model used to support

the valuation within the accounts, as well as the disclosures

made on page 208 of the financial statements.

#### External auditor’s appointment

PwC were appointed as external auditor, following a

competitive tender process, with effect from the year ended

31 December 2022. The financial year ended 31 December

2025 is the fourth year reported on by PwC and there is

therefore no requirement to undertake an audit tender

process. Philip Watson is the PwC Audit Partner, and this is his

fourth year as engagement partner. Resolutions regarding

the re-appointment of PwC and their remuneration were

contained in the Notice of Meeting for the 2025 Annual

General Meeting and both resolutions were approved by

99.9% and 99.9% of shareholders respectively. Resolutions to

re-appoint PwC and to approve their remuneration will also

be contained in the Notice of Meeting for the 2026 Annual

General Meeting.

#### External audit effectiveness

The Committee has considered the effectiveness of the

external auditor and conducted a formal review by use

of a questionnaire sent to senior management and Audit

Committee members. The results of this questionnaire were

discussed at the Audit Committee without the external

auditor present. The evaluation was also discussed with the

external auditor as appropriate. As a result of this review, it

was concluded that the external audit was independent

and objective, and that the process was effective. The

Audit Committee noted that the external auditor continued

to demonstrate appropriate professional scepticism with

respect to key risk areas, for example by providing challenge

on the estimates and judgements applied in calculating the

Group’s insurance liabilities.

#### Audit Committee Report continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

85 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Risk Committee Report

#### Committee meetings in 2025

#### Committee members

The Committee membership, members’

appointment dates and attendance record for

the year ended 31 December 2025 are set out

below:

Committee

members

Date appointed

to Committee Attendance

Bryan Joseph

(Chair)

June 2023 5/5

Karen Geary  January 2022 4/5

Ian Chapple January 2025 5/5

Alison Morris May 2022 5/5

JAN FEB MAR APR M AY JUN

X X

JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC

X X X

#### The Risk Committee (the “Committee”)

The Committee comprises at least two Non-executive Directors of

the Group, who are considered to be free of any relationship that

would affect their impartiality in carrying out their responsibilities

and are considered independent, or in the case of the Group’s

Chair, considered independent on appointment. Members of the

Committee are appointed by the Board, on the recommendation

of the Nomination & Governance Committee and the Chair of

the Committee.

The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Risk Officer are invited

to attend meetings, unless they have a conflict of interest. In

addition, the Chief Financial Officer, the Head of Compliance,

the Head of IT and the Data Protection Officer are invited to

attend part or all of the meeting, providing there are no conflicts

of interest. Other employees of the Group may also be invited to

attend all or part of a meeting to provide deeper insights into the

Group and the issues within the Committee’s scope.

The Committee has regular private meetings with the Chief Risk

Officer and the Head of Compliance. These private meetings

alternate at each meeting and give the Chief Risk Officer and

the Head of Compliance access to Committee members. The

Committee Chair also meets regularly with these individuals,

the Chief Actuary and the Data Protection Officer outside of the

Committee meetings and is available to shareholders at the

Group’s Annual General Meeting.

The Chair of the Committee provides an update on the

Committee’s activities at subsequent meetings of the Board. A

member of the Company Secretariat Team acts as Secretary to

the Committee, as the Company Secretary is also the Chief Risk

Officer. Annually, the Committee reviews its effectiveness.

Committee

meetings in 2025

5

Bryan Joseph

Chair of the Risk Committee

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

Risk Committee Report

86 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Risk Committee Report continued

#### Roles and responsibilities

The Committee has a planned cycle of activities, managed

through a schedule of matters, to ensure that it addresses

its responsibilities in the current financial year. The terms of

reference of the Committee can be found on the Group’s

website at www.sabreplc.co.uk/about-us/corporate-

governance and are reviewed by the Committee and the

Board on an annual basis. The Committee meets at least

three times a year, in line with its terms of reference, and

asand when required.

The Board has delegated to the Committee responsibility

for ensuring that the Group has robust processes and

procedures in place for the identification and management

of risk. This includes monitoring and reviewing the Group’s

risk management and compliance framework and ensuring

that there are adequate processes for the identification,

evaluation and mitigation of the risks faced by the Group.

The Committee reviews the effectiveness of the Group’s

risk management, compliance management and internal

control systems, and reports to the Board on these areas. In

conducting its reviews, the Committee focuses on material

risks, including the determination of the nature and extent

of the principal risks, and controls in the context of reports it

receives regarding risk management. These include reports

from the Chief Risk Officer, the Head of Compliance, the Data

Protection Officer and the Head of IT.

The Committee leads the process for:

– Risk management – this includes reviewing and monitoring

the effectiveness of the procedures for the identification,

assessment and reporting of risk as well as setting, and

monitoring adherence to, a risk appetite that defines the

nature and extent of the risks that the Group is facing

and should be willing to accept in achieving its strategic

objectives. It also includes oversight of the processes by

which risk-based capital requirements, and the Group’s

solvency position, are determined and monitored.

The Committee further advises the Board on the Group’s

overall risk appetite, tolerance and strategy, and oversees

and advises the Board on its risk strategy and current risk

exposures. In addition to this, the Committee is responsible

for the appointment and removal of the Group’s Chief Risk

Officer and reviewing their reports and management’s

responses to the findings and recommendations.

– Risk controls – these are in place and are designed to

mitigate the risks that the Group faces, rather than to

eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business objectives.

The Risk Committee ensures timely action is taken by

management to address matters arising from the risk

andcompliance assessments.

– Principal risks and uncertainties – details of the Group’s

principal risks and uncertainties are set out on pages 22

to 30 together with information about the management

and mitigation of such risks.

– Compliance – reviewing the Group’s compliance policies

and procedures to ensure that the Group complies with

relevant regulatory and legal requirements.

– Data protection – the appointment and removal of

the Group’s Data Protection Officer, reviewing how the

Group meets its obligations under the Data Protection

Act, reviewing all reports from the Data Protection

Officer and management’s responses to the findings

andrecommendations.

– Risk and remuneration alignment – the Committee

provides input to the Remuneration Committee regarding

the weightings to be applied to performance objectives

relating to the Executive Team’s management of risk

throughout the year.

#### 2025 and the Committee

The Committee was in place throughout the financial year

ended 31 December 2025, and met five times through the

period. All Committee meetings were minuted. The Chief

Executive Officer and the Chief Risk Officer attended, partially

or fully, all the Committee’s meetings. The Chief Financial

Officer, the Head of Compliance, Data Protection Officer and

the Head of IT attended certain meetings during the year.

The Committee Chair also held regular individual meetings

with the Chief Risk Officer, the Data Protection Officer and

the Head of Compliance. The Board is comfortable that the

make-up of the Committee ensures that it is fully able to fulfil

its duties.

During the year, the Committee addressed its

responsibilitiesby:

– Confirming that management had fulfilled their

obligations regarding the management of the

Group’srisks;

– Reviewing reports from the Chief Risk Officer regarding

risk management, including the procedures and plan

relating to the management of risk across the Group;

– Reviewing and approving the risk management

framework and risk appetite framework, the corporate risk

registers and the Group’s principal risks anduncertainties;

– Reviewing reports from the Head of Compliance

regarding compliance across the Group, including

progress against the Compliance Monitoring Plan;

– Reviewing reports from the Group’s Data

ProtectionOfficer;

– Confirming that the Chief Risk Officer, Head of

Compliance and Data Protection Officer had fulfilled their

obligations regarding their roles;

– Reviewing regulatory correspondence;

– Reviewing and recommending to the Board the

Group’sORSA;

– Considering if any Internal Audit report identified any risks

that were not being managed effectively;

– Reviewing the Committee’s terms of reference;

– Reviewing the annual Committee’s evaluation responses

and concluding that the Committee was effective; and

– Confirming that the Committee had sufficient resources

to enable it to complete its responsibilities.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

87 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

In addition, the Group has in place Board-approved policies

on the Anti-facilitation of Tax Evasion (Criminal Finances

Act 2017) and on the Prevention of Fraud (the Economic

Crime and Corporate Transparency Act 2003). The Group is

committed to operating a control environment that prevents

the facilitation of tax evasion, and the perpetration of fraud,

by the business and by all associated persons.

#### Committee effectiveness

Annually, the Committee reviews its effectiveness. For the year

ended 31 December 2025, in addition to relevant questions

being asked in the external Board Effectiveness Review, the

Committee completed a self-assessment questionnaire

which was co-ordinated by the Company Secretary. The

results of the questionnaire were discussed by the Committee

and reported to the Board, and the Committee concluded

that it had performed effectively during the year and has

sufficient resources to enable it to complete its responsibilities.

On behalf of the Risk Committee

Bryan Joseph

Chair of the Risk Committee

9 March 2026

Specific discussions were had by the Committee on:

– Monitoring and reviewing the Group’s top risks across its

risk universe, emerging risks, issues and breaches;

– Cyber-security;

– Economic outlook;

– Operational resilience;

– PRA and FCA Discussion papers, consultation papers and

policy statements;

– FCA Consumer Duty;

– Complaints; and

– Climate change and its impact on Sabre’s business

andoperations.

#### Sabre’s approach to data protection

Sabre is committed to handling data responsibly and

complying with data protection laws. The appointed Data

Protection Officer reports to the Board via the Risk Committee,

ensuring oversight and accountability. Data Protection

policies and procedures are regularly reviewed to safeguard

personal data and maintain transparency with customers

and employees. All new starters receive a 15-minute

induction with the Data Protection Team with annual

mandatory training and face-to-face sessions with the Data

Protection Officer to reinforce awareness and responsibilities.

#### Financial crime and anti-bribery

The Committee reviews the Group’s Anti-Bribery and Corruption

Policy annually. The policy covers: the main areas of liability

under the Bribery Act 2010; the responsibilities of the Directors,

employees and associated persons acting for, or on behalf

of, the Group; and the consequences of any breaches of the

policy. The Policy is designed to prevent and prohibit bribery, in

line with the Bribery Act 2010. The Group will not tolerate any

form of bribery by, or of, its Directors, Officers, employees, agents

or consultants or any person orbody acting on its behalf, and

no such incidents occurredin the 2025 financial year.

#### Risk Committee Report continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

88 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### The Nomination & Governance Committee

#### (the “Committee”)

The Committee comprises at least three Non-executive Directors

of the Company, all of whom are to be considered to be free of

any relationship that would affect their impartiality in carrying out

their responsibilities and were independent as required under

Provision 17 of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”).

The Committee is chaired by the Group Chair, unless there is a

conflict of interest.

The Chief Executive Officer, Company Secretary and Head of HR

may also be invited to attend meetings, unless this presents a

conflict of interest. The Committee Chair meets regularly with the

Chief Executive Officer outside of the Committee meetings and

is available to answer shareholder questions at the Company’s

Annual General Meeting.

The Chair of the Committee provides updates on Committee

proceedings to subsequent meetings of the Board and the

Company Secretary acts as the Secretary to the Committee.

Annually, the Committee reviews its effectiveness.

#### Roles and responsibilities

The Committee has a planned cycle of activities, managed

through a schedule of matters, to ensure that it addresses its

responsibilities in the current financial year. The terms of reference

of the Committee can be found on the Company’s website at

www.sabreplc.co.uk/about-us/corporate-governance and are

reviewed by the Committee on an annual basis. The Committee

meets at least twice a year, in line with its terms of reference, and

meets on an adhoc basis when required.

Rebecca Shelley

Chair of the Nomination &

GovernanceCommittee

#### Committee meetings in 2025

#### Committee members

The Committee membership, members’

appointment dates and attendance record for

the year ended 31 December 2025 are set out

below:

Committee

members

Date appointed

to Committee Attendance

Rebecca Shelley

(Chair)

October 2017 2/2

Ian Chapple  September 2024 2/2

Karen Geary December 2020 2/2

Bryan Joseph September 2023 2/2

Alison Morris  October 2022 2/2

David Neave September 2025 1/1

JAN FEB MAR APR M AY JUN

X

JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC

X

Committee

meetings in 2025

2

#### Nomination & Governance Committee Report

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

Nomination & Governance

Committee Report

89 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Nomination & Governance Committee Report continued

Sabre believes that membership of its Boards and

Committees should reflect diversity relating to age, gender,

ethnicity and professional qualifications. Appointment of

individuals to the Board is based on merit, and consideration

is given to a combination of these diversity factors, but

also the needs and requirements of the Group, to ensure a

sufficient skillset and knowledge base. The Board believes

that a range of views, experience, and background supports

good decision making, which is of benefit to the Group’s

shareholders, customers and other stakeholders. In support

of this, when the Board seeks to appoint a new position to

the Board or the Leadership Team, it expects to be provided

with a diverse range of candidates, notably long lists which

are gender and ethnically diverse.

#### 2025 and the Committee

The Committee was in place throughout the financial year

ended 31 December 2025 and met twice. For the financial

year ended 31 December 2025, all the Non-executive

Directors of the Group sat on the Committee. All Committee

members attended all the meetings they were eligible to

attend. The Chief Executive Officer attended, partially or

fully, all the Committee’s meetings, the Company Secretary

attended and minuted each meeting, and the Head of HR

presented at the March 2025 meeting.

During the year, David Neave joined the Committee. There were

no further changes to the make-up of the Committee during

the year, and the Board is comfortable that the make-up of the

Committee ensures that it is fully able to fulfil itsduties.

The Committee leads the processes for:

– Reviewing the size, structure and composition of

theBoard;

– Overseeing succession planning for the Chair, Directors

and other senior executives, considering the challenges

and opportunities facing the Group, and the skills and

expertise needed on the Board in the future;

– Reviewing the leadership needs of the organisation, both

Executive and Non-executive, with a view to ensuring

the continued ability of the organisation to compete

effectively in the marketplace;

– Reviewing strategic issues and commercial changes

affecting the resource needs of the Group and the

market in which it operates;

– Reviewing the Group’s policy on diversity and ensuring

compliance with relevant regulations;

– Identifying, evaluating and recommending candidates to

join the Board;

– Making recommendations to the Board regarding

the make-up of the Company’s Committees and the

appointment of the Senior Independent Director; and

– Making recommendations regarding the election and

re-election of the Directors by shareholders.

#### Diversity and inclusion

The Committee recognises the benefits of, and values the

importance of, an inclusive and diverse Board and maintains

an Inclusivity and Diversity Policy to support this. This Policy

is reviewed at least annually by the Committee, and further

information on the Policy can be found on page 47. Sabre

believes that this is not only fair, but that it ensures optimal

decision making and successful execution of the Group’s

strategy. Therefore, inclusivity and diversity of its Board and its

employees is a priority of the Group. In addition to this, the

Group is fully committed to the elimination of unlawful and

unfair discrimination.

During the financial year which ended on 31 December

2025, the Committee:

– Approved the Nomination & Governance Committee

Report in the Annual Report;

– Reviewed and recommended to the Board the election

and re-election of Directors at the Company’s 2025

Annual General Meeting;

– Discussed the balance of skills and experience on

the Board and its Committees, their structure, and

considered if any changes were necessary, and made

recommendations to the Board for their implementation;

– Reviewed the talent development and succession

and training plans for the Executive Team and

seniormanagers;

– Reviewed and approved the Committee’s terms of

reference and schedule of matters, and the Group’s

Diversity and Inclusion Policy;

– Reviewed the annual Committee’s evaluation responses

and concluded that the Committee was effective;

– Confirmed that the Committee had sufficient resources to

enable it to complete its responsibilities.

Further information on topics the Nomination & Governance

Committee have discussed are:

Succession planning

The Committee reviews the succession and development

plans of the Executive Team and senior managers

throughout the year. The Committee reviews the skills matrix

of the Non-executive Directors, showing where certain skills

will be lost from the Board and in what time-frame, to enable

them to be replaced as appropriate.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

90 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

Composition of Committees

The Nomination & Governance Committee continually

reviews the composition of the Board Committees. As at

the year ended 31 December 2025 the Board comprised

eight Directors: the Chair, two Executive Directors and five

independent Non-executive Directors. The Committee reviews

the Board Committee memberships to ensure that the

balance of skills and knowledge is appropriately spread.

Electing and re-electing Directors

The Nomination & Governance Committee has reviewed

and adopted the Code recommendation that all

Directors should be subject to annual re-election (in

Compliance with Code Provision 18) and, as set out in

the Articles of Association, all Directors will be submitting

themselves for election or re-election by shareholders at the

forthcomingAGM.

Committee effectiveness

Annually, the Committee reviews its effectiveness. For the

year ended 31 December 2025, in addition to relevant

questions being asked in the external Board Effectiveness

Review, the Committee completed a self-assessment

questionnaire which was co-ordinated by the Company

Secretary. The results of the questionnaire were discussed

by the Committee, and the Committee concluded that it

had performed effectively during the year and has sufficient

resources to enable it to complete its responsibilities.

On behalf of the Nomination & Governance Committee

Rebecca Shelley

Chair of the Nomination & Governance Committee

9 March 2026

Appointment of an additional

Non-executive Director

During the year, it was agreed to appoint an additional

Non-executive Director to the Board. The Committee reviewed

the experience and skills of the existing Board Directors

and considered what additional skills would be beneficial

for the Board to enable it to drive the business forward,

provide good corporate governance and strengthen

knowledge on the Board. From this a list of skills criteria for

the role was completed. The Chair led the search process

for the new Non-executive Director and appointed Teneo,

an independent external search agency, to source suitable

candidates. It was felt Teneo’s experience of the industry

and knowledge of the Company was strong and therefore

they were the most appropriate agency to use for the

appointment. After a short list was completed, the preferred

candidate – David Neave – met with all members of the

Board, and it was agreed that David be appointed as a

Non-executive Director with effect from 1 August 2025. It was

felt that David’s skills and experience, particularly his strong

insurance industry experience, was the most appropriate to

meet the needs of the Board. It was agreed that David would

join the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination & Governance

Committees with effect from the first meeting held following

his appointment. David will stand for election to the Board

atthe Annual General Meeting in 2026.

Upon appointment, Non-executive Directors take part in

a thorough induction process which is co-ordinated by

the Company Secretary. The induction includes individual

meetings with the other Non-executive Directors, Executive

Directors, members of the Leadership Team, as well as

both Internal and External Audit Partners and visits to the

Company’s office in Dorking, Surrey. These meetings follow

an agenda to cover key areas of the business to assist the

new Non-executive Director with the necessary information

to carry out their role effectively. In addition, the newly

appointed Non-executive Director is provided with a directory

of documents, including Committee Schedule of Matters

and Terms of Reference, Code, Regulatory and Listing Rules

and Group policies and procedures.

#### Nomination & Governance Committee Report continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

91 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Remuneration Committee Report

#### Committee meetings in 2025

#### Committee members

The Committee membership, members’

appointment dates and attendance record

forthe year ended 31 December 2025 are

setout below:

Committee

members

Date appointed

to Committee Attendance

Karen Geary

(Chair)

December 2020 5/5

Ian Chapple September 2024 5/5

Bryan Joseph March 2024 4/5

David Neave September 2025 2/2

JAN FEB MAR APR M AY JUN

X X X

JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC

X X

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased

to present to you the Remuneration

Committee’s Report for the year ended

31 December 2025.

The results for 2025 continue to demonstrate the effectiveness of

the Sabre Executive Team’s rigorous application of its “profitability is

the target, volume is the output” approach. In unattractive market

conditions volumes were allowed to reduce, and focus remained

on writing business at attractive and sustainable margins.

This has resulted in a strong financial performance for the year,

alongside tangible progress in delivering the Group’s medium-

term growth plans outlined in its Ambition 2030 strategy.

The Remuneration Committee therefore considers that 2025 was

a highly successful year for the business.

This report has been prepared in accordance with the Directors’

Remuneration Reporting Regulations for UK incorporated

companies set out in Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized

Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations

2008 (as amended) and the principles of the UK Corporate

Governance Code.

The report is presented in the following sections:

– Remuneration Committee Report

– Group’s Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the “Policy”)

– Annual Report on Remuneration

Committee

meetings in 2025

5

Karen Geary

Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

Remuneration Committee Report

92 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### The Remuneration Committee

#### (the “Committee”)

The Committee comprises at least two Non-executive

Directors of the Group, all of whom are considered

to be free of any relationship that would affect their

impartiality in carrying out their responsibilities and are

independent as required under Provision 32 of the UK

Corporate Governance Code (the ”Code”). Members

of the Committee are appointed by the Board, on the

recommendation of the Nomination & Governance

Committee and the Chair of the Committee. Members of

the Committee do not have any personal interests in the

topics discussed at the Committee, except where they are

also shareholders in the Group. No Director is involved in

the decisions setting their ownremuneration.

The Chair and the Chief Executive Officer are invited to

attend meetings, unless they have a conflict of interest,

for example the discussion of their own remuneration. All

meetings are minuted by the Company Secretary, unless

there is a conflict of interest. Other relevant people from the

Group may also be invited to attend all or part of a meeting

to provide deeper insight into the Group and its issues.

The Committee Chair meets regularly with the Chief

Executive Officer and the Company Secretary outside of

the Committee meetings and is available to shareholders

to answer their questions at the Group’s Annual General

Meeting. The Chair of the Committee updates subsequent

meetings of the Board, and the Company Secretary acts as

Secretary to the Committee. Annually, the Committee reviews

its effectiveness.

#### Roles and responsibilities

The Committee, in line with its terms of reference, meets

at least twice a year, and as and when required. The

terms of reference of the Committee can be found on the

Group’s website www.sabreplc.co.uk/about-us/corporate-

governance and are reviewed by the Committee on an

annual basis. The Committee has a planned cycle of

activities, managed through a schedule of matters, to ensure

that it addresses its responsibilities in each financial year.

The Board has delegated to the Committee responsibility

for ensuring that the Executive Team is appropriately

incentivised to deliver sustainable growth to shareholders

over the long term. The Committee supports this objective

by structuring and deploying remuneration in a cost-

effective manner, embedding a clear link between pay

and performance in the Group’s remuneration framework.

The Committee is responsible for setting the Remuneration

Policy for the Executive Directors, the Executive Team

and the Group’s Chair, including pension rights and any

compensation payments. It is also responsible for reviewing

all share incentive plans and setting and approving the

achievement of their performance conditions, as well as

reviewing all employee pay arrangements periodically.

Thefees of the Non-executive Directors are approved by

theChair and the Executive Directors.

#### Committee advisers

For the financial year ended on 31 December 2025, the

Committee appointed Deloitte LLP (“Deloitte”) to provide

advice regarding remuneration. Advisers from Deloitte

may attend the Committee meetings as appropriate,

and provide advice on executive remuneration, best

practice and market updates. Annually, the Committee

evaluates the support provided by its advisers. During

the year, the Committee reviewed the performance of

Deloitte, who were subsequently re-appointed to advise

the Committee for a further year. Deloitte is a founding

member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and

voluntarily operates under their Code of Conduct in relation

to executive remuneration consulting in the UK. As such, the

Committee issatisfied that the advice provided by Deloitte

isindependent and objective.

The total fees paid to Deloitte in relation to the remuneration

advice provided to the Committee during the year were

£4.9k excluding VAT (2024: £7.6k). Fees were charged on a

time and materials basis. During the year, the wider Deloitte

firm also provided internal audit services to the Group. The

fees paid for this work are not included in these totals.

#### Remuneration Committee Report continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

93 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

In addition to the financial performance conditions linked

to the bonus, 30% of the awards were subject to additional

Group-wide objectives and individual performance targets.

Strong performance was delivered against these objectives

and the Committee’s full assessment is outlined on pages

109 to 111. Following this assessment, resulting bonuses were

£479k (90.6% of salary) for the Chief Executive Officer and

£251k (77.9% of salary) for the Chief Financial Officer. Full

details of the bonus outturn are on page 108.

Awards made under the Long Term Incentive Plan (”LTIP”) in

2023 were made in the form of restricted shares. These LTIP

awards were subject to the following underpins:

– Maintaining a solvency ratio in excess of 140%

– Achieving a return on tangible equity in excess of 10%

– No material regulatory censure (relating to the Executive

Director’s time in office)

– Overall Committee discretion

As these underpins were met, the Committee approved

the vesting of the 2023 LTIP awards at 100% and therefore

the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer

received the full number of shares granted to them in

2023, which was the equivalent of 75% and 60% of salary,

respectively. These awards vest post the release of the 2025

Financial Results, when the Executive Directors will be able to

sell shares to cover the tax liability, and the remaining shares

are subject to a further two-year holding period. Further

information on the 2023 LTIP can be found on page 113.

Overall, the Committee considered that the outcomes

under the 2025 STIP and the 2023 LTIP are a fair reflection

of the overall performance of the Group and the Executive

Directors and are considered appropriate in the context of

the broader stakeholder experience. As such, the Committee

is satisfied that the Policy operated as intended during the

financial year and did not exercise discretion in respect of

the Policy or its operation during the year. To comply with the

2024 UK Corporate Governance Code, we also confirm no

application of malus and clawback provisions in respect of

the Executive Directors during the year.

#### Committee effectiveness

Annually, the Committee reviews its effectiveness. For the

year ended 31 December 2025, in addition to relevant

questions being asked in the external Board Effectiveness

Review, the Committee completed a self-assessment

questionnaire which was co-ordinated by the Company

Secretary. The results of the questionnaire were discussed

by the Committee, and the Committee concluded that it

had performed effectively during the year and has sufficient

resources to enable it to complete its responsibilities.

#### Executive remuneration in 2025

The Group has a well-defined strategy, whereby the

profitability of business written is prioritised under all market

conditions. In 2025 the success of this strategy has been

clearly demonstrated, following an extended period where

market-wide premium increases continued to lag claims

costs inflation, and when many competitors re-priced

their portfolio or left the market completely. Maintaining

absolute profit at a similar level to 2024 despite weak

marketconditions showed the strength in Sabre’s model

anddemonstrated the positive impact of pricing discipline

held by the Management Team.

The Remuneration Committee discussed and approved the

remuneration outcomes in respect of 2025 shortly after the

year end and made no amendments to the predetermined

performance conditions for the annual bonus award

or the outstanding LTIP awards. The annual bonus for

2025 under the Group’s STIP was based on a bonus pool

funding approach, calculated as 1.5% of PBT, subject to the

achievement of a minimum level of 10% ROTE. The PBT for the

year ended 31 December 2025 was £51.0m and a ROTE of

37.2% was achieved, and therefore the aggregate profit pool

potentially available for distribution to the Chief Executive

Officer and Chief Financial Officer for the year was£765k.

#### 2025 and the Committee

The Committee was in place throughout the financial year

ended 31 December 2025 and met five times through the

period. The Committee was chaired by Karen Geary. During

the year, David Neave joined the Committee. There were no

further changes to the make-up of the Committee during the

year and the Board is comfortable that the make-up of the

Committee ensures that it is fully able to fulfil its duties.

Each meeting was minuted by the Company Secretary.

The Chief Executive Officer, the Company Secretary and

the Head of HR either partially or fully attended all of the

Committee meetings. The Committee Chair also held regular

individual meetings with the Chief Executive Officer and

theCompany Secretary.

During the year, the Committee addressed its responsibilities by:

– Approving the Directors’ Remuneration Report;

– Reviewing and approving the payment of bonuses

under the Short Term Incentive Plan (“STIP”), including

approving 50% of the vested award being deferred to the

Group’s Deferred Bonus Plan;

– Setting the award levels and the financial, non-financial

and individual performance conditions for the awards

made under the 2025 STIP;

– Setting the grant levels and underpins for the awards

under the 2025 LTIP;

– Reviewing and approving changes to the salaries of

theExecutive Team;

– Reviewing remuneration across the Group to ensure that

arrangements continue to align with our strategy, and

our key principles around remuneration and culture;

– Reviewing and approving the fees of the Chair;

– Reviewing the Group’s SAYE and SIP employee

contribution levels;

– Approving the Group’s SAYE 2025 grant;

– Reviewing and approving the Committee’s terms of

reference and schedule of matters;

– Reviewing the Committee’s effectiveness; and

– Reviewing and publishing the Group’s Gender Pay

GapReport.

#### Remuneration Committee Report continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

94 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Shareholder engagement

Sabre and the Remuneration Committee are committed

to maintaining an ongoing dialogue with shareholders on

issues of remuneration to ensure an open and transparent

dialogue. We continue to welcome any feedback you may

have, via the Company Secretary, who can be contacted at

anneka.kingan@sabre.co.uk

I look forward to your support on the resolutions relating to

remuneration at the Group’s Annual General Meeting in

May2026.

On behalf of the Remuneration Committee

Karen Geary

Chair of the Remuneration Committee

9 March 2026

#### Statement of shareholder voting

The following table shows the results of shareholder voting

relating to the approval of the Remuneration Policy at the

2024 Annual General Meeting and the approval of the

Remuneration Report at the 2025 Annual General Meeting.

2024 Annual General Meeting resolution to

approve the Directors’ Remuneration Policy

Total number

of votes % of votes cast

For (including discretionary) 199,640,582 91.3

Against 18,992,339 8.7

Total votes cast

(excluding withheld votes) 218,632,921 100

Votes withheld 4,424 n/a

Total votes cast

(includingwithheld votes) 218,637,345 n/a

2025 Annual General Meeting resolution to

approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report

Total number

of votes % of votes cast

For (including discretionary) 204,614,685 98.8

Against 2,518,537 1.2

Total votes cast

(excluding withheld votes) 207,133,222 100

Votes withheld 21,653 n/a

Total votes cast

(includingwithheld votes) 207,15 4 ,875 n/a

#### Wider considerations regarding reward

When considering the remuneration arrangements for the

Executive Directors, the Committee continues to consider

remuneration throughout the Group and regularly examines

the average employee salary, pension and share plan

contributions. The Committee is aware of the importance

ofhaving an engaged, motivated and fairly paid workforce.

To support this, the Committee receives regular updates on

remuneration of the Group’s employees.

During the year, the Group reviewed and increased the

starting salaries for trainees, and the Group confirms that

a minimum of the Real Living Wage is paid to all full-time

employees. As in prior years, the Group gave employees

pay rises during the year, at an average of 3.6% excluding

individual one off salary increases, paid an employee

performance bonus to all employees, and a Christmas

bonus. In addition, the Group continues to provide free

private health insurance to its employees, which also

provides discounted gym memberships, dietary advice, and

free workshops promoting a healthier lifestyle and good

mental health, and during 2025 introduced an additional

day’s holiday foremployees’ birthdays, with effectfrom

1January2026.

The Group continues to operate a Save As You Earn (“SAYE”)

Plan where employees can make a monthly contribution

of up to £500, and a Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”) where,

for every three shares an employee purchases the Group

matches with one free share. It is the Committee’s intention

that both the SAYE Plan and SIP will remain in place for the

financial year ending 31 December 2026.

Whilst the Group currently has fewer than 250 employees

and so is not required to submit a formal statement on its

gender pay gap, the Board’s intention is to be transparent.

Assuch, in 2019 the Committee made a commitment to

publish the Group’s Gender Pay Gap Report. The Committee

ensures that the report is updated annually, and it is

available on the Group’s website www.sabreplc.co.uk/

about-us/corporate-governance/

#### Remuneration Committee Report continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

95 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### The Directors’ Remuneration Policy

#### (the “Policy”)

Sabre Insurance Group’s Directors’ Remuneration Policy

as set out in this report (the “2024 Directors’ Remuneration

Policy”) was approved by shareholders at the Group’s

Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) on 23 May 2024, with a

vote of 91.31% in favour. The Committee intended that the

Policy is simple and clear, links the Group’s strategy and

performance with the Directors’ remuneration, reflecting

the insurance industry’s cyclical nature, and is compliant

with corporate governance best practice. In line with the

requirement to seek approval of the Policy every three years,

it is our intention to seek shareholder approval of a new

Policy at the 2027 AGM.

The Remuneration Policy was developed taking into account

the Committee’s requirements that it:

– Is simple and transparent;

– Rewards performance against a balanced mix of

financial and non-financial performance metrics, which

reflect the interests of all stakeholders;

– Reflects that, although the business is cyclical in

nature, the focus of the Executive Team is to protect

the profitability of business underwritten and to deliver

attractive returns to shareholders. Accordingly, a Policy

that offers, relative to the broader market, a narrower, but

more predictable, range of performance and reward

outcomes is better aligned to Sabre’s positioning as an

‘income stock’;

– Closely aligns the remuneration of the Executive Team

with the business’s profit generation at different parts of

the insurance cycle, rather than achievement against the

annual budget;

– Encourages long-term share ownership and aligns with

the creation of shareholder value;

– Mitigates risk by ensuring the Committee has the ability

to apply discretion to ensure that award levels are

appropriate, and that the Committee has the ability to

apply malus and/or clawback if required; and

– Complies with remuneration regulations under Solvency II

and corporate governance best practice.

In designing the Group’s Remuneration Policy, the Committee

has been guided by the three following principles:

1. Cost-effectiveness

Sabre intends to pay no more than is necessary to attract,

retain and incentivise high-calibre management, while

also aligning the interests of employees with those of

shareholders and, where appropriate, other key stakeholders.

2. Pay for performance

Performance-related pay will, potentially, make up a

significant proportion of the Executive Directors’ remuneration

packages and will be assessed based on stretching targets.

3. Long-term alignment

There will be an appropriate balance of remuneration to the

delivery of longer-term performance targets. In determining

the Group’s Remuneration Policy, the Committeehas

taken into account the relevant regulatoryand

governanceprinciples.

#### Directors’ Remuneration Policy

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

Directors’ Remuneration Policy

96 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

The following table summarises how, in designing the Group’s Remuneration Policy and its implementation, the Committee has addressed the principles set out in Provision 40 of the 2018 UK

Corporate Governance Code.

Principle How the Committee has addressed this

Clarity

Remuneration arrangements should be transparent and

promote effective engagement with shareholders and

the workforce.

The Committee is committed to providing clear and transparent disclosure of Sabre’s executive remuneration arrangements.

As part of the Remuneration Policy review, we consulted with shareholders in order to ensure their feedback was

fullyconsidered.

Further information – Karen Geary was appointed as the designated Non-executive Director for employee engagement

during 2022. Karen actively engages with employees and feeds back to the Committee and the Board on her meetings in

order to provide insight on employees’ views.

Simplicity

Remuneration structures should avoid complexity and their

rationale and operation should be easy to understand.

In designing the remuneration framework, the Committee sought to avoid complexity by ensuring compensation

arrangements are straightforward and easily understood.

Sabre’s remuneration framework comprises fixed pay, an annual bonus and a LTIP and is well understood by both

participants and our key stakeholders.

Risk

Remuneration arrangements should ensure reputational and

other risks from excessive rewards, and behavioural risks that

can arise from target-based incentive plans, are identified

and mitigated.

The Committee is satisfied that the remuneration structure does not encourage excessive risk taking and incorporates a

number of features that align remuneration outcomes with risk. These include deferral under the bonus plan, the two-year

post-vesting holding periods under the LTIP and personal shareholding guidelines that apply both in employment and post-

employment. Furthermore, the Committee has the discretion to reduce variable pay outcomes where appropriate, and malus

and clawback provisions apply to both the annual bonus and LTIP awards.

Further information – the Risk Committee reviews the Executive Team’s management of risk during the year and advises the

Remuneration Committee as appropriate, prior to the Committee approving any awards of payment of bonuses.

Predictability

The range of possible values of rewards to individual Directors

and any other limits or discretions should be identified and

explained at the time of approving the policy.

The Remuneration Policy outlines the threshold, target and maximum levels of pay that Executive Directors can earn in any

given year over the three-year life of the approved Remuneration Policy.

Actual incentive outcomes will vary depending upon the level of achievement against specific performance measures

andunderpins.

Proportionality

The link between individual awards, the delivery of strategy

and the long-term performance of the Group should be clear.

Outcomes should not reward poor performance.

The Committee is comfortable that the Remuneration Policy does not reward poor performance and that the range of

potential payouts are appropriate and reasonable.

The Committee has discretion to adjust incentive outcomes where they are not considered to appropriately reflect underlying

performance. Furthermore, payments made under the incentive plans are subject to the achievement of performance

measures and underpins which are directly linked to the Group’s strategy and KPIs.

Alignment of culture

Incentive schemes should drive behaviours that are

consistent with Group purpose, values and strategy.

The performance measures for the annual bonus and the award of RSAs are directly linked to the Group’s strategy, objectives

and values.

#### Directors’ Remuneration Policy continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

97 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Remuneration Policy Table

The Executive Directors’ remuneration consists of five main components: a base salary, benefits, employer pension contributions, a performance-related annual bonus (“STIP”) and Restricted

Share Awards made under the Group’s Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”). Executive Directors are also entitled to participate in both the all-employee share plans on the same basis as other

Groupemployees.

Salary

To attract, incentivise and retain Executive Directors of a high calibre, and to reflect their responsibilities and experience.

Operation Maximum opportunity Performance measures

Base salaries will be reviewed at least annually, taking

into account the scope and requirements of the role, the

performance and experience of the Executive Director and

theindividual’s total remuneration package.

Account will also be taken of remuneration arrangements

at Sabre’s peer companies (and other companies of an

equivalent size and complexity), for other Group employees,

and the impact of any base salary increases on the total

remuneration package.

Any salary increases are normally effective from 1 April each

year, in line with the broader workforce.

The Committee has decided not to set an overall maximum

monetary opportunity or increase. However, the Committee

intends that Executive Directors’ salary increases will normally

be no greater than salary increases offered to the wider

employee population.

There are specific circumstances in which the Committee

could award increases outside this range which may include:

– A change in the Executive Director’s role and/

orresponsibilities

– Performance and/or development in role of the

ExecutiveDirector

– A significant change in the Group’s size, composition and/

or complexity

– A significant change in market practice. Where an

Executive Director has been appointed to the Board at

a below-market starting salary, larger increases may be

awarded as their experience develops, if the Committee

considers such increases to be appropriate

n/a

#### Directors’ Remuneration Policy continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

98 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

Benefits

To provide a benefits package to recruit and retain Executive Directors of a high calibre and to promote the wellbeing and health of the Directors, enabling them to focus on the

Group’sperformance.

Operation Maximum opportunity Performance measures

The Committee’s policy is to provide Executive Directors

with competitive levels of benefits, taking into consideration

the benefits provided to Sabre’s employees and the

externalmarket.

Benefits currently include (but are not limited to) life insurance

and private medical insurance.

If an Executive Director is required to relocate as a result

of his/her duties, the Group may provide the Executive

Director with additional benefits such as assistance with

relocation, travel, accommodation or education allowances

or professional tax advice, along with any associated

taxliabilities.

As the costs of benefits are dependent on the Executive

Director’s individual circumstances, the Committee has not

set a maximum monetary value.

However, in approving the benefits paid, the Committee

will ensure that they do not exceed a level which is, in the

Committee’s opinion, appropriate given the Executive

Director’s particular circumstances.

n/a

Pension

To provide a pension package for the Executive Directors.

Operation Maximum opportunity Performance measures

The Group may make employer pension contributions to

a registered pension plan (or such other arrangement the

Committee considers has the same economic effect) set up

for the benefit of each of the Executive Directors.

Alternatively, an Executive Director may be awarded some/all

of the contribution as an equivalent cash allowance in lieu of

pension contributions.

The maximum pension contribution for Executive Directors is

aligned with the most prevalent rate available to employees.

n/a

#### Directors’ Remuneration Policy continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

99 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Directors’ Remuneration Policy continued

Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) – Restricted Share Awards (“RSA”)

To incentivise and reward delivery of the Group’s longer-term strategic objectives for the business and ensure alignment with shareholders.

Operation Maximum opportunity Performance measures

Awards are structured as conditional rights or nil-cost awards or nil-cost

options, to receive free shares on vesting.

Shares will normally vest after three years, subject to continued

employment and the Remuneration Committee’s assessment, with an

additional two-year holding period, meaning that shares are not normally

released until five years from awardgrant.

If the Group does not meet one or more of the underpins at the date

of vesting, then the Committee would review whether or not it was

appropriate to reduce the number of shares that vest under the award.

The Committee’s general discretion to adjust vesting levels, depending on

performance and unforeseen circumstances, and any other appropriate

reason will also apply.

Malus and clawback provisions will apply (see page 103).

The maximum awards are 75% of base salary

for the Chief Executive Officer and 60% of base

salary for the Chief Financial Officer.

RSAs are subject to one or more underpins, normally over a

period of three financial years commencing with the year in

which the awards are granted. These underpins are designed

to ensure that an acceptable threshold level of performance

is achieved and that vesting is therefore warranted. The

underpins applying to each award will be determined by

the Committee each year and the Committee may use

different performance underpins for each award, if deemed

appropriate. Underpins will be set taking into account the

business strategy and to ensure that failure is not rewarded.

Underpins may include financial measures such as the

maintaining of a minimal solvency ratio or a capital return

measure. Non-financial measures may also be used,

includingthose related to risk or regulatory matters.

Vesting of awards will also be subject to overarching

Committee discretion.

Short Term Incentive Plan (“STIP”) including Deferred Bonus Plan (“DBP”)

To incentivise and reward the delivery of short-term corporate and/or individual financial and non-financial targets, and to align the interests of Executive Directors with shareholders through

the deferral of a portion of the bonus into shares.

Operation Maximum opportunity Performance measures

STIP outcomes will be determined by the Committee after the end of

each financial year.

The Committee may use its discretion to adjust the formulaic outcome of

the performance targets to reflect corporate and individual performance

during the year.

The Committee may defer a proportion of any bonus award into a

share award under the DBP. Usually this will be 50% of the bonus award,

reducing to 25% of the bonus award in the event that an individual’s

minimum shareholding requirement has been met under the shareholding

guidelines. DBP awards will normally vest on the second anniversary of

grant (or such other date as the Committee determines on grant).

Malus and clawback provisions will apply (see page 103).

The maximum bonus opportunity for Executive

Directors is 150% of base salary.

Usually operated via a bonus pool funding approach with

the bonus pool capped at 2% of PBT (in addition to the

maximum individual opportunity), subject to achievement of

anappropriate financial hurdle which may include PBT or ROTE.

Usually 70% of the bonus will be based on financial

objectives, with 30% based on non-financial objectives.

Performance assessment will usually be in respect of the full

financial year although the Committee retains discretion, in

exceptional circumstances, to assess performance over an

alternativeperiod.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

100 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

All-employee share plans

To align the Executive Directors with the wider workforce.

Operation Maximum opportunity Performance measures

Executive Directors are eligible to participate in any all-employee share

plans in place, which are operated in line

with HMRC requirements.

These are currently a share acquisition and free share plan, known as the

UK Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”), and a savings-related share option plan,

known as the Save As You Earn (“SAYE”) Plan.

Participation in the Group’s all-employee

share plans will be subject to any applicable

maximum limits as set by HMRC.

n/a

Shareholding guidelines

To align the interests of the Executive Directors and shareholders to the success of the Group.

Operation Maximum opportunity Performance measures

The Executive Directors are expected to build and maintain a

shareholding equivalent to at least 200% of their base salary.

This should be achieved within a reasonable timeframe from

theirappointment.

Shares which may be used to satisfy this requirement include all

beneficially owned shares and vested share awards subject to a

holdingperiod.

To support the implementation of this measure, Executive Directors are

required to retain at least 50% of any share awards vesting (after settling

any tax liability) until the 200% requirement is met. The Remuneration

Committee will review progress towards the guidelines on an annual

basis and has the discretion to adjust the guidelines in what it feels are

appropriate circumstances.

Post-cessation of employment, the Executive Directors are expected to

maintain a minimum shareholding of 200% (or their actual shareholding

if lower) for a period of two years. This arrangement will be administered

through a nominee account. The post-employment guideline applies to

vested shares from incentive awards that were granted from the date of

the 2021 AGM. The Committee retains discretion to waive or amend this

guideline if it is not considered appropriate in the specific circumstances.

n/a n/a

#### Directors’ Remuneration Policy continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

101 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

Non-executive Directors’ fees

To attract Non-executive Directors of an appropriate calibre and with sufficient experience to ensure the effective management of the Group.

Operation  Maximum opportunity  Performance measures

Fee levels will be reviewed (though not necessarily increased)

annually. Fees will be set with reference to the time commitment

and responsibilities of the position, and anyincreases will usually be

reflectiveof any increases givento the wider employee population.

Additional fees may be paid for additional responsibilities (such

as chairing a Board Committee, membership of a Committee, or

acting asthe Senior Independent Director), orfor an increased

timecommitment during the year.

The fee for the Chair will be determined by the Committee.

Fees for Non-executive Directors will be determined by the Chair and

theExecutive Directors.

There is no prescribed maximum fee or

annualincrease.

Total fees will not exceed the limit set out in the

Group’s Articles of Association.

n/a

#### Prior arrangements

The Board reserves the right to make any remuneration payments and/or payments for loss of office (including exercising any discretions available to it in connection with such payments)

notwithstanding that they are not in line with the Policy set out on the prior pages where the terms of the payment were agreed (i) before the Policy set out above came into effect, provided

thatthe terms of payment were consistent with the shareholder-approved Policy in force at the time they were agreed; or (ii) at a time when the relevant individual was not a Director of

the Group and, in the opinion of the Committee, the payment was not in consideration for the individual becoming a Director of the Group. For these purposes ‘payments’ includes the

Committee satisfying awards of variable remuneration and, in relation to an award over shares, the terms of the payment are ‘agreed’ at the time the award is granted.

#### Selection of performance conditions

For the STIP, the Committee believes that a mix of financial and non-financial targets is most appropriate. Strategic and personal objectives may be included where appropriate to ensure

delivery of key business milestones. Targets are set by the Committee taking into account internal and external forecasts.

For the LTIP, awards of restricted shares will be subject to performance underpins. The underpins selected by the Committee will be based on measures considered to be most reflective of the

overall financial stability and performance of the Group and therefore aligned with shareholder value creation.

#### Directors’ Remuneration Policy continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

102 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Terms common to the DBP and LTIP

Awards under the DBP and LTIP may:

– Be granted as conditional share awards or nil-cost options or in such other form that the

Committee determines has the same economic effect;

– Be settled in shares or, exceptionally, in cash;

– Have any performance conditions applicable to them amended or substituted by the

Committee if an event occurs which causes the Committee to determine that, in respect

of the relevant event, an amended or substituted performance condition would be more

appropriate and not materially less difficult to satisfy; and

– Incorporate the right to receive an amount (in cash or additional shares) equal to the

value of dividends which would have been paid on the shares under an award that

vests up to the time of vesting (or, where the award is subject to a holding period, the

end of that holding period). This amount may be calculated assuming that the dividends

have been reinvested in the Group’s shares on a cumulative basis and may be settled in

cash at the Committee’s discretion and be adjusted in the event of any variation of the

Group’s share capital or any demerger, delisting, special dividend or other event that may

materially affect the current or future value of the Group’s shares.

#### Malus and clawback

Malus and clawback provisions apply to all awards granted under the STIP and LTIP. These

provisions may be invoked at the Committee’s discretion at any time prior to the third

anniversary of the grant of a cash bonus or DBP award, or to the fifth anniversary of the grant

of an LTIP award. In these circumstances, the Committee may reduce or impose additional

conditions on an award or require that the participant returns some or all of the value

acquired under the award.

The Committee has the discretion to invoke these provisions where there has been:

– A material misstatement of any Group or its subsidiaries’ audited accounts;

– A corporate failure;

– Material intervention from a regulator;

– An error in assessing the relevant performance conditions or the information or

assumptions on which the award was granted or vested;

– Misconduct on the part of the Executive Director; and

– Serious reputational damage to, or a material failure of risk management by,

amemberorbusiness unit of the Group.

#### Directors’ Remuneration Policy continued

Within the period beginning on:

– In the case of LTIP awards, from the grant of the award and ending on the fifth anniversary

of the date of grant; and

– In the case of STIP (cash bonus and DBP awards), the start of the financial year in respect

of which the award is granted and ending on the third anniversary of the date of grant.

The Board will retain the discretion to calculate the amount to be recovered, including

whether or not to claw back such amount gross or net of any tax or social security

contributions applicable to the award.

#### Remuneration scenario charts

The following charts illustrate the potential remuneration for each of the Executive Directors,

using a range of assumptions, for the forthcoming year. The charts show the potential value

of the current Executive Directors’ remuneration under four scenarios: minimum, on-target,

maximum and maximum plus share price growth (which assumes a 50% increase in share

price over the LTIP vesting period).

The following assumptions have been made in creating the charts below:

Pay scenario Basis of calculation

Minimum Fixed pay only, consisting of salary, benefits and pension

On-target Fixed pay, plus the relevant mid-performance payout from the

bonus pool and Restricted Share Award

Maximum Fixed pay, plus the maximum performance payout from the

bonus pool (capped at 150%) and Restricted Share Award

Maximum plus share

price growth

Fixed pay, plus the maximum performance payout from the bonus

pool (capped at 150%) and restricted share awards plus share

price growth of 50% over the Restricted Share Award vesting period

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

103 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Directors’ Remuneration Policy continued

#### Remuneration Policy for new Executive Directors

The Committee intends to set any new Executive Director’s remuneration package in line

with the Policy outlined earlier in this section. In an individual’s first year, the Committee may

set different performance measures and targets for incentive awards to those of the other

Executive Directors, depending on the timing and scope of any appointment.

When determining the design of the total package in a recruitment scenario, the Committee

will consider the size and scope of the role, the candidate’s skills and experience and the

market rate for such a candidate, in addition to the importance of securing the preferred

candidate. In some circumstances, the Board may be required to take into account common

remuneration practices in another country and, if applicable, may consider awarding

payments in respect of relocation costs. Flexibility is also retained for the Group to pay for

legal fees and other costs incurred by the individual in relation to their appointment. In line

with the Policy, in relation to annual bonus and LTIP awards, maximum variable remuneration

will not exceed 225% for the Chief Executive Officer and 210% for the Chief Financial Officer

as a percentage of salary. In the event that another Executive Director role is created by

the Group, the maximum variable opportunities (expressed as a percentage of salary for

the new position) under the STIP and LTIP would not exceed the percentages shown for

theChiefExecutive Officer in the Policy.

In the event that Sabre wishes to hire a candidate with unvested incentives accrued at a

previous employer or other compensation arrangements, which would be forfeited on the

candidate leaving that company, the Committee retains the discretion to make a one-off

buyout award. In doing so, the Committee will take account of all relevant factors, including

any performance conditions attached to incentive awards, the likelihood of those conditions

being met, the proportion of the vesting/performance period remaining and the form of the

award (e.g., cash or shares). The overriding principle will be that any buyout award should be

of comparable commercial value to the compensation which has been forfeited. The LTIP Rules

have been drafted to permit the grant of recruitment awards on this basis to an individual (which

will not be counted towards the annual LTIP limit and which will be subject to such vesting

schedules and performance conditions (if any) as the Committee may determine). Ifitis not

possible or practical to grant recruitment awards under the LTIP, the Committee may rely on

theprovisions of Listing Rule 9.3.2 (formerly rule 9.4.2) to grant the awards.

For internal candidates, incentives granted in respect of the prior role would be allowed

to vest according to their original terms, or adjusted if appropriate to take into account

theappointment.

For the appointment of a new Chair or Non-executive Director, the fee would be set in

accordance with the Policy. The length of service and notice periods would be set at the

discretion of the Committee, taking into account market practice, corporate governance

considerations and the skills and experience of the particular candidate at that time. In the

event that the Chair or a Non-executive Director is required to temporarily take on the role of

an Executive Director, their remuneration may include any of the elements listed in the Policy

Table for Executive Directors.

2025

2025

2026

2026

569

337

346

795

1,040

1,140

770

998

1,094

573

1,458

1,791

1,994

1,421

1,730

1,928

Minimum

Minimum Minimum

MinimumOn-target

On-target On-target

On-targetMaximum

Maximum Maximum

MaximumMaximum

+ SP

Maximum

+ SP

Maximum

+ SP

Maximum

+ SP

Fixed (inc pension)

Short-term incentive plans

Long-term incentive plans

2,000

1,200 1,200

2,000

1,500

1,000 1,000

1,500

1,000

800 800

1,000

500

600 600

400 400

200 200

500

0

0 0

0

Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration package:

Chief Financial Officer’s remuneration package:

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

104 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Service agreements and exit payment policy

In line with the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code Provision 18, all Directors are subject to

re-election annually at the Group’s Annual General Meeting.

Director

Date of

appointment Notice period

Geoff Carter 21/11/2017 12 months

Adam Westwood 21/11/2 017 12 months

Ian Chapple 01/0 9/2 0 24 3 months

Karen Geary 07/12/2020 3 months

Bryan Joseph 01/0 6/2 023 3 months

Alison Morris 01/0 5/2 022 3 months

David Neave 01/0 8/2025 3 months

Rebecca Shelley 04/10/2017 3 months

Shareholders may inspect the Executive Directors’ contracts or the Non-executive Directors’

letters of appointment at the Group’s registered office, and these contracts and letters of

appointment are also available for shareholders to review at the Group’s Annual General

Meeting. Both Geoff Carter and Adam Westwood have written service contracts with the

Group with no fixed end date, but which are capable of being terminated by either the

Groupor the Executive Director on not less than 12 months’ notice.

In the event notice is given to terminate an Executive Director’s contract, the Group may make

a payment in lieu of notice equal to the value of the Executive Director’s salary for the notice

period. Any such payments may be made, at the Committee’s discretion, as a lump sum or in

instalments, subject to mitigation by the Executive Director. It is the Committee’s intention that

the service contracts for any new Executive Directors will contain equivalent provisions. In the

event that an Executive Director leaves the Group, entitlement they have to any variable pay

will be determined in accordance with the relevant incentive plan rules.

The Chair and each of the independent Non-executive Directors have a notice period of three

months and may receive fees in respect of any notice period.

#### Short Term Incentive Plan (“STIP”) including Deferred Bonus Plan (“DBP”)

Executive Directors will not have any automatic entitlement to a bonus for the financial year

in which they leave the Group. Where an Executive Director leaves the Group, as a result of

their ill-health, injury, disability or redundancy, or their employing company or business is sold

out of the Group (known as ‘Good Leaver Reasons’) or in such other circumstances as the

Committee determines (but excluding gross misconduct), the Executive Director will typically

remain eligible for their annual bonus award, which will normally be time prorated to reflect

the proportion of the financial year served.

In determining the level of bonus to be paid, the Committee may, at its discretion, take

intoaccount performance up to the date of cessation or over the financial year as a

wholebased on appropriate performance measures as determined by the Committee.

Any such bonus may be paid out in such proportions of cashand share awards as the

Committee considers appropriate. For other leavers, rights to awards under the annual

bonus will be forfeited.

Unvested DBP awards will normally lapse when an Executive Director leaves the Group.

However, if an Executive Director’s departure is a Good Leaver Reason, as set out above,

their award will normally vest on the original vesting date, although the Committee has

thediscretion to allow awards to vest earlier if the Committee considers it appropriate.

#### Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) – Restricted Share Awards (“RSA”)

Unvested LTIP awards will normally lapse when an Executive Director leaves the Group.

However, if the Executive Director’s departure is as a result of a Good Leaver Reason, their LTIP

awards will normally vest (and be released from any applicable holding period) on the original

timetable set, although the Committee has the discretion to accelerate the vesting and

release of awards.

The extent to which unvested LTIP awards vest in these circumstances will be determined by

the Committee, taking into account the extent to which the relevant performance conditions

or underpins have, in its opinion, been satisfied (over the original performance period, where

the vesting of the award is not being accelerated) and, unless the Committee determines

otherwise, the proportion of the performance period that has elapsed at the time the

Executive Directorleaves.

If an Executive Director leaves the Group holding vested LTIP awards which are subject to

a holding period, these awards will normally be released at the end of the original holding

period, unless the Committee allows the holding period to be shortened. However, if the

Executive Director is dismissed for gross misconduct, all his or her LTIP awards will lapse.

If an Executive Director dies, their DBP and LTIP awards will normally vest (and be released

from any holding periods) as soon as reasonably practicable after their death. The extent to

which unvested LTIP awards vest in these circumstances will be determined by the Committee

in the same way as for other Good Leaver Reasons described above.

#### Directors’ Remuneration Policy continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

105 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

In setting the Policy, the Committee was led by the same principles which determined all

employee remuneration: cost-effectiveness, pay for performance and long-term alignment.

Theseprinciples evidence themselves in all employee remuneration as follows:

Cost-effectiveness – As with the Directors, in setting compensation across the Group, Sabre

intends to pay no more than is necessary to attract, retain and incentivise high-calibre

individuals,setting remuneration competitively but not excessively.

Pay for performance – Many full-time and part-time Group employees are eligible to

participate in some form of share-based incentive. Key individuals below Board level have

been invited to participate in the LTIP, in order for there to be alignment between senior

management and the Executive Directors’ objectives.

Long-term alignment – In line with our philosophy of encouraging our workforce to be

investors in the Group, all eligible employees were offered an award of free shares under the

SIP. The Group operates both a SAYE Plan and a SIP to further facilitate employee investment in

the Group and their long-term alignment.

Although the Committee did not formally engage with the workforce on the alignment of

executive remuneration with the wider Company pay policy, the Board engages with the

Group’s employees via the designated Non-executive Director responsible for employee

engagement. Karen Geary was appointed to this position by the Board during 2022 and

leads on ensuring effective engagement with the workforce, and regularly feeds back to

the Committee and the Board following her meetings with employees. This process does not

currently include an active two-way dialogue with the workforce on executive pay but this

approach is being kept underreview.

The Committee appreciates the importance of an appropriate relationship between the

remuneration levels of the Executive Directors, the Executive Team, managers and other

employees within the Group. As such, when reviewing and determining pay for Executive

Directors, the Committee takes into account the level and structure of remuneration, as

well as salary budgets, for other employees in the Group. Moreover, as a result of the

implementation of the all-employee share plans referred to above, many of the Group’s

employees are Sabre shareholders and therefore have the opportunity to express their views

through the same meansas any other shareholder.

The Committee reserves the right to make any other payments in connection with a Director’s

cessation of office or employment where the payments are made in good faith in discharge

of an existing legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an obligation) or

by way of settlement of any claim arising in connection with the cessation of a Director’s

office or employment. Any such payments may include, but are not limited to, paying any

fees for outplacement assistance and/or the Director’s legal and/or professional advice fees

in connection with his cessation of office or employment. In some cases, they may receive a

modest leaving gift.

#### Change of control

In the event of a change of control of the Group, LTIP and DBP awards will normally vest

and be released early. The proportion of any unvested LTIP awards which vest will be

determined by the Committee, taking into account the extent to which it determines that

any performance conditions and underpins have been satisfied at the time, and, unless

the Committee determines otherwise, the proportion of the performance period that has

elapsed. DBP awards will normally vest in full.

Alternatively, the Board may permit an Executive Director to exchange their awards for equivalent

awards of shares in a different company (including the acquiring company). If the change of

control is an internal reorganisation of the Group or in other circumstances where the Committee

considers it appropriate, Executive Directors may be required to exchange their awards.

If other corporate events occur such as a winding-up of the Group, demerger, delisting,

special dividend or other event which, in the opinion of the Committee, may materially affect

the current or future value of the Group’s shares, the Committee may determine that awards

will vest and be released on the same basis as for a change of control.

#### Consideration of shareholder views and employment conditions

The Committee will consult with major shareholders prior to any significant changes to the

Policy and will continue to value their views when deciding on future executive remuneration

strategy. In developing and reviewing the Remuneration Policy, the Committee was mindful

of the views of the Group’s shareholders and remuneration arrangements for employees.

The Committee proactively sought feedback from shareholders when developing the

Policy and seeks feedback from shareholders when considering any significant changes

toremuneration fortheExecutiveDirectors.

#### Directors’ Remuneration Policy continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

106 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration

#### Single figure of remuneration (audited)

The table below sets out the total remuneration received by Executive Directors and Non-executive Directors in respect of the financial year

ended 31 December 2025.

£’000s

Salary/fees

1

Taxable

benefits

2

Pension

3

Total fixed pay

Short-term

incentive

plan

4

Long-term

incentive

plan

5,6

Other

7

Total variable

8

Total

remuneration

9

2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024

Executive Directors                  

Geoff Carter 534 513 9 5 34 33 577 551 479 480 444 213 1 1 924 694 1,501 1,245

Adam Westwood 320 308 4 3 22 21 346 332 251 252 217 103 – – 468 355 814 687

Executive

Director total 854 821 13 8 56 54 923 883 730 732 661 316 1 1 1,392 1,049 2,315 1,932

Non-executive

Directors                  

Ian Chapple

10

71 23 – – – – 71 23 – – – – – – – – 71 23

Karen Geary

11

86 83 – – – – 86 83 – – – – – – – – 86 83

Bryan Joseph

12

95 88 – – – – 95 88 – – – – – – – – 95 88

Alison Morris 83 80 – – – – 83 80 – – – – – – – – 83 80

David Neave

13

30 – – – – – 30 - – – – – – – – – 30 –

Rebecca Shelley 178 171 – – – – 178 171 – – – – – – – – 178 171

Non-executive

Director total 543 445 – – – – 543 445 – – – – – – – – 543 445

Total 1,397 1,266 13 8 56 54 1,466 1,328 730 732 661 316 1 1 1,392 1,049 2,858 2,377

1.  Salary/fees includes any payment in lieu of holiday.

2.  Taxable benefits include private medical insurance.

3.   As an element of pension is received as cash in lieu, the amount

awarded is reduced below the allowed percentage to reflect the

additional National Insurance cost borne by the Group.

4.   Awards made under the Short Term Incentive Plan (“STIP”) are paid

for performance over the relevant financial year. Details of the

performance targets and performance against the targets for the

2025 STIP awards are detailed on pages 108 to 111. Details of the

performance targets and performance against the targets for the

2024 STIP awards are detailed in the Annual Report and Accounts for

the year ended 31 December 2024. Consistent with the terms of the

2024 Remuneration Policy, 50% of the bonus earned in relation to the

financial year ended 31 December 2025 is deferred into the Group’s

shares for two years, with the balance payable in cash. These shares

will be held in the Sabre Group Employees’ Share Trust and are not

subject to any further performance conditions.

5.   Awards made under the Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) are

restricted share awards subject to underpin performance conditions

assessed over the period 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2025.

The underpins were satisfied as detailed on page 112 and the

awards fully vested. Awards are valued in the single figure table at

£1.2987 per share, being the average share price in the final quarter

of 2025. Dividend equivalents were paid in relation to deferred

shares equal to £35,721 for Geoff Carter, and £17,448 for Adam

Westwood.

6.   The LTIP values for the financial year ended 31 December 2024

have been restated using the share price on the vesting date of 7

April 2025 at £1.22797. A total of 145,802 vested for Geoff Cater and

71,216 for Adam Westwood. The total remuneration for the financial

year ended 31 December 2024 has been updated accordingly. This

value also includes dividend equivalents paid in 2024.

7.   The Group operates a Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”), which is open

to all employees. ‘Other’ is the value of matching SIP shares

attributable to the year. The Group offers a 1:3 match for Partnership

Shares purchased by employees. In 2025, Geoff Carter participated

in the SIP up to the maximum extent permitted by HMRC.

The calculation for value is based on the shares bought by the

Group on behalf of the individual and the share price as at 31

December 2025 of £1.30.

In 2024, Geoff Carter participated in the SIP up to the maximum

extent permitted by HMRC. The calculation for value is based on

the shares bought by the Group on behalf of the individual and the

share price as at 31 December 2024 of £1.380.

8.  Comprising STIP, LTIP and any other relevant variable remuneration.

9.   Comprising total fixed pay and total variable pay and other

remuneration as set out in footnote 7.

10.   Ian Chapple joined the Board with effect from 1 September 2024. His

fee was prorated in line with the time served in the position during

the 2024 financial year.

11.   Karen Geary was appointed as Remuneration Committee Chair

in 2023. An amount of £1,276 was underpaid in relation to this role,

which was corrected in 2026.

12.   Bryan Joseph became Senior Independent Director with effect from

May 2024. His fee was prorated in line with the time served in the

position during the 2024 financial year.

13.   David Neave joined the Board with effect from 1 August 2025. His fee

was prorated in line with the time served in the position during the

2025 financial year.

This section of the Directors’ Remuneration

Report sets out the remuneration paid

to Sabre’s Directors in respect of the year

which ended on 31 December 2025 (the

“2025 financial year”). In line with the

Large and Medium-sized Companies

and Groups (Accounts and Reports)

Regulations 2008 (as amended in 2013),

the following parts of the Annual Report

on Directors’ Remuneration are audited:

– The single total figure of remuneration

for each Director, including pension

entitlements, STIP and LTIP outcomes

for the financial year ended

31 December 2025

– Share plan awards granted

during the financial year ended

31December 2025

– Payments to past Directors and

payments for loss of office

– Directors’ shareholdings and

shareinterests

All other parts of the Annual Report on

Directors’ Remuneration are unaudited.

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

Annual Report on Directors’

Remuneration

107 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration continued

ROTE performance for the 2025 financial year was 37.2%,

meaning that the hurdle was satisfied. PBT performance was

£51.0m and therefore the profit pool available for distribution

to the Executive Directors was £765k (being 1.5% of PBT).

Based on the allocation formula, the Chief Executive Officer

is entitled to a maximum of 65.58% of the pool (£502k), and

the Chief Financial Officer is entitled to a maximum of 34.43%

of the pool (£264k). Each Director’s share of the bonus

pool is agreed provisionally at the start of the performance

year, based primarily on that individual’s base salary and

maximum bonuspotential.

As noted above, 30% of each individual’s share of the bonus

pool is subject to an additional adjustment for personal

and Group performance. The non-financial targets set for

the Group, the non-financial individual personal targets for

Geoff Carter and Adam Westwood and the Committee’s

assessment of their performance against them are detailed

on pages 109 to 111, with as much clarity as possible while

protecting Group competitive advantages and respecting

contractual confidentiality. The non-financial targets for

the Group were determined by the Committee to have

been achieved at 85%, and the non-financial individual

performance objectives detailed below for both Geoff Carter

and Adam Westwood were determined by the Committee to

have been achieved at85% and 85% respectively.

Following this assessment, resulting bonuses were £478,691

(90.6% of salary) for the Chief Executive Officer and £251,311

(77.9% of salary) for the Chief Financial Officer.

#### Short Term Incentive Plan (“STIP”)Framework

and outcomes for the financial year ended

31December 2025

For the financial year ended 31 December 2025, the

Executive Directors were eligible to participate in the Group’s

STIP, which was based on a bonus pool funding approach,

calculated as 1.5% of PBT, subject to a minimum hurdle of

10% ROTE being achieved. For 2025, the maximum annual

bonus opportunity within this structure was capped at 150%

of salary for Geoff Carter and Adam Westwood. The STIP

was based 70% on achievement against financial targets

(PBT) and 30% achievement against non-financial targets,

split equally between non-financial Group-wide objectives

(including strategy, customer, ESG, people, development

ofthe business and risk and compliance) and individual

non-financial objectives.

Performance measure Weighting

Profit before tax 70%

Non-financial Group-wide objectives,

including strategy, customer and partners,

ESG, people, development of business and

riskandcompliance 15%

Non-financial objectives relating to the individual  15%

#### Base salary

The annual salary paid to the Executive Directors with effect

from 1 April 2025, is shown in the table below.

In late 2024, the Committee reviewed Executive Director

salaries for the 2025 financial year, taking into account the

individual’s role and experience and pay for the broader

employee population. The Committee decided to increase

Geoff Carter’s and Adam Westwood’s 2025 salaries by 3.5%,

which was below the average increase of 3.6% given to

employees across the Group. Details of the salaries that

willapply in 2026 are provided on page 119.

Base salary Annual salary (£) with effect 1 April 2025

Geoff Carter £528,178

Adam Westwood £322,554

#### Pension

During the 2025 financial year, Geoff Carter and Adam

Westwood received cash in lieu of pension contributions of

7.5% of their base salaries respectively, which is below the

average employee rate. Details of the pension contributions

that will apply in 2026 are provided on page 109.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

108 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Non-financial Group-wide objectives

The Committee believes that responsibility for the wider business objectives is shared equally among the Executive Team, and a consistent score will be given unless specific examples of over/

underperformance by any one individual are identified. Taken holistically, the Committee considered a score of 85% against these objectives to be appropriate.

Non-financial measure

Weighting as a

% of total bonus

opportunity Performance Commentary on performance

Actual bonus

payable as a %

of total bonus

opportunity

Strategic focus

Optimise volume and profitability in emerging market conditions.

15% 85%

This was effectively managed during the year. Whilst premiums were slightly down compared to

the prior year, profit was ahead. This is in line with the company long-term approach of focusing

on profitability over volume.

12.75%

Customers and partners

Maintain a high-quality service in direct and outsourced processes,

ensuring customers are dealt with fairly and in line with the

Consumer Duty regulations.

Continue to evolve Direct Car portfolio and Motorcycle servicing,

including transition to increased online transactions.

Extensive effort was expended on delivering a suite of MI to ensure the company delivered on

both the letter and spirit of the Consumer Duty requirements. RAG status thresholds we set at a

deliberately testing level to ensure business strived to continually improve the customer experience.

The Board were provided with full details of service levels and were satisfied with the results and

plans to further enhance. On Direct Bike, the company launched customer service by its in house

teams for the first time. This is predominantly via a webchat approach that is working well for the

company and customers.

Environmental, Social and Governance

Continue to enhance our approach to ESG requirements, with

an increased focus on environmental impacts and stakeholder

expectations. Progress the business towards the goals outlined in

the Group’s net-zero roadmap.

Against a backdrop of waning interest globally on climate-related issues, we have continued to

work towards our net Zero ambitions, with the Roadmap having been updated during 2025 and

management’s plans remaining on track. In 2025, we have supported the Sustainability Forum in

their efforts to engage our people in environmental-related matters. Practically, having picked all of

the ‘low hanging fruit’ in enhancing our ESG credentials, and invested significantly in our building,

it becomes incrementally more difficult to find gains. In the past year we have moved our full office

estate to half-hourly energy reporting, which allows us to identify further savings (for example

optimizing light timings). Relatedly, we have continued to engage with Forvis Mazars in both

verifying our progress towards our net-zero roadmap and enhancing our climate risk assessment,

building on the exercise carried out two years ago.

People

Maintain Sabre’s position as a great place to work, ensuring

colleagues have an appropriate work/life balance, whilst ensuring

focus on Company objectives.

Sabre continues to enjoy a stable workforce and has been able to attract high quality new

colleagues. A range of bonuses were paid during the year including a full year performance

award as well as a Christmas bonus. Additional benefits were introduced during the year

including an additional day’s holiday for colleagues’ birthdays. A full annual staff survey

was carried out, as well as regular “pulse” surveys. The Board regularly reviewed, and were

comfortable with, the results.

Development of the business

Progress the testing and roll-out of Ambition 2030 initiatives to deliver

financial benefits from 2026 onwards.

Both the new direct bike and enhanced competitive footprint initiatives progressed in line

with targets and have delivered good early results. More tangible financial impacts will start to

emerge in later 2026 and 2027.

Risk and compliance

Comply with existing and emerging regulatory requirements,

successfully manage risk and compliance across the Group,

and ensure the business is compliant with the changes in the UK

Corporate Governance Code in relation to Internal Controls, and

the Operational Resilience requirements.

Strong progress was evident across the risk and compliance areas, with further improvements

being made to the already well controlled position. This was supported by 3rd line audits with

management responding effectively where appropriate.

#### Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

109 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Non-financial objectives relating to the individual

Geoff Carter

Weighting as a

% of personal/

strategic bonus

opportunity Commentary on performance

Actual

performance

Objectives

Ensure margin requirements are achieved and that all product lines

contribute in line with plans. Ensure GWP is optimised whilst achieving

the primary profit objectives.

33.3%

Financial year target profit margins were met, and slightly exceeded, across the portfolio as a whole. Within the

underwriting year underlying performance was strong overall and acceptable for all product classes.

Current rating looks to be profitable across all product classes.

85%

Ensure the launch of Direct Motorcycle in Q1 and subsequent

roll-out to initial external partners. Realise tangible benefits from the

initial Insurer Hosted Pricing test roll-out and maintain a fully effective

internal operation throughout thesechanges.

33.3%

Direct motorcycle launched on target in Q1 with quotability being gradually increased throughout the year.

This will continue into 2026 as rates are further enhanced. Roll-out to external brokers has been re-prioritised to

ensure rates are delivering target profitability on the direct book.

The initial IHP test delivered encouraging results in later 2025.

Ensure relevant internal and external stakeholders have a

comprehensive understanding of medium-term growth ambitions

and that internal priorities and external services evolve to support

delivery ofplans.

33.3%

Feedback obtained from the company corporate brokers/financial PR advisor, as well as direct shareholder

conversations, confirms that larger shareholders seem to have a good understanding of the growth plans to

2030. Additional communications being put in place as part of results process to give further clarity on the

investment story for non-holders. Additional external opportunities were deprioritised during the year to ensure

full focus on the 2030 workstreams.

Total % of personal/strategic objectives 100% 85%

#### Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

110 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Long Term Incentive Plan

#### (“LTIP”) – Vesting of awards

#### under the LTIP in the financial

#### year ended 31 December 2025

Geoff Carter and Adam Westwood

were granted awards (75% and 60% of

salary respectively) under the Group’s

LTIP during the financial year ended

31December2023. The awards were

granted in the form of restricted share

awards (as conditional awards) and,

in line with the Remuneration Policy,

the awards vested three years after the

date of grant and are subject to an

additional holding period of two years

fromthe date of vesting.

The awards were subject to the

followingunderpins:

– Maintaining a solvency ratio in

excess of140%

– Achieving a return on tangible

equityin excess of 10%

– No material regulatory censure –

relating to the Executive Director’s

time in office

– Overall Committee discretion

The Committee reviewed the application

of the underpins and agreed that they

had been met (including average return

on tangible equity of 33% and solvency

ratio in excess of 140% throughout

the period), discussed the underlying

performance of the Group and the

broader stakeholder experience, and

agreed that the LTIP awards vesting in

relation to the financial year ended 31

December 2025 should vest at 100% of

the maximum opportunity. It is noted

that the vested awards are subject to an

additional holding period of two years

from the date of vesting.

Adam Westwood

Weighting as a

% of personal/

strategic bonus

opportunity Commentary on performance

Actual

performance

Objectives

Ensure margin requirements are achieved

and that all product lines contribute in line

with plans. Ensure GWP is optimised whilst

achieving the primary profit objectives.

33.3%

Financial year target profit margins were met, and slightly exceeded, across the

portfolio as a whole. Within the underwriting year underlying performance was

strong overall and acceptable for all product classes.

Current rating looks to be profitable across all product classes.

85%

Ensure the launch of Direct Motorcycle in

Q1 and subsequent roll-out to initial external

partners. Realise tangible benefits from the initial

Insurer Hosted Pricing test roll-out and maintain

a fully effective internal operation throughout

these changes.

33.3%

Direct motorcycle launched on target in Q1 with quotability being gradually

increased throughout the year. This will continue into 2026 as rates are further

enhanced. Roll-out to external brokers has been re-prioritised to ensure rates are

delivering target profitability on the direct book.

The initial IHP test delivered encouraging results in later 2025.

Ensure relevant internal and external

stakeholders have a comprehensive

understanding of medium-term growth

ambitions and that internal priorities

and external services evolve to support

deliveryofplans.

33.3%

Feedback obtained from the company corporate brokers/financial PR advisor,

as well as direct shareholder conversations, confirms that larger shareholders

seem to have a good understanding of the growth plans to 2030. Additional

communications being put in place as part of results process to give further clarity

on the investment story for non-holders.

Additional external opportunities were deprioritised during the year to ensure full

focus on the 2030 workstreams.

Total % of personal/strategic objectives 100% 85%

#### Committee Chair’s commentary on Executive Directors’ personal performance

The Remuneration Committee focused on whether delivering short-term financial performance was balanced by building capability to ensure

longer-term success. As noted in this report the financial results were pleasing for 2025 with growth in profits and dividend, and a deliberate policy

of allowing volumes to reduce for much of 2025 in an unattractive pricing environment. This demonstrates the Executive Directors’ commitment

and effective execution of Sabre’s long-term successful strategy. The business successfully delivered an increased profit and dividend alongside

announcing a further share buyback. At the same time the Committee considered whether the Directors were balancing a short-term focus on

delivering in year performance with building the foundation for the longer term growth of the business outlined in the Ambition 2030 strategy,

details of which are contained in this report. Tangible progress was evident here with the launch of Sabre Direct bike, and the initial differentiated

pricing tests.

Finally the Committee reviewed whether business performance was being delivered within an appropriate employee, customer, investor and

other stakeholder focused culture.

The Committee concluded that the Executive Directors had delivered well across all key areas and that the annual bonuses are therefore

reflective of performance, and has therefore not exercised its discretion to amend the awards.

#### Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

111 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

Details of the LTIP awards granted on 8 April 2025:

Executive Director Basis of award

Face value

(£)

Number of shares

over which

conditional

awards were

granted

1

Performance underpin Period over which underpin assessed

Geoff Carter 75% of salary 396,134 306,131 Subject to the underpins detailed above 1 January 2025 to 31 December 2027

Adam Westwood 60% of salary 193,533 149,561 Subject to the underpins detailed above 1 January 2025 to 31 December 2027

1   The number of shares granted was calculated on the average share price of the five working days immediately preceding the date of grant of £1.294 as

conditionalawards

#### External appointments

Neither of the Executive Directors currently holds a paid external appointment. All appointments must first be agreed by the Board and

must not represent a conflict with their current role.

#### Payments to past Directors and payments for loss of office (audited)

No payments were made to past Directors or in respect of loss of office during the year.

#### Sourcing of shares and dilution limits

The terms of the Group’s share plans set limits on the number of newly issued shares that may be issued to satisfy awards. In accordance

with guidance from the Investment Association, these limits restrict overall dilution under all plans (the LTIP, the DBP, the SAYE Plan, the SIP

and any other employee share scheme adopted by the Group) to under 10% of the Group’s issued share capital over a ten-year period.

Furthermore, the LTIP and DBP set a further limitation that not more than 5% of the Group’s issued share capital may be issued in any ten-

year period on discretionary plans. As at 31 December 2025, Sabre was operating within these limits.

Granting of awards under the LTIP

in the financial year ended

31December 2025 (audited)

Geoff Carter and Adam Westwood were

granted awards (75% and 60% of salary

respectively) under the Group’s LTIP during

the financial year ended 31 December

2025. The awards were granted in the form

of restricted share awards (as conditional

awards) and, in line with the Remuneration

Policy, the awards will vest three years after

the date of grant, followed by an additional

holding period of two years from the date

ofvesting.

Awards were made subject to the

followingunderpins:

– Maintaining a solvency ratio in excess

of140%

– Achieving a return on tangible equity

inexcess of 10%

– No material regulatory censure – relating

to the Executive Director’s time in office

– Overall Committee discretion

If the Group does not meet one or more of

the underpins at the date of vesting, the

Committee will review whether or not it would

be appropriate to reduce the number of

shares, including to zero, that vest under the

award. Vesting of awards will also be subject

to the Committee’s overarching discretion

in order to ensure that outcomes reflect the

underlying performance of the Group and

the broader stakeholder experience.

#### Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

112 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Vested share awards and outstanding share awards granted during the 2025 financial year (audited)

Details of awards granted during the year are detailed below.

Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)

Director

Holding on

1 January

2025

Granted

during the

year

Option

price

(£)

Exercised

during the

year Lapsed

Market price

at exercise

date

(£)

Holding on

31 December

2025 Date of grant

Share price on

date of grant

(£) Vesting date

(Loss)/gain

on vesting

(£)

Geoff

Carter

2022 145,802 0 n/a 145,802 0 1.228 0 7 April 2022 2.359 (164,907)

2023 314,371 0 n/a n/a 0 n/a 314,371 6 April 2023 1.154 At a date agreed by the Committee, which is after the

release of the results for the year ended 31 December

2025 and the third anniversary of grant. An additional

two-year holding period applies to these awards,

once vested. These are conditional share awards.

n/a

2024 224,558 0 n/a n/a 0 n/a 224,558 30 May 2024 1.704 At a date agreed by the Committee, which is after the

release of the results for the year ended 31 December

2026 and the third anniversary of grant. An additional

two-year holding period applies to these awards,

once vested. These are conditional share awards.

n/a

2025 0 30 6,131 n/a n/a 0 n/a 306,131 8 April 2025 1.294 At a date agreed by the Committee, which is after the

release of the results for the year ended 31 December

2027 and the third anniversary of grant. An additional

two-year holding period applies to these awards,

once vested. These are conditional share awards.

n/a

Total 684,731 306,131 n/a 145,802 0 n/a 845,060

Adam

Westwood

2022 71,216 0 n/a 71,216 0 1.228 0 7 April 2022 2.359 (80,548)

2023 153,587 0 n/a n/a 0 n/a 153,587 6 April 2023 1.154 At a date agreed by the Committee, which is after the

release of the results for the year ended 31 December

2025 and the third anniversary of grant. An additional

two-year holding period applies to these awards,

once vested. These are conditional share awards.

n/a

2024 109,709 0 n/a n/a 0 n/a 109,709 30 May 2024 1.704 At a date agreed by the Committee, which is after the

release of the results for the year ended 31 December

2026 and the third anniversary of grant. An additional

two-year holding period applies to these awards,

once vested. These are conditional share awards.

n/a

2025 0 149,561 n/a n/a 0 n/a 149,561 8 April 2025 1.294 At a date agreed by the Committee, which is after the

release of the results for the year ended 31 December

2027 and the third anniversary of grant. An additional

two-year holding period applies to these awards,

once vested. These are conditional share awards.

n/a

Total 334,512 149,561 n/a 71,216 0 n/a 412,857

#### Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

113 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

Deferred Bonus Plan (“DBP”)

Director

Holding on

1 January 2025

Granted

during the

year

Option price

(£)

Exercised

during the

year Lapsed

Market price

at exercise

date (£)

Holding as at

31 December

2025 Date of grant

Share price on

date of grant

(£) Vesting date

Gain on

exercise

(£)

2023 0 0 n/a 0 0 n/a 0 n/a n/a n/a n/a

Geoff Carter 2024 64,919 0 n/a 0 0 n/a 64,919 11 April 2024 1.762 11 April 2026 n/a

2025 0 182,629 n/a 0 0 n/a 182,629 8 April 2025 1.294 8 April 2027 n/a

Total 64,919 182,629 0 0 247,5 48

2023 0 0 n/a 0 0 n/a 0 n/a n/a n/a n/a

Adam Westwood 2024 34,082 0 n/a 0 0 n/a 34,082 11 April 2024 1.762 11 April 2026 n/a

2025 0 95,879 n/a 0 0 n/a 95,879 8 April 2025 1.294 8 April 2027 n/a

Total 34,082 95,879 0 0 129,961

Save As You Earn (“SAYE”) Plan

Director

Holding on

1 January 2025

Granted

during the

year

Option price

(£)

Exercised

during the

year Lapsed

Market price

at exercise

date (£)

Holding as at

31 December

2025 Date of grant

Share price on

date of grant

(£) Exercisable period

Gain on

exercise

(£)

Geoff Carter  2023 21,151 0 0.851 0 0 n/a 21,151 18 April 2023 1.242

1 July 2026 to

31 December 2026 n/a

Total 21,151 0   0 0   21,151

Adam Westwood 2023 21,151 0 0.851 0 0 n/a 21,151 18 April 2023 1.242

1 July 2026 to

31 December 2026 n/a

Total 21,151 0   0 0   21,151

Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”)

Director

Purchased

during the

year

Granted during the

year in the form

of matching and

dividend shares

Total gained

during the

year

Exercised

during the

year Lapsed

Granted in

prior years

Holding as at

31 December

2025 Vesting date

Gain on

exercise

(£’000)

Geoff Carter 1,340 1,482 2,822 n/a n/a 8,501 11,323 Shares can be exercised with effect from the third anniversary of their grant n/a

Adam Westwood 0 262 262 n/a n/a 2,335 2,597 Shares can be exercised with effect from the third anniversary of their grant n/a

During the period between 31 December 2025 and 9 March 2026, being the latest practicable date prior to publication of this Annual Report, the following changes to the above

tableoccurred:

–  Geoff Carter purchased an additional 228 shares under the Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”) and was awarded an additional 76 shares in the form of matching shares, taking the number of

unvested shares not subject to performance as at 9 March 2026 to 11,627.

#### Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

114 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Directors’ shareholdings and share interests (audited)

To further align Executive Directors with shareholders, Executive Directors are required to build up substantial interests in the Group. Executive Directors are expected to build and hold a

shareholding with a value of at least 200% of their base salary. To support the implementation of this measure, Executive Directors are required to retain 50% of any share awards vesting (after

settling any tax liability) until the 200% requirement is met. The Executive Directors have both met their respective shareholding requirements. Post-cessation of employment, Executive Directors

are expected to maintain a minimum shareholding of 200% of their base salary (or their actual shareholding, if lower) for a period of two years. To enforce this requirement, vested shares are

held in a nominee account.

Shareholding requirements and the number of shares held by Directors during the year and as at 31 December 2025 are set out in the table below:

Director

Number of unvested

shares subject

to performance/

underpins as at

31 December 2025

Number of unvested

shares not subject to

performance as at

31 December 2025

1

Number of shares held

under the Deferred

Bonus Plan as at

31 December 2025

Number of

shares held as at

31 December 2025

Number of shares

held as at

31 December 2024

Shareholding

requirement

as a % of salary

Shareholding as a % of

salary achieved at

31 December 2025

2

Current Directors

Geoff Carter 845,060 32,474 247,5 48 1,800,552 1,719,714 200% 443%

Adam Westwood 412,857 23,748 129,961 771,146 725,562 200% 311%

Ian Chapple n/a n/a n/a 16,899 0 n/a n/a

Karen Geary n/a n/a n/a 0 0 n/a n/a

Bryan Joseph n/a n/a n/a 57,561 57, 5 61 n/a n/a

Alison Morris n/a n/a n/a 9,282 9,282 n/a n/a

David Neave n/a n/a n/a 11,625 n/a n/a n/a

Rebecca Shelley  n/a n/a n/a 33,657 29,628 n/a n/a

1  These awards relate to share options and share awards under the Group’s SIP and SAYE Plans

2  Calculated using a share price of £1.30 (as at 31 December 2025)

During the period between 31 December 2025 and 9 March 2026, being the latest practicable date prior to publication of this Annual Report, the following changes to the above

tableoccurred:

–  Geoff Carter purchased an additional 228 shares under the Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”) and was awarded an additional 76 shares in the form of matching shares, taking the number of

unvested shares not subject to performance as at 9 March 2026 to 11,627.

#### Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

115 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Group performance – relative total shareholder return (“TSR”)

The graph below shows Sabre’s relative TSR performance from Admission to 31 December 2025 against the TSR performance of the FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts). This is a broad

equity market index which the Committee considers to be the most appropriate comparator.

#### Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration continued

150

Sabre Insurance FTSE 250 (Excluding investment trusts)

December

2017

December

2018

December

2019

December

2020

December

2021

December

2022

December

2023

December

2024

December

2025

June

2019

June

2020

June

2021

June

2022

June

2023

June

2024

June

2025

June

2018

60

120

30

90

0

#### Percentage change in remuneration of Directors and employees

The table below shows the percentage change in salary, taxable benefits and annual bonus for the Directors who served on the Board compared to an average employee of the Group

against the prior year for the financial years 2024 and 2025.

2024 to 2025 2023 to 2024 2022 to 2023 2021 to 2022 2020 to 2021

Salary/

fees

Taxable

benefits

Annual

bonus

Salary/

fees

Taxable

benefits

Annual

bonus

Salary/

fees

Taxable

benefits

Annual

bonus

Salary/

fees

Taxable

benefits

Annual

bonus

Salary/

fees

Taxable

benefits

Annual

bonus

Geoff Carter 4.3% 80.8% 1.3% 5.2% 32.8% 106.6% 5.1% 41.9% n/a 3.3% 11.8% (100.0%) 1.6% 34.2% (63.2%)

Adam Westwood 4.3% 51.6% 1.3% 5.2% 29.7% 106.6% 6.1% 38.2% n/a 6.4% 25.1% (100.0%) 1.6% 59.9% (71.0%)

Ian Chapple

1

2.9% n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a

Karen Geary

2

4.3% n/a n/a 19.1% n/a n/a 8.1% n/a n/a 6.7% n/a n/a 1371.7% n/a n/a

Bryan Joseph

3

8.7% n/a n/a 21.9% n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a

Alison Morris

4

4.3% n/a n/a 5.2% n/a n/a 12.9% n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a

David Neave

5

n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a

Rebecca Shelley

6

4.3% n/a n/a 80.4% n/a n/a 14.9% n/a n/a 2.5% n/a n/a 9.1% n/a n/a

Average of all employees

7

0.3% 35.7% 30.8% 6.3% 15.2% 30.8% 6.9% 2.5% 126.3% 0.3% 102.4% 0.3% 2.1% 8.1% (27.6%)

1.  Ian Chapple was appointed to the Board during the 2024 financial year, and therefore no figures 2023 to 2024, 2022 to 2023, 2021 to 2022 and 2020 to 2021 are included.

2.   Karen Geary’s fees in 2023 to 2024 reflect her becoming Remuneration Committee Chair in 2023. The change in Karen Geary’s fees reflect her being appointed as the Non-executive Director responsible for employee

engagement in April 2022. Karen Geary was appointed to the Board during the year which ended on 31 December 2020, and the annualised basis of her salary change from 2020 to 2021, was 0%.

3.   Bryan Joseph’s fees in 2023 to 2024 reflects his appointment as Senior Independent Director in May 2024. Bryan was appointed to the Board during the 2023 financial year, and therefore no figures for 2021 to 2022 and 2020

to 2021 are included.

4.   Alison Morris was appointed to the Board during the 2022 financial year, and therefore no figures for 2020 to 2021 are included. On an annualised basis, Alison Morris’ fees changed by 0% between 2022 and 2023.

5.  David Neave was appointed to the Board during the 2025 financial year, and therefore no figures are included.

6.   Rebecca Shelley’s fee in 2023 to 2024 reflects her appointment as Chair. The change in salary for Rebecca Shelley from 2020 to 2021 is due to her completing a whole financial year in the position as Senior Independent

Director, which she was appointed to in 2020.

7.  An increase of the number of staff in entry-level roles during 2025 has reduced the mean average salary per employee.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

116 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Arrangements for the wider workforce

The Committee seeks to align the remuneration of the Executive Directors and senior management with consistency in reward practices throughout the Group. During 2025, all employees

received a salary at or above the Real Living Wage and were eligible to receive a performance-related bonus. In addition to this, the Group paid a Christmas bonus to all employees (apart

from the Executive Directors).

#### Chief Executive Officer’s single figure of remuneration

The following table shows the Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration for current and prior years:

2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020 2019 2018 2017

Single figure of remuneration £1,501k £1,245k £947k £496k £733k £1,109k £821k £760k £251k

Annual bonus payout (as a % of maximum opportunity) 60.4% 61.7% 31.5% 0.0% 33.9% 62.2% 63.1% 73.0% n/a

LTIP vesting – performance share awards (as a % of maximum opportunity) n/a n/a n/a 0.0% 0.0% 50.0% n/a n/a n/a

LTIP vesting – RSA awards (as a % of maximum opportunity) 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a

#### Chief Executive Officer’s ratio

The ratio compares the total remuneration of Geoff Carter, the Chief Executive Officer, as set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report, against the remuneration of the median full-time equivalent

(“FTE”) employee, as well as FTE employees in the lower and upper quartiles. We will build up our reporting of these figures over time to cover a ten-year rolling basis. The ratios are calculated using

the Option A methodology, which uses the pay and benefits of all UK FTE employees. This method is consistent with the historical approach taken by the Group since 2019. The Group has chosen

Option A as it uses the full-time equivalent pay and benefits for all UK employees during the year and is therefore a more accurate representation of employee pay. The employee pay data used

was based on the total remuneration of all of Sabre’s full-time employees as of 31 December 2025. The Chief Executive Officer’s pay is as per the single total figure of remuneration for 2025, as

disclosed earlier in this report. Employee full-time equivalent salaries have been calculated by grossing-up the salary and bonus payments received by employees by the number of hours worked

with reference to a 35-hour week.

#### Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

117 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

Total pay

Chief Executive

Officer’s total pay

£’k 25th percentile 50th percentile 75th percentile

2025

Pay ratio

1,501

51.3:1 32.9:1 21.6:1

Remuneration values 29,236 45,565 69,531

2024

Pay ratio

1,245

43.5:1 26.7:1 18.6:1

Remuneration values 28,638 46,593 66,999

2023

Pay ratio

947

36.0:1 23.7:1 15.7:1

Remuneration values 26,309 39,896 60,459

2022



  

Pay ratio

496

16.3:1 11.3:1 7.9:1

Remuneration values 27,905 40,306 57,552

2021



  

Pay ratio

733

23.9:1 16:1 10.6:1

Remuneration values 30,635 45,927 68,868

2020



  

Pay ratio

1,109

42.3:1 25.6:1 16.2:1

Remuneration values 26,196 43,273 68,283

2019



  

Pay ratio

821

33.3:1 19.2:1 12.3:1

Remuneration values 24,653 42,651 66,846

Salary

Chief Executive

Officer’s salary

£’k 25th percentile 50th percentile 75th percentile

2025

Pay ratio

577

22. 2:1 14.4:1 9.6:1

Remuneration values 25,948 39,998 59,879

The Committee has considered the pay data and believes that the median pay ratio is

consistent with the pay, reward and progression policies for the Group’s UK employees.

The year-on-year movement in the total remuneration ratio reflects the varying level of

payout under the incentive plans as the value of the Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration

arrangements is significantly determined by the Group’s performance.

#### Relative importance of spend on pay

The following table illustrates total remuneration for all employees compared to distributions

to shareholders in respect of the last two financial years.

2025

(£m)

2024

(£m)

Change

(£m)

Total employee remuneration

1

18.2 15.4 2.8

Shareholder distributions

2

36.3 24.3 12.0

1  Total employee cost

2   Includes dividends paid during the financial years which ended on 31 December 2024 and

31 December 2025

#### Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

118 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Implementation of the Policy in 2026

The below sets out how the Committee intends to operate the Remuneration Policy for the

year ending 31 December 2026.

#### Salaries

The Executive Directors’ salaries were reviewed during the year. The Committee decided to

increase Geoff Carter’s and Adam Westwood’s 2026 salaries by 3.5%, which was less than the

average employee increase (which was approximately 3.6%, excluding individual one-off salary

increases). The revised salaries, with effect from 1 April 2026, are £546,665 for Geoff Carter, and

£333,845 for Adam Westwood. The Committee was comfortable setting base salaries at these

levels given the size of the roles and the experience and calibre of the individuals, taking into

account the experience of employees across the Group. As per the Policy, the Committee will

continue to review salaries on an annual basis and may make further increases in future years,

in line with the Policy.

Salary as at

1 April 2026

Salary as at

31 December

2025 Increase

Geoff Carter £546,665 £ 528,178 3.5%

Adam Westwood £333,845 £322,554 3.5%

#### Benefits

The Executive Directors will continue to receive life insurance and private medical care.

#### Pension

As of 1 January 2026, the Executive Directors’ pension contributions will be 7.5%, which is

below the average employee rate of 8.4%.

#### Short Term Incentive Plan (“STIP”)

As in prior years, the Committee will use a bonus pool funding and allocation approach for

awards in 2026 for the STIP.

The pool will continue to be calculated as a percentage of PBT, subject to a minimum level of

ROTE being achieved. For 2026, if 10% return on tangible equity (“ROTE”) is achieved, a pool

of 1.5% of PBT will be available for the Executive Directors subject to a cap of 150% of salary. There will

bea second pool for senior managers separate to the pool available to Executive Directors.

Awards will be subject to the following performance measures, which will provide alignment

with key strategic goals:

Performance measure Weighting

Profit before tax 70%

Non-financial Group-wide objectives, including strategy, customers and

partners, ESG, People, development of business, risk and compliance 15%

Non-financial objectives relating specifically to the individual  15%

Specific performance targets will not be disclosed at this time due to the commercially

sensitive nature of the objectives. Full retrospective disclosure of the targets and performance

against them, will be included in next year’s Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration.

#### Long Term Incentive Plan (”LTIP”)

LTIP awards in 2026 will be made under the Group’s LTIP in the form of restricted shares.

When considering grant levels each year, the Committee will take into account share price

performance over the preceding year. The Committee currently intends to award the Chief

Executive Officer an award equivalent to 75% of salary and the Chief Financial Officer will

receive an award equivalent to 60% of salary. In line with the Policy awards, these will vest

after three years, with an additional holding period of two years.

Awards granted in 2026 will be subject to the following strategically relevant underpins:

– Maintaining a solvency ratio in excess of 140%

– Achieving a return on tangible equity in excess of 10%

– No material regulatory censure – relating to the Executive Director’s time in office

– Overall Committee discretion

If the Group does not meet one or more of the underpins at the date of vesting, the

Committee will review whether or not it was appropriate to reduce the number of shares,

including to zero, that vest under the award. Vesting of awards will also be subject to the

Committee’s overarching discretion in order to ensure that outcomes reflect the underlying

performance of the Group and the broader stakeholder experience.

Malus and clawback

STIP and LTIP awards will be subject to malus and clawback provisions as set out in the

Remuneration Policy. The potential time periods within which these provisions can be applied

have been set by the Committee so as to be consistent with the risk profile of the business

and in line with UK market practice.

#### Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

119 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Chair and Non-executive Director fees

The Committee reviewed the Chair’s fee in light of the time commitment required of the role

and agreed to increase the fees by 3.5%, which was less than the average employee increase

(which was approximately 3.6%, excluding individual one-off salary increases), with effect

1April 2026. The Chair, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer reviewed the Non-

executive Directors’, Committee Chairs’ and Senior Independent Director’s fees in light of the

time commitment required of the role and agreed to increase the Non-executive Directors’

fees by 3.5%, which was less than the average employee increase, with effect 1 April 2026.

The fees which will apply in 2026 are as follows:

Role

Fee (£)

2026

Fee (£)

2025

Chair fee (all-inclusive fee) 186,000 179,710

Non-executive Director base fee 74,400 71,884

Senior Independent Director fee 12,400 11,9 81

Committee Chair fee 12,400 11,981

Designated employee representative Non-executive Director 3,720 3,594

#### Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration continued

The Chair and Non-executive Directors’ fees for the financial year ended 31 December 2026

aretherefore:

Director Reason for fee

Total

annual fee

(£)

Rebecca Shelley  Group Chair 186,000

Ian Chapple Non-executive Director 74,400

Karen Geary  Non-executive Director

90,520Remuneration Committee Chair

Designated Non-executive Director for employee engagement

Bryan Joseph Non-executive Director

99,200Senior Independent Director

Risk Committee Chair

Alison Morris Non-executive Director

86,800

Audit Committee Chair

David Neave Non-executive Director 74,400

Karen Geary

Chair of the Remuneration Committee on behalf of the Board

9 March 2026

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

120 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Corporate structure and principal activity

Sabre Insurance Group plc is a public company limited

by shares and was incorporated in England and Wales on

21 September 2017 with registered number 10974661. Its

registered office and principal place of business is at Sabre

House, 150 South Street, Dorking, Surrey RH4 2YY. The Group

has no branches.

Sabre Insurance Group plc is the holding company of the

Sabre Group of Companies (the “Group”). Details of the

Group’s subsidiaries are set out in Note 3.1 of the Parent

Company Financial Statements contained in this Annual

Report. The Group’s principal and only trading subsidiary

isamotor insurance underwriter – Sabre Insurance

Company Limited.

#### Directors

The Directors who served throughout the year are as follows:

Executive Directors

Geoff Carter – Chief Executive Officer

Adam Westwood – Chief Financial Officer

Non-executive Directors

Rebecca Shelley – Chair

Ian Chapple

Karen Geary

Bryan Joseph

Alison Morris

David Neave – appointed 1 August 2025

The members of the Board of Directors, their biographical

details and the dates of their appointment are set out on

pages 71 to 73 of this Annual Report.

#### Directors’ interests in shares

The Directors who held office during the 2025 financial year

had the following interests (including family interests) in the

Ordinary Shares of the Group:

Name of Director

31 December

2025

31 December

2024

Geoff Carter 1,800,552 1,719,714

Ian Chapple 16,899 0

Karen Geary 0 0

Bryan Joseph 57,561 57,5 61

Alison Morris 9,282 9,282

David Neave 11,62 5 n/a

Rebecca Shelley 33,657 29,628

Adam Westwood 771,146 725,562

The Executive Directors, as employees and potential

beneficiaries, have an interest in 1,908,666 shares held by

the Sabre Insurance Group Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”)

(offshore) and the Group’s SIP Trust (onshore) as at 31

December 2025. As at 31 December 2025, the EBT held

2,293,102 Ordinary Shares and the Group’s SIP Trust held

407,912 Ordinary Shares. It is anticipated that these shares,

which have not already been allocated, will be used to

satisfy awards made under the Group’s employee incentive

plans. Further details regarding the Group’s employee

incentive plans can be found in the Annual Report on

Directors’ Remuneration on pages 107 to 120. There were no

changes in the interests of Directors between 31 December

2025 and 9 March 2026 (the latest practical date, prior to the

release of this Annual Report).

The Directors’ Report for the period ended 31 December

2025 (the “2025 financial year”) comprises the report set

out on pages 121 to 124 and the Directors’ and Officers’

Responsibility Statement on page 125 together with the

following sections of this Annual Report:

#### The Strategic Report

Pages 01 to 67 which comprise:

− The Chief Executive Officer’s Review on pages16 to 19

− The Principal Risks and Uncertainties on pages22to30

− The Viability Statement on pages 31 to 32

− The Chief Financial Officer’s Review on pages37 to 40

− The Responsibility and Sustainability Report on

pages41 to 66

#### The Governance Report

Pages 68 to 125 which comprise:

− The Chair’s Governance Letter on page 69

− The Governance Report on pages 74 to 81

− The Committee Reports on pages 82 to 95

− The Directors’ Report on pages 121 to 124

The Board takes the view that some of the matters

required to be disclosed in the Directors’ Report are of

strategic importance and that these are included in the

Strategic Report. These matters, and the matters listed

below, are incorporated into the Directors’ Report.

Subject Page

Business developments 17

Greenhouse gas emissions, energy

consumption and energy efficiency action  64

Engagement with employees 45

Engagement with stakeholders  33

#### Directors’ Report

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

Directors’ Report

121 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Appointment and replacement of Directors

The appointment and replacement of Directors is governed

by the Group’s Articles, the Companies Act 2006 (the

“Companies Act”) and related legislation. The Articles

provide that Directors may be appointed by ordinary

resolution of the shareholders or by the Board. The Board

has decided to comply with best corporate governance

practice, and all Directors will seek election or re-election at

each Annual General Meeting. Further information on this

can be found on page 124. In addition to any powers of

removal conferred by the Companies Act, the Group may by

special resolution remove any Director before the expiration

of their period of office.

The Nomination & Governance Committee is responsible for

overseeing the recruitment of Directors and recommending

appointments for approval by the Board of Directors. Further

details regarding the appointment and replacement of

Directors are set out in the Governance Report on pages 74

to 81 and the Nomination & Governance Committee Report

on pages 89 to 91.

#### Executive Directors’ service contracts

Executive Directors are employed under the terms of their

service contracts. Details of the effective dates of the service

contracts for the current Executive Directors as well as their

compensation are set out in the Annual Report on Directors’

Remuneration on pages 107 to 120 and the contracts are

available for inspection by shareholders at the Group’s

registered office and at the Group’s Annual General Meeting.

#### Non-executive Director appointments

Non-executive Directors are appointed pursuant to a letter

of appointment. Such appointments are for an initial period

of three years, which is renewable. A Non-executive Director’s

appointment is terminable by the Non-executive Director or

the Group by giving written notice. Details of the effective

dates of the letters of appointment for the current Non-

executive Directors as well as their fees are set out in the

Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration on pages 107

to 120 of the Annual Report and the terms of appointment

are available for inspection by shareholders at the Group’s

registered office and at the Group’s Annual General Meeting.

#### Powers of the Directors

Subject to the provisions of the Articles, the Companies Act

and related legislation, and any directions given by special

resolution of the shareholders, the business of the Group

shall be managed by the Board, which may exercise all the

powers of the Group, including the Group’s powers to borrow

money and to issue new shares.

Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance and

#### Directors’ indemnities

Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance is provided for all

Directors of the Group.

Each of the Group’s Directors has been granted a qualifying

third-party indemnity pursuant to which the Group agrees

to indemnify the Directors against any liabilities that they

may incur as a result of their office as Director, to the extent

permitted by the Companies Act.

#### Compensation for loss of office

The Group does not have arrangements with any Director

that would provide compensation for loss of office or

employment resulting from a takeover, except that provisions

of the Group’s share plans may cause options and awards

granted under such plans to vest on a takeover. Further

information is provided in the Annual Report on Directors’

Remuneration on pages 107 to 120 of this Annual Report. No

such payments were made during the financial year ended

31 December 2025.

#### Articles of Association

The Group may alter its Articles by special resolution of the

shareholders at a general meeting. The Articles are available

on the Group’s website at www.sabreplc.co.uk.

#### Shares

Share capital

The Group has one class of ordinary voting shares in issue.

As at 31 December 2025, the issued share capital of the

Group comprised 246,600,000 Ordinary Shares of £0.001

each, all of which are fully paid (“Ordinary Shares”).

Rights and obligations attaching to shares

The rights and obligations attached to the Group’s shares

are governed by the Articles and prevailing legislation.

Each Ordinary Share ranks equally and carries the same

rights to receive all shareholder documentation (including

notices of general meetings), attend, speak and vote at

general meetings, and participate in any distribution of

income or capital. All shareholders entitled to attend and

vote at a general meeting may appoint a proxy or proxies to

attend, speak and vote in their place. None of the Ordinary

Shares carry any special rights with regard to control of the

Group and there are no specific restrictions on voting rights,

save where the Group is legally entitled to impose such

restrictions (for example, where the shareholder is in default

of an obligation to the Group). Major shareholders have the

samevoting rights per share as all other shareholders.

Restrictions on transfer

There are no restrictions on the transfer or holding of shares

in the Group other than (i) as set out in the Articles and (ii)

certain restrictions which may from time to time be imposed

by laws and regulations and pursuant to the Listing Rules

of the Financial Conduct Authority (the “Listing Rules”)

whereby Directors and certain officers and employees of

the Group require approval to deal in the Ordinary Shares in

accordance with the Group’s share dealing policies and the

Market Abuse Regulation.

#### Directors’ Report continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

122 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

Power to allot and purchase shares

By a resolution passed at the Annual General Meeting (the

“Meeting”) of the Group on 22 May 2025, the Group was

granted a general authority to allot Ordinary Shares up to

the lower of (i) an aggregate nominal amount of £83,333

and (ii) 33.33% of the Group’s Ordinary Share capital. At

the Meeting, the Group was also granted authority to allot

shares up to the lower of (i) an aggregate nominal amount

of £166,666 and (ii) 66.67% of the Group’s Ordinary Share

capital by way of a rights issue to ordinary shareholders in

proportion to their existing shareholdings (with such amount

to be reduced to the extent that the general authority is

utilised (if any).

The Group also received authority to allot shares for cash on

a non-pre-emptive basis up to the lower of (i) an aggregate

nominal amount of £25,500 and (ii) 10% of the Group’s

Ordinary Share capital. As at the date of this report, no shares

have been issued under these authorities. These authorities

will expire at the conclusion of the 2026 Annual General

Meeting and, accordingly, the Board is proposing to renew

these authorities at that Annual General Meeting.

The Group was granted authority by its shareholders at

the Meeting to purchase up to the lower of (i) 25,000,000

Ordinary Shares and (ii) 10% of the Group’s maximum

Ordinary Share capital immediately following the listing. This

authority will expire at the conclusion of the 2026 Annual

General Meeting. During 2025, the Group purchased and

subsequently cancelled 3,400,000 Ordinary Shares with a

nominal value of £3,400,000.

Major interests in shares

Information on major interests in shares notified to the

Group under the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency

Rules (“DTRs”) of the UK Listing Authority is published via a

Regulatory Information Service and on the Group’s website

https://www.sabreplc.co.uk/investors/regulatory-news/.

At 31 December 2025, the Group had been notified, in

accordance with Chapter 5 of the DTRs, of the following

voting rights in respect of 3% or more of the issued share

capital of the Group.

Company name

Current

shareholdings  %

Aberforth Partners LLP 12,915,737 5.17

Artisan Partners Limited Partnership 12,370,831 5.01

Aviva plc and its subsidiaries 11,547,445 4.62

Axa Investment Managers 12,291,762 4.92

Companies owned by Old

Mutual plc 12,870,464 5.14

Fidelity Management Research LLC 24,635,251 9.99

Gresham House Asset

Management Limited 12,704,600 5.08

M&G plc 11,867,810 4.74

Mawer Investment Management

Limited 12,793,280  5.11

Ninety One UK Limited 12,493,014  5.00

Unicorn Asset Management Limited 12,050,000 4.82

Wellington Management Group 11,98 3,3 5 0 4.79

During the period between 31 December 2025 and 9 March

2026, being the latest practicable date prior to publication

of this Annual Report, there have been no changes to the

above table.

#### Results and dividends

The audited accounts for the year ended 31 December 2025

are set out on pages 126 to 221. The Group profit after tax for

the year was £37.9m (2024: £36.0m).

The Directors recommend a final ordinary dividend of

8.9pence (2024: 8.4pence) and a special dividend

of1.2pence (2024: 2.9pence).

The total dividend for the 2025 financial year, including the

proposed special dividend and interim dividend paid in

2025, is 13.5pence (2024: 13.0pence). Further information

on the Group’s dividend policy can be found onpage 36.

#### Significant agreements and change of control

The Group is not a party to any material agreements that

would take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of

control of the Group.

#### Employees and communities

Fewer than 250 individuals were employed by the Group

in each week during the financial year to which this

Annual Report relates (further details regarding the

Group’s employees are set out in the Responsibility and

Sustainability section of this report on pages 44 to 50 of

thisAnnualReport).

#### Environment and emissions

Information on the Group’s greenhouse gas emissions is

set out in the Responsibility and Sustainability section on

pages 54 to 66 of this Annual Report. Adam Westwood is

the Executive Director responsible for environmental, social

andgovernance issues.

#### Research and development

The Group has carried out some activities in the field of

Research & Development (“R&D”) during the year. This R&D

has included innovative developments in insurance risk

analysis and insurer-hosted pricing, as discussed in the

CEOReview on pages 16 to 19.

#### Financial instruments and risk management

The Group’s financial risk management objective and

policies, including information about its use of financial

instruments, are contained in Notes 4.2 to 4.6 of the

Consolidated Financial Statements on pages 171 to 181

ofthis Annual Report.

#### Events after the balance sheet date

Refer to Note 20 of the Consolidated Financial Statements

onpage 203 for information on events after the balance

sheet date.

#### Directors’ Report continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

123 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

#### Supplier payment policy

The Group’s policy is to agree payment terms with suppliers

when entering into each transaction to ensure that suppliers

are made aware of the terms of payment and abide by the

terms of payment. Trade creditors of the Group (consolidated)

at 31 December 2025 were 6 days (2024: 7 days) based

on the average daily amount invoiced by suppliers during

theyear.

#### Going concern

The Board has considered the business activities of the

Group and the factors likely to affect its future performance

as well as the Group’s principal risks and uncertainties,

including the Directors’ statement on the viability of the

Group over a three-year period which is set out in the

Strategic Report on page 31 of this Annual Report. On the

basis of these considerations, the Directors have a reasonable

expectation that the Group has adequate resources to

continue in operation for at least 12 months from the date

the Directors approved these financial statements and

that it is appropriate to adopt a going concern basis for

thepreparation of the financial statements.

By order of the Board

Anneka Kingan

Company Secretary

9 March 2026

#### Requirements of Listing Rule 9.8.4R

Information to be included in the Annual Report and

Accounts under Listing Rule 9.8.4R can be found as follows:

Listing Rule Description  Page

9.8.4 (1) R Interest capitalised by the

Group

Not applicable

9.8.4 (2) R Unaudited financial

information previously

published

Not applicable

9.8.4 (4) R Details of long-term incentive

schemes

111

9.8.4 (5) R Directors’ waivers of

emoluments

Not applicable

9.8.4 (6) R Directors’ waivers of future

emoluments

Not applicable

9.8.4 (7) R Non pro rata allotments for

cash (issuer)

Not applicable

9.8.4 (8) R Non pro rata allotments for

cash (major subsidiaries)

Not applicable

9.8.4 (9) R Listed company is a

subsidiary of another

company

Not applicable

9.8.4 (10) R Contracts of significance

involving a Director

Not applicable

9.8.4 (11) R Contracts of significance

involving a controlling

shareholder

Not applicable

9.8.4 (12) R

9.8.4 (13) R

Details of shareholder

dividend waivers

Not applicable

9.8.4 (14) R Controlling shareholder

agreements

Not applicable

#### Charitable and political donations

The donations made by the Group to the charities referred

to on pages 52 to 53 of this Annual Report amounted,

in aggregate, to £26.6k (2024: £26.9k). The Group made

nopolitical donations during the year (2024: £0).

#### Annual General Meeting

The Annual General Meeting is the Group’s principal forum

for communication with shareholders and the Directors

will be available to answer shareholders’ questions at

themeeting.

The 2026 Annual General Meeting will be held at 9:30 am

on Thursday 21 May 2026. Full details about the 2026 Annual

General Meeting, including the venue and explanatory

notes, will be contained in the Notice of Annual General

Meeting which will be sent to shareholders in a separate

document. The Notice of Annual General Meeting will set

out the resolutions to be proposed at the Annual General

Meeting and an explanation of each resolution. All

documents relating to the Annual General Meeting will be

available on the Group’s website at www.sabreplc.co.uk/

investors/annual-general-meeting.

Independent auditor

The auditor of the Group, PwC, has indicated their willingness

to continue in office, and resolutions to re-appoint PwC and

to fix their remuneration will be proposed at the 2026 Annual

General Meeting.

#### Statement of disclosure of information

to the auditor

Each of the Directors who held office at the date of the

approval of this Annual Report confirms that, so far as they

are each aware, there is no relevant audit information of

which the Group’s auditors are unaware, and each Director

has taken all the steps that he or she ought to have taken

as a Director in order to make himself or herself aware of any

relevant audit information and to establish that the Group’s

auditors are aware of that information. This confirmation is

given and should be interpreted in accordance with the

provisions of section 418 of the Companies Act.

#### Directors’ Report continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation - Section

124 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual

Report and Accounts 2025 and the financial statements

inaccordance with applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial

statements for each financial year. Under that law the

Directors have prepared the Group and the Company

financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted

international accounting standards. Under company law,

Directors must not approve the financial statements unless

they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the

state of affairs of the Group and Company and of the profit

or loss of the Group for that period. In preparing the financial

statements, the Directors are required to:

– Select suitable accounting policies and then apply

themconsistently;

– State whether applicable UK-adopted international

accounting standards have been followed, subject to

any material departures disclosed and explained in

thefinancial statements;

– Make judgements and accounting estimates that are

reasonable and prudent; and

– Prepare the financial statements on the going concern

basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group

and Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for safeguarding the assets of

the Group and Company and hence for taking reasonable

steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and

otherirregularities.

The Directors are also responsible for keeping adequate

accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain

the Group’s and Company’s transactions and disclose with

reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of

the Group and Company and enable them to ensure that

the financial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration

Report comply with the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and

integrity of the Group’s website. Legislation in the United

Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination

of financial statements may differ from legislation in

otherjurisdictions.

#### Directors’ confirmations

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed

on pages 70 to 73 of this Annual Report confirm that, to the

best of their knowledge:

– The Group and Company financial statements, which

have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted

international accounting standards, give a true and fair

view of the assets, liabilities and financial position of the

Group and Company, and of the profit of the Group; and

– The Strategic Report includes a fair review of the

development and performance of the business and

the position of the Group and Company, together with

a description of the principal risks and uncertainties

thatitfaces.

This Responsibility Statement was approved by the Board of

Directors on 9 March 2026 and is signed on its behalf by:

Geoff Carter

Chief Executive Officer

Adam Westwood

Chief Financial Officer

#### Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

in respect of the financial statements

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

125 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

![]()

126–221 |  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

127 |  Independent Auditor’s Report

134 | Consolidated Profit or Loss Account

135 |  Consolidated Statement of ComprehensiveIncome

136 | Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

137 | Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

138 | Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

139 | Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

204 | Parent Company Statement of Financial Position

205 | Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity

206 | Parent Company Statement of Cash Flows

207 | Notes to the Parent Company FinancialStatements

212 | Financial Reconciliations

217  | Glossary of Terms

219 | Shareholder Information

221 | Company Information

#### HOW TO NAVIGATE THE

#### ANNUAL FINANCIAL

#### STATEMENTS

PRIMARY STATEMENTS

The primary statements are included at

the beginning of the annual Financials

Statements and include note references

to underlying detailed notes.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL

STATEMENTS

The notes to the Financial Statements

consist of accounting policies, risk and

capital management, insurance-specific

and financial asset-specific notes first,

followed by less significant notes thereafter.

#### Financial Statements

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of the

Consolidated and Company Financial Statements are included in the

specific notes to which they relate and are indicated by a blue border

and headings on a shaded blue background.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity,

or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the

Consolidated and Company Financial Statements, are included in the

specific notes to which they relate and are indicated by a red border

and headings on a shaded red background.

RISK MANAGEMENT

Risk management disclosures are indicated by a purple border

and headings, with a shaded purple background.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page126–221 |  Financial Statements

126

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### REPORT ON THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

#### OPINION

In our opinion, Sabre Insurance Group plc’s group financial statements and company

financial statements (the “financial statements”):

− give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the company’s affairs as at

31 December 2025 and of the group’s profit and the group’s and company’s cash flows

for the year then ended;

− have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting

standards as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

− have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report, which comprise:

− the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December 2025;

− the Consolidated Profit or Loss Account for the year then ended;

− the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the year then ended;

− the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the year thenended;

− the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year then ended;

− the Parent Company Statement of Financial Position as at 31 December 2025;

− the Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity for the year then ended;

− the Parent Company Statement of Cash Flows for the year then ended; and

− the notes to the financial statements, comprising material accounting policy information

and other explanatory information.

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee.

#### BASIS FOR OPINION

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK)

(“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described

in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report.

Webelieve that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to

provideabasis for our opinion.

INDEPENDENCE

We remained independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that

are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical

Standard, as applicable to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical

responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the

FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided.

Other than those disclosed in Note 8.4, we have provided no non-audit services to the

company or its controlled undertakings in the period under audit.

#### OUR AUDIT APPROACH

OVERVIEW

Audit scope

− Our audit scope has been determined to provide coverage of all material financial

statement line items; and

− In designing our audit, we have considered the impacts that climate change could have

on the Group, including the physical and transitional risks which could arise. In particular,

we have assessed the impacts on reporting of the commitments related to climate

change which the Group has made.

Key audit matters

− Valuation of insurance contract liabilities (group)

− Valuation of investment in Subsidiaries (parent)

Materiality

− Overall group materiality: £2.18m (2024: £2.48m) based on 1% of insurance revenue.

− Overall company materiality: £4.55m (2024: £4.52m) based on 1% of net assets.

− Performance materiality: £1.63m (2024: £1.86m) (group) and £3.41m

(2024:£3.39m)(company).

THE SCOPE OF OUR AUDIT

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material

misstatement in the financial statements.

KEY AUDIT MATTERS

Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of

most significance in the audit of the financial statements of the current period and include

the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud)

identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit

strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement

team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon,

were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in

forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

#### Independent auditor’s report

to the members of Sabre Insurance Group plc

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section Independent auditor’s report

127

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

The key audit matters below are consistent with last year.

Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Valuation of insurance contract liabilities (Group)

Refer to Note 3 Insurance Liabilities and Reinsurance Assets of the financial statements,

specifically the Liability for incurred claims, within Significant Judgements and Estimates.

Thevaluation of insurance contract liabilities, specifically the liability for incurred claims,

involves a significant degree of judgement. These liabilities are based on the estimated

ultimate cost of all claims incurred but not settled at 31 December 2025, whether reported

or not, together with the related claims handling costs (together the ‘best estimate cashflows’),

along with a discounting credit and risk adjustment for non-financial risk. Arange of methods

may be used to determine these liabilities. Underlying these methods are a number of

explicit and implicit assumptions relating to the expected settlement amount and settlement

patterns of claims, including those relating to the settlement of personal injury lump sum

compensationamounts.

In performing our audit work over the valuation of insurance contract liabilities we have used

actuarial specialists to assist us in conducting elements of the testing. Our proceduresincluded:

− Understanding management’s process and controls related to insurance contractliabilities;

− Developing an independent estimate of the reserves for the personal injury classes and

performed review procedures for the other classes (First Party and Property Damage)

as at 30 September 2025, followed by roll-forward procedures to 31 December 2025 to

compare against management’s estimate;

− Reviewing the methodology and assumptions use in the determination of the Periodic

Payment Order (“PPO”) reserves and the risk adjustment;

− Performing methodology and key assumptions testing over the risk adjustment; and

− Comparing the underlying data to source documentation on a sample basis as at

30September 2025 and 31 December 2025.

Based on the work performed and evidence obtained, we consider the methodology and

assumptions used to calculate the insurance contract liabilities to be appropriate.

Valuation of investment in subsidiaries (Parent)

Refer to Note 3.1 Investment in subsidiary undertakings of the Parent Company financial

statements. In the Company’s statement of financial position, investment in subsidiary

undertakings is reported at cost less any impairment. The investment in subsidiary

undertakings is the largest asset on the parent company’s statement of financial position.

The impairment analysis involves the application of judgement.

In respect to the carrying value of investment in subsidiary undertakings our

proceduresincluded:

− Assessing investment in subsidiary undertakings for indication of impairment considering

our understanding of the business;

− Challenge and testing management’s valuation of the subsidiary undertakings including

reviewing the appropriateness of the assumptions, performing sensitivity analysis, and

testing the underlying source data used in management’s valuation; and

− Assessing the disclosures in the financial statements.

Based on the work performed and the evidence obtained, we consider the carrying value of

investment in subsidiary undertakings to be appropriate.

#### Independent auditor’s report

to the members of Sabre Insurance Group plc continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

128

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

HOW WE TAILORED THE AUDIT SCOPE

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to

give an opinion on the financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure

of the group and the company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in

which they operate.

Based on the output of our risk assessment, along with our understanding of the Sabre

Insurance Group structure, we performed a full scope audit over Sabre Insurance Company

Limited and Sabre Insurance Group plc.

THE IMPACT OF CLIMATE RISK ON OUR AUDIT

We have made enquiries of management in order to understand the extent of the impact

of climate change risks and commitments made by the Group in the Group’s financial

statements. As part of this, we have reviewed management’s assessment of climate risk.

We have also made enquiries to understand, and performed a risk assessment in respect of,

the commitments made by the Group and how these may affect the financial statements

and the audit procedures that we perform. We have assessed the risks of material

misstatement to the financial statements as a result of climate change and concluded that

for the year ended 31 December 2025, the main audit risks are related to consistency of

disclosure included within the Annual Report and ‘other information’ including the Task Force

on Climate-related Financial Disclosure (“TCFD”) disclosures. As a result of this assessment,

we concluded that there was no impact on our key audit matters.

MATERIALITY

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain

quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us

to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures

on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of

misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements

as a whole as follows:

Financial statements – Group Financial statements – Company

Overall

materiality

£2.18m (2024: £2.48m). £4.55m (2024: £4.52m).

How we

determined it

1% of insurance revenue 1% of net assets

Rationale for

benchmark

applied

In determining our materiality, we

considered financial metrics which

we believed to be relevant. We

concluded that insurance revenue

was the appropriate benchmark to

use to determine overall materiality

as it provides a stable measure of the

size and performance of the business.

In determining our materiality, we

considered financial metrics which

we believed to be relevant and

concluded that net assets was the

most appropriate benchmark.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less

than our overall group materiality. The Group consists primarily of one component, Sabre

Insurance Company Limited, to which we allocated materiality of £2.1m.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that

the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality.

Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the

nature and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures,

for example in determining sample sizes. Our performance materiality was 75% (2024: 75%)

of overall materiality, amounting to £1.63m (2024: £1.86m) for the group financial statements

and £3.41m (2024: £3.39m) for the company financial statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors – the history

of misstatements, risk assessment and aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls –

and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified

during our audit above £109,000 (group audit) (2024: £124,070) and £227,600 (company

audit) (2024: £226,000) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view,

warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

#### Independent auditor’s report

to the members of Sabre Insurance Group plc continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

129

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

CONCLUSIONS RELATING TO GOING CONCERN

Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and the company’s ability to

continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:

− Obtaining the Directors’ Going Concern assessment and challenged the rationale for

the downside scenarios adopted and material assumptions made using our knowledge

of Sabre’s business performance, review of regulatory correspondence and obtaining

furthercorroborating evidence;

− Considering management’s assessment of the regulatory Solvency coverage and

liquidityposition; and

− Considering information obtained during the course of the audit and publicly available

market information to identify any evidence that would contradict management’s

assessment of going concern.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties

relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on

the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least

twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going

concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not

a guarantee as to the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

In relation to the directors’ reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance

Code, we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the directors’

statement in the financial statements about whether the directors considered it appropriate

to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are

described in the relevant sections of this report.

REPORTING ON OTHER INFORMATION

The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than

the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon. The directors are responsible for

the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other

information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent

otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other

information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent

with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears

to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material

misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material

misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information.

If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement

of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based

on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the

disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006 have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires

us also to report certain opinions and matters as described below.

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information

given in the Strategic report and Directors’ Report for the year ended 31 December 2025

is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with

applicablelegalrequirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their

environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did not identify any material

misstatements in the Strategic report and Directors’ Report.

Directors’ Remuneration

In our opinion, the part of the Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration to be audited has

been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

#### Independent auditor’s report

to the members of Sabre Insurance Group plc continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

130

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

STATEMENT OF CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ statements in relation to going concern,

longer-term viability and that part of the corporate governance statement relating to the

company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for

our review. Our additional responsibilities with respect to the corporate governance statement

as other information are described in the Reporting on other information section of this report.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the

following elements of the corporate governance statement is materially consistent with the

financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit, and we have nothing

material to add or draw attention to in relation to:

− The directors’ confirmation that they have carried out a robust assessment of the

emerging and principal risks;

− The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those principal risks, what procedures

are in place to identify emerging risks and an explanation of how these are being

managed or mitigated;

− The directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether they considered it

appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing them, and

their identification of any material uncertainties to the group’s and company’s ability

to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval

of the financial statements;

− The directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the group’s and company’s prospects,

the period this assessment covers and why the period is appropriate; and

− The directors’ statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the

company will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due

over the period of its assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention

to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

Our review of the directors’ statement regarding the longer-term viability of the group and

company was substantially less in scope than an audit and only consisted of making

inquiries and considering the directors’ process supporting their statement; checking that the

statement is in alignment with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code;

and considering whether the statement is consistent with the financial statements and our

knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained

in the course of theaudit.

In addition, based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded

that each of the following elements of the corporate governance statement is materially

consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit:

− The directors’ statement that they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair,

balanced and understandable, and provides the information necessary for the members

to assess the group’s and company’s position, performance, business model and strategy;

− The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk

management and internal control systems; and

− The section of the Annual Report describing the work of the Audit Committee.

We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when the directors’ statement

relating to the company’s compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a departure

from a relevant provision of the Code specified under the Listing Rules for review by the auditors.

RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND THE AUDIT

Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements

As explained more fully in the Statement of directors’ responsibilities in respect of the financial

statements, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in

accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true

and fair view. The directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine

is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material

misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s

and the company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters

related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the

directors either intend to liquidate the group or the company or to cease operations, or

haveno realistic alternative but to do so.

#### Independent auditor’s report

to the members of Sabre Insurance Group plc continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

131

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements

as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an

auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance,

but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always

detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and

are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected

to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations.

We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material

misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures

are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we identified that the principal risks

of non-compliance with laws and regulations related to regulatory principles, such as those

governed by the Prudential Regulation Authority (“PRA”) and the Financial Conduct Authority

(“FCA”), and we considered the extent to which non-compliance might have a material

effect on the financial statements. We also considered those laws and regulations that have

a direct impact on the financial statements such as Companies Act 2006. We evaluated

management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial

statements (including the risk of override of controls), and determined that the principal

risks were related to management bias in accounting estimates and judgemental areas

ofthe financial statements as shown in the ‘Key Audit Matters’, and posting of inappropriate

journals. Audit procedures performed by the engagement team included:

− Discussions with the Board, management, and Internal Audit function including

consideration of known or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws and

regulation and fraud;

− Understanding management’s controls designed to prevent and detect irregularities;

− Reviewing relevant meeting minutes including those of the Board of Directors, Audit, Risk,

Nomination and Remuneration Committees;

− Identifying and testing journal entries based on risk criteria;

− Challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in their significant

accounting estimates, for example, in relation to the valuation of the liability for incurred

claims, and the investment in subsidiary;

− Designing audit procedures to incorporate unpredictability around the nature, timing or

extent of our testing; and

− Attendance at Audit Committee meetings.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely

to become aware of instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations that are not

closely related to events and transactions reflected in the financial statements. Also, the risk

of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting

one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery

or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and

balances, possibly using data auditing techniques. However, it typically involves selecting a

limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We will often

seek to target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other

cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about the population

from which the sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located

on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of

our auditors’ report.

Use of this report

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company’s

members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006

and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility

for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose

hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

#### Independent auditor’s report

to the members of Sabre Insurance Group plc continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

132

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### OTHER REQUIRED REPORTING

COMPANIES ACT 2006 EXCEPTION REPORTING

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

− we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

− adequate accounting records have not been kept by the company, or returns adequate

for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or

− certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

− the company financial statements and the part of the Annual Report on Directors’

Remuneration to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting records

and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

APPOINTMENT

We were first appointed by the company for the financial year ended 31 December 2022.

Our uninterrupted engagement covers four financial years.

#### OTHER MATTERS

The company is required by the Financial Conduct Authority Disclosure Guidance and

Transparency Rules to include these financial statements in an annual financial report

prepared under the structured digital format required by DTR 4.1.15R – 4.1.18R and filed on

the National Storage Mechanism of the Financial Conduct Authority. This auditors’ report

provides no assurance over whether the structured digital format annual financial report

has been prepared in accordance with those requirements.

Philip Watson (Senior Statutory Auditor)

for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors

London

9 March 2026

#### Independent auditor’s report

to the members of Sabre Insurance Group plc continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

133

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Consolidated Profit or Loss Account

For the year ended 31 December 2025

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | Notes | £'k | £'k |
| Insurance revenue |  | 217,990 | 248,131 |
| Insurance service expense  |  | (17 4 , 4 9 1)  | (15 4 , 6 61) |
| Insurance service result before reinsurance contracts held |  | 43,499 | 93,470 |
| Reinsurance expense |  | (23 ,872) | (33,6 1 7) |
| Amounts recoverable from reinsurers for incurred claims |  | 54,552 | 13 , 0 2 6 |
| Net income/(expense) from reinsurance contracts held |  | 30,680 | (20,591) |
| Insurance service result  |  | 74 ,17 9 |  72 , 879 |
| Interest income on financial assets using effective interest rate method | 4.5  | 11 , 7 1 9 |  7, 9 2 6 |
| Realised gains on derecognition of debt securities measured at FVOCI | 4.6 | 7 | – |
| Total investment income  |  | 11 , 7 2 6   | 7, 9 2 6 |
| Insurance finance expense from insurance contracts issued | 3.8 | (9,9 6 8) | (8,392) |
| Reinsurance finance income from reinsurance contracts held | 3.8 | 4 ,236  | 3 , 714 |
| Net insurance financial result |  | (5 ,73 2)  | (4 , 67 8) |
| Net insurance and investment result  |  | 8 0 ,17 3  | 76 ,1 2 7 |
| Other income | 7 | 6 37  | 74 0 |
| Other operating expenses | 8 | (2 9, 8 5 0) | (28,3 0 5) |
| Profit before tax  |  | 5 0 ,9 6 0 | 48,562 |
| Income tax expense | 10  | (13 , 0 4 5)  | (1 2 , 6 0 1) |
| Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders  |  | 3 7, 9 1 5 | 35,961 |
| Basic earnings per share (pence per share) | 19 | 15 . 37 | 14.48 |
| Diluted earnings per share (pence per share) | 19 | 15 . 2 6 | 1 4.3 7 |

The attached notes on pages 139 to 203 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section Consolidated Profit or Loss Account

134

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the year ended 31 December 2025

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | Notes | £'k | £'k |
| Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders  |  | 3 7, 9 1 5 | 35,961 |
| Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to Profit or Loss |  |  |  |
| Unrealised fair value gains on debt securities | 4.6 | 5,52 5  | 3 , 7 74 |
| Realised gains on derecognition of debt securities reclassified to Profit or Loss | 4.6 | (7) | – |
| Tax charge |  | (1 , 3 81) | (94 4) |
| Debt securities at fair value through Other Comprehensive Income  |  | 4 ,1 3 7 | 2,8 30 |
| Insurance finance (expense)/income from insurance contracts issued | 3.8 | (5, 808) | 6 ,8 52 |
| Reinsurance finance income/(expense) from reinsurance contracts held | 3.8 | 2 ,8 56 | (5 ,8 8 0) |
| Tax credit |  | 73 8 | 395 |
| Net insurance financial result  |  | (2 , 214)  | 1, 3 67 |
| Total other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax  |  | 1,9 2 3  | 4 ,1 9 7 |
| Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders  |  | 3 9, 8 3 8  | 4 0 ,1 5 8 |

The attached notes on pages 139 to 203 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive

Income

135

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

As at 31 December 2025

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | Notes | £'k | £'k |
| Assets |  |  |  |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 4.1 | 25,475 | 31, 314 |
| Debt securities at fair value through Other Comprehensive Income | 4.2 | 3 2 5 ,75 2  | 3 11 ,1 8 4  |
| Receivables | 4.3 | 41 |  32 |
| Current tax assets |  | 20 9 | 9 97 |
| Reinsurance contract assets | 3.1 | 216 , 3 8 2  | 16 0 ,7 5 8 |
| Property, plant and equipment | 9 | 4 , 278 | 4 ,20 4 |
| Deferred tax assets | 11 | 82 | 265 |
| Other assets | 13 | 79 9  | 778 |
| Goodwill | 14 | 15 6 , 2 79  | 15 6 , 27 9 |
| Total assets |  | 729,297 | 665,811 |
| Liabilities |  |  |  |
| Payables | 5 | 7, 0 4 8 |  6 ,9 9 5 |
| Insurance contract liabilities | 3.1 | 460,682 | 397,924 |
| Other liabilities |  | 3 ,70 5 | 2,5 46 |
| Total liabilities  |  | 471, 4 3 5  | 4 0 7, 4 6 5  |
| Equity |  |  |  |
| Issued share capital | 15 | 2 47 | 250 |
| Own shares | 15, 17 | (3 ,3 5 4)  | (3 , 11 2) |
| Merger reserve | 17 | 48,525 | 48,525 |
| FVOCI reserve | 17 | 1,0 73 | (3 ,0 6 4) |
| Insurance/Reinsurance finance reserve | 17 | 1, 3 9 2 | 3 ,606 |
| Share-based payments reserve | 17 | 3,4 95 | 2 ,620 |
| Retained earnings |  | 206,484 | 209,521 |
| Total equity  |  | 2 5 7, 8 6 2 | 258,346 |
| Total liabilities and equity |  | 729,297 | 665,811 |

The attached notes on pages 139

to 203 form an integral part of

thesefinancialstatements.

The financial statements on pages 134

to 203 were approved by the Board

of Directors and authorised for issue

on 9 March 2026.

Signed on behalf of the Board of

Directors by:

Adam Westwood

Chief Financial Officer

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

136

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 31 December 2025

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  |  |  | Insurance/ |  |  |  |
|  |  |  |  |  |  | Reinsurance | Share-based |  |  |
|  |  | Share | Own | Merger | FVOCI | finance | payments | Retained | Total |
|  |  | capital | shares | reserve | reserve | reserve | reserve | earnings | equity |
|  | Notes | £'k | £'k | £'k | £'k | £'k | £'k | £'k | £'k |
| Balance as at 1 January 2024 |  | 250  | (3 ,12 1) | 48,525 | (5 ,894) | 2,239 | 2,686 | 197,727 | 242,412 |
| Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders |  | – | – | – | – | – | – | 35,961 | 35,961 |
| Total other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax: |  | – | – | – | 2 ,83 0  | 1, 3 67 | – | –  | 4 ,1 9 7 |
| Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to Profit or Loss |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the year |  | – | – | – | 2 ,83 0  | 1, 3 67 | – | 35,961 | 4 0 ,1 5 8 |
| Share-based payment expense |  | – | – | – | – | – | (6 6)  | 18 2  | 11 6 |
| Net movement in own shares |  | – | 9 | – | – | – | – | – | 9 |
| Dividends paid |  | – | – | – | – | – | – | (24,349) | (24,349) |
| Balance as at 31 December 2024 |  | 250  | (3 , 11 2) | 48,525 | (3 ,0 6 4) | 3 ,606 | 2 ,620 | 209,521 | 258,346 |
| Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders |  | – | – | – | – | – | –  | 3 7, 9 1 5 |  3 7, 9 1 5  |
| Total other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax: |  | – | – | –  | 4 ,13 7 |  (2 , 214) | – | –  | 1,9 2 3 |
| Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to Profit or Loss |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Total comprehensive income/(expense) for the year |  | – | – | –  | 4 ,1 3 7 |  (2 , 214) | – | 3 7, 9 1 5 |  3 9, 8 3 8 |
| Share-based payment expense |  | – | – | – | – | – | 8 75 | 4 50 | 1, 3 2 5 |
| Net movement in own shares |  | – | (24 2) | – | – | – | – | – | (2 42) |
| Share buyback | 15 | (3) | – | – | – | – | – | (5 ,0 6 4) | (5 , 0 67) |
| Dividends paid |  | – | – | – | – | – | – | (3 6, 338) | (3 6,33 8) |
| Balance as at 31 December 2025 |  | 2 47 | (3 ,3 5 4) | 48,525 | 1,0 7 3  | 1, 3 9 2 | 3, 495 | 206,484  | 2 5 7, 8 6 2 |

The attached notes on pages 139 to 203 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

137

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended 31 December 2025

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | Notes | £'k | £'k |
| CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES |  |  |  |
| Profit before tax for the year |  | 5 0 ,9 6 0 | 48,562 |
| Adjustments for: |  |  |  |
| Depreciation of property, plant and equipment | 9  | 17 9 |  18 4 |
| Share-based payment – equity-settled schemes | 16 | 2 ,14 2 |  1, 6 0 7 |
| Investment return |  | (1 0,589) | (6,458) |
| Expected credit loss | 4.4 | 3 | 5 |
| Operating cash flows before movements in working capital |  | 42,695  | 4 3 ,9 0 0 |
| Movements in working capital: |  |  |  |
| Change in receivables |  | (9) | 5 5 |
| Change in reinsurance contract assets |  | (5 2 , 76 8) | 88 |
| Change in other assets |  | (2 1) | (4) |
| Change in payables |  | 53  | (2 ,70 5) |
| Change in insurance contract liabilities |  | 5 6 ,9 5 0 | 29,937 |
| Change in other liabilities |  | 1 ,1 5 9 |  (6 41) |
| Cash generated from operating activities before investment of insurance assets |  | 48,059 | 70,630 |
| Taxes paid  |  | (1 2 , 7 17)  | (12 , 2 8 6) |
| Net cash generated from operating activities before investment of insurance assets |  | 35,342 | 58,344 |
| Interest and investment income received |  | 8, 48 4 | 5,248 |
| Proceeds from the sale and maturity of invested assets |  | 93,465 | 98,656 |
| Purchases of invested assets |  | (10 0 , 4 12)  | (1 4 0 ,1 8 0) |
| Net cash generated from operating activities |  | 36,879 | 22,068 |
| CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES |  |  |  |
| Purchases of property, plant and equipment | 9 | (2 5 3) | – |
| Net cash used by investing activities |  | (2 53) | – |
| CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES |  |  |  |
| Net cash used in acquiring and disposing of own shares |  | (1, 0 6 9)  | (1, 4 8 4) |
| Options exercised under share option schemes |  | 9 | – |
| Share buyback | 15 | (5 , 0 67) | – |
| Dividends paid | 12 | (36 ,338) | (24,349) |
| Net cash used by financing activities  |  | (4 2 , 4 6 5) | (25 ,8 33) |
| Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents |  | (5 ,8 39)  | (3 ,76 5) |
| Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year |  | 31, 314 | 35,079 |
| Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year  |  | 2 5 , 475  | 31, 314 |

The attached notes on pages

139to203 form an integral part

ofthesefinancialstatements.

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

138

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2025

#### CORPORATE INFORMATION

Sabre Insurance Group plc is a company incorporated in the United Kingdom and registered in England and Wales. The address of the

registered office is Sabre House, 150 South Street, Dorking, Surrey, RH4 2YY, England. The nature of the Group’s operations is the writing of

general insurance for motor vehicles, including taxis and motorcycles. The Company’s principal activity is that of a holding company.

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these Consolidated and Company Financial Statements are included in the

specific notes to which they relate. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise indicated.

1.1. BASIS OF PREPARATION

The financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards, comprising

International Accounting Standards (“IAS”) and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), and the requirements of the Companies

Act 2006. Endorsement of accounting standards is granted by the UK Endorsement Board (“UKEB”).

The financial statements are prepared in accordance with the going concern principle using the historical cost basis, except for those

financial assets and owner-occupied properties that have been measured at fair value. The preparation of the financial statements

necessitates the use of estimates, assumptions and judgements that affect the reported amounts in the Statement of Financial Position

and the Profit or Loss Account and Statement of Comprehensive Income. Where appropriate, details of estimates are presented in the

accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

As the full impact of climate change is currently unknown, it is not possible to consider all possible future outcomes when determining the

value of assets, liabilities and the timing of future cash flows. The Group’s view is that any reasonable impact of climate change would not

have a material impact on the valuation of assets and liabilities at the year-end date.

The financial statements values are presented in pounds sterling (£) rounded to the nearest thousand (£’k), unless otherwise indicated.

The Group presents its Statement of Financial Position broadly in order of liquidity. An analysis regarding recovery or settlement within 12 months

after the reporting date (current) and more than 12 months after the reporting date (non-current) is presented in the respective notes.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the Statement of Financial Position only when there is

a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realise the assets and

settle the liability simultaneously.

1.2. GOING CONCERN

The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. The Directors have a reasonable expectation that

the Group has adequate resources to continue in operation for at least 12 months from the date the Directors approved these Financial

Statements and that therefore it is appropriate to adopt a going concern basis for the preparation of the Financial Statements. In making

their assessment, the Directors took into account the potential impact of the principal risks that could prevent the Group from achieving its

strategic objectives.

The assessment was based on the Group’s Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (“ORSA”), which brings together management’s view of current

and emerging risks, with scenario-based analysis and reverse stress testing to form a conclusion as to the financial stability of the Group.

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section Notes to the Consolidated Financial

Statements

139

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED

Consideration was also given to what the Group considers its principal risks which are set out in the Principal Risks and Uncertainties section

on pages 22 to 30 of the Strategic Report. The assessment also included consideration of any scenarios which might cause the Group to

breach its solvency requirements which are not otherwise covered in the risk-based scenario testing.

We have assessed the short-, medium- and long-term risks associated with climate change. Given the geographical diversity of the Group’s

policyholders within the UK, and the Group’s reinsurance programme, it is highly unlikely that a climate event will materially impact Sabre’s

ability to continue trading. More likely is that the costs associated with the transition to a low-carbon economy will impact the Group’s indemnity

spend, as electric vehicles are currently relatively expensive to fix. We expect that this is somewhat, or perhaps completely, offset by advances in

technology reducing the frequency of claims, in particular bodily injury claims which are generally far more expensive than damage to vehicles.

These changes in the costs of claims are gradual and as such reflected in our claims experience and fed into the pricing of our policies.

1.3. NEW AND AMENDED STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS ADOPTED BY THE GROUP

Amendments to IFRS

The following amended IFRS standards became effective for the year ended 31 December 2025:

− Amendments to IAS 21 “The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates”: “Lack of Exchangeability”

None of the amendments have had a material impact on the Group.

1.4. NEW AND AMENDED STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS NOT YET EFFECTIVE IN 2025

A number of new standards and interpretations adopted by the UK which are not mandatorily effective, as well as standards’ interpretations

issued by the IASB but not yet adopted by the UK, have not been applied in preparing these financial statements. The Group does not plan

to adopt these standards early; instead, it expects to apply them from their effective dates as determined by their dates of UK endorsement.

These standards are not expected to have a significant impact on the results within the financial statements.

− Annual improvements to IFRS – Volume 11 (effective 1 January 2026). Annual improvements are limited to changes that either clarify

the wording in an Accounting Standard or correct relatively minor unintended consequences, oversights or conflicts between the

requirements in the Accounting Standards. This includes minor clarifications to IFRS 7 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures”, IFRS 9

“Financial Instruments”, IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial Statements”, and IAS 7 “Statement of Cash Flows”.

− IFRS 18 “Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements” – Effective 1 January 2027, with retrospective application – IFRS 18, which

replaces IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements”, introduces new requirements for presentation and disclosure in the financial

statements, with a focus on the Profit or Loss Account. Items in the Profit or Loss Account will be classified into one of five categories:

operating, investing, financing, income taxes and discontinued operations, of which the first three are new. It also requires the disclosure

of newly defined management-derived performance measures, how these are calculated and why these provide useful information,

reconciled to the IFRS reporting. As a presentation and disclosure standard, the implementation of IFRS 18 will not affect the Group’s

results. The Group is currently working to identify all impacts the amendments will have on the primary financial statements and notes to

the financial statements.

− Amendment to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 (effective 1 January 2026). These amendments clarify the requirements for the timing of recognition

and derecognition of some financial assets and liabilities, clarify and add further guidance for assessing whether a financial asset

meets the solely payments of principal and interest (“SPPI”) criterion, add new disclosures for certain instruments with contractual

terms that can change cash flows and make updates to the disclosures for equity instruments designated at Fair Value through Other

Comprehensive Income (“FVOCI”).

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025140

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED

− IFRS 19 “Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures” (effective 1 January 2027). This new standard reduces the disclosure

requirements for subsidiaries while maintaining the usefulness of the information for users of their financial statements. Subsidiaries are

eligible to apply IFRS 19 if they do not have public accountability and their parent company applies IFRS in their consolidated financial

statements. As the principal subsidiary of the Group is a public interest entity, the Group does not expect any significant impact from IFRS 19.

2. RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

2.1. RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

The Sabre Insurance Group plc Board is responsible for prudent oversight of the Group’s business and financial operations, ensuring that they

are conducted in accordance with sound business principles and with applicable laws and regulations, and ensure fair customer outcomes.

This includes responsibility to articulate and monitor adherence to the Board’s appetite for exposure to all risk types. The Board also ensures

that measures are in place to provide independent and objective assurance on the effective identification and management of risk and

on the effectiveness of the internal controls in place to mitigate those risks.

The Board has set a robust risk management strategy and framework as an integral element in its pursuit of business objectives and in the

fulfilment of its obligations to shareholders, regulators, customers and employees.

The Group’s risk management framework is proportionate to the risks that we face. Our assessment of risk is not static; we continually reassess

the risk environment in which the Group operates and ensure that we maintain appropriate mitigation in order to remain within our risk

appetite. The Group’s Management Risk and Compliance Forum gives management the regular opportunity to review and discuss the risks

which the Group faces, including but not limited to any breaches, issues or emerging risks. The Forum also works to ensure that adequate

mitigation for the risks the Group is exposed to are in place.

2.2. UNDERWRITING RISK

The principal risk the Group faces under insurance contracts is that the actual claims and benefit payments, or the timing thereof, differ from

expectations. This is influenced by the frequency of claims, severity of claims, actual benefits paid and subsequent development of long-term

claims. Therefore, the objective of the Group is to ensure that sufficient reserves are available to cover these liabilities.

The Group issues only motor insurance contracts, which usually cover a 12-month duration. For these contracts, the most significant risks arise

from under-estimation of the expected costs attached to a policy or a claim, for example through unexpected inflation of costs or single

catastrophic events.

Refer to Note 3.6 for detail on these risks and the way the Group manages them. Note 3.6 also includes the considerations of climate change.

Further discussion on climate change can be found in the Principal Risks and Uncertainties section on pages 22 to 30 of the Strategic Report

and the Responsibility and Sustainability section on pages 41 to 67.

2.3. CREDIT RISK

Credit risk reflects the financial impact of the default of one or more of the Group’s counterparties. The Group is exposed to financial risks

caused by a loss in the value of financial assets due to counterparties failing to meet all or part of their obligations. Key areas where the

Group is exposed to credit default risk are:

− Failure of an asset counterparty to meet their financial obligations (Note 4.4)

− Reinsurers default on their share of the Group’s insurance liabilities (Note 3.7)

− Default on amounts due from insurance contract intermediaries or policyholders (Note 3.7)

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025141

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

2. RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

2.3. CREDIT RISK

Credit risk reflects the financial impact of the default of one or more of the Group’s counterparties. The Group is exposed to financial risks

caused by a loss in the value of financial assets due to counterparties failing to meet all or part of their obligations. Key areas where the

Group is exposed to credit default risk are:

− Failure of an asset counterparty to meet their financial obligations (Note 4.4)

− Reinsurers default on their share of the Group’s insurance liabilities (Note 3.7)

− Default on amounts due from insurance contract intermediaries or policyholders (Note 3.7)

The following policies and procedures are in place to mitigate the Group’s exposure to credit risk:

− A Group credit risk policy which sets out the assessment and determination of what constitutes credit risk for the Group. Compliance with

the policy is monitored and exposures and breaches are reported to the Group’s Risk Committee

− Reinsurance is placed with counterparties that have a good credit rating and concentration of risk is avoided by following policy

guidelines in respect of counterparties’ limits that are set each year by the Board of Directors and are subject to regular reviews. At each

reporting date, management performs an assessment of creditworthiness of reinsurers and updates the reinsurance purchase strategy,

ascertaining a suitable allowance for impairment

− The Group sets the maximum amounts and limits that may be advanced to corporate counterparties by reference to their long-term credit ratings

− The credit risk in respect of customer balances incurred on non-payment of premiums or contributions will only persist during the grace

period specified in the policy document or trust deed until expiry, when the policy is either paid up or terminated. Commission paid to

intermediaries is netted off against amounts receivable from them to reduce the risk of doubtful debts

Refer to Notes 3.7 and 4.4 as indicated above for further information on credit risk.

2.4. LIQUIDITY RISK

Liquidity risk is the potential that obligations cannot be met as they fall due as a consequence of having a timing mismatch or inability

to raise sufficient liquid assets without suffering a substantial loss on realisation. The Group manages its liquidity risk through both ensuring

that it holds sufficient cash and cash equivalent assets to meet all short-term liabilities, and matching the maturity profile of its financial

investments to the expected cash outflows.

Refer to Note 6 for further information on liquidity risk.

2.5. INVESTMENT CONCENTRATION RISK

Excessive exposure to particular industry sectors or groups can give rise to concentration risk. The Group has no significant investment in any

particular industrial sector and therefore is unlikely to suffer significant losses through its investment portfolio as a result of over-exposure to

sectors engaged in similar activities or which have similar economic features that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to

be similarly affected by changes in economic, political or other conditions.

A significant part of the Group’s investment portfolio consists primarily of UK government bonds and government-backed bonds; therefore, the

risk of government default does exist, however, the likelihood is extremely remote. The remainder of the portfolio consists of investment grade

corporate bonds. The Group continues to monitor the strength and security of all bonds.

The Group’s portfolio has a significant concentration of UK debt securities and therefore is exposed to movements in UK interest rates.

Refer to Note 4.2.1 for further information on investment concentration risk.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

142

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

2. RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

2.6. OPERATIONAL RISK

Operational risk is the risk of loss arising from system failure, cyber attack, human error, fraud or external events. When controls fail to perform,

operational risks can cause damage to reputation, have legal or regulatory implications or can lead to financial loss. The Group cannot

expect to eliminate all operational risks, but by operating a rigorous control framework and by monitoring and responding to potential risks,

the Group is able to manage the risks. Controls include effective segregation of duties, access controls, authorisation and reconciliation

procedures, staff education and assessment processes, including the use of internal audit. Business risks such as changes in environment,

technology and the industry are monitored through the Group’s strategic planning and budgeting process.

2.7. CAPITAL  MANAGEMENT

The Board of Directors has ultimate responsibility for ensuring that the Group has sufficient funds to meet its liabilities as they fall due. The

Group carries out detailed modelling of its assets and liabilities, and the key risks to which these are exposed. This modelling includes the

Group’s own assessment of its capital requirements for solvency purposes.

The Group has continued to manage its solvency with reference to the solvency capital requirement (“SCR”) calculated using the standard

formula. The Group has developed sufficient processes to ensure that the capital requirements under Solvency II are not breached, including

the maintenance of capital at a level higher than that required through the standard formula. The Group considers its capital position to be its

net assets on a Solvency II basis and monitors this in the context of the Solvency II SCR.

The Group aims to retain sufficient capital such that in all reasonably foreseeable scenarios, it will hold regulatory capital in excess of its SCR.

The Directors currently consider that this is achieved through maintaining a regulatory capital surplus of 140% to 160%. As at 31 December

2025, the Group holds significant excess Solvency II capital.

The Group’s IFRS capital comprised:

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | As at 31 December |  |  |
|  | 2025 |  | 2024 |
|  | £'k |  | £'k |
| Share capital | 247 |  | 250 |
| Own shares | (3,354) |  | (3,112) |
| Merger reserve | 48 | ,525 | 48,525 |
| FVOCI reserve |  | 1,073 | (3,064) |
| Insurance/Reinsurance finance reserve |  | 1,392 | 3,606 |
| Share-based payments reserve |  | 3,495 | 2,620 |
| Retained earnings | 2 | 206,484 | 09,521 |
| Total | 258,34 | 257,862 | 6 |

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

143

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

2. RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

The Solvency II position of the Group both before and after proposed final dividend is given below:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  | As at 31 December |  |
|  |  | 2025 |  | 2024 |
|  |  | £'k |  | £'k |
| Total tier 1 capital – pre-dividend | 133, | 080 | 1 | 34,695 |
| SCR | 66, | 986 |  | 62,199 |
| Solvency coverage ratio (%) – pre-dividend |  | 198.7% |  | 216.6% |

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  | As at 31 December |  |
|  |  | 2025 |  | 2024 |
|  |  | £'k |  | £'k |
| Total tier 1 capital – pre-dividend | 133, | 080 | 1 | 34,695 |
| Less: Final dividend declared | (24,907) | |  | (28,250) |
| Total tier 1 capital – post-dividend | 10 8,173 | |  | 106,445 |
| SCR | 66, | 986 |  | 62,199 |
| Solvency coverage ratio (%) |  | 161.5% |  | 171.1% |

The following table sets out a reconciliation between IFRS net assets and Solvency II net assets before proposed final dividend:

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | As at 31 December |  |
|  |  | 2025 |  |  | 2024 |
|  |  | £'k |  |  | £'k |
| IFRS net assets |  | 257,862 |  | 258,34 | 6 |
| Less: Goodwill | (156,279) | |  | (156,279) | |
| Adjusted IFRS net assets |  | 1 | 01,583 | 102,067 | |
| Remove IFRS liability: Liability for remaining coverage (unearned premium element) | 105,596 | |  | 117 | ,245 |
| Remove IFRS asset: Insurance acquisition cash flow asset | (7,789) | |  |  | (8,472) |
| Remove IFRS liability: Risk adjustment |  | 15,773 | | 14,304 | |
| Add Solvency II liability: Risk margin | (7,440) | |  |  | (6,975) |
| Add Solvency II liability: Premium provision | (63,276) | |  | (74,613) | |
| Changes in valuation differences of technical reserves between IFRS and Solvency II | (867) | |  |  | 2,015 |
| Change in deferred tax liability due to difference in net asset position | (10,500) | |  | (10,876) | |
| Solvency II net assets | ,080 | 133 |  | 13 | 4,695 |

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

144

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

2. RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

The adjustments set out in the above table have been made for the following reasons:

− Adjusted IFRS net assets: Equals Group net assets on an IFRS basis, less Goodwill.

− Removal of liability for remaining coverage and insurance acquisition cash flow asset: Liability for remaining coverage is not treated as

a liability under Solvency II.

− Removal of insurance acquisition cash flow asset: Insurance acquisition cash flow asset is not deferred under Solvency II.

− Removal of IFRS risk adjustment: Solvency II risk margin replaces IFRS risk adjustment.

− Addition of Solvency II risk margin: The Solvency II risk margin represents the premium that would be required were the Group to transfer

its technical provisions to a third party, and essentially reflects the SCR required to cover run-off of claims on existing business. This amount

is calculated by the Group through modelling the discounted SCR on a projected future balance sheet for each year of claims run-off.

− Addition of Solvency II premium provision: A premium reserve reflecting the future cash flows in respect of insurance contracts is

calculated and this must be discounted under Solvency II.

− Changes in valuation differences: Valuation differences of technical differences between IFRS 17 and Solvency II, including discounting.

− Change in deferred tax: As the move to a Solvency II basis balance sheet increases the net asset position of the Group, a deferred tax

liability is generated to offset the increase.

Sabre Insurance Group plc’s SCR, expressed on a risk module basis, is set out in the following table:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | As at 31 December |  |  |
|  | 2025 |  | 2024 |  |
|  | £'k |  | £'k |  |
| Interest rate risk | 4,149 | | 5,289 |  |
| Equity risk | – |  | – |  |
| Property risk | 900 |  | 900 |  |
| Spread risk | 4,691 | | 3,109 |  |
| Currency risk | 888 |  | 584 |  |
| Concentration risk | – |  | – |  |
| Correlation impact | (3,602) | | (3,226) |  |
| Market risk | 7,0 26 | | 6,656 |  |
| Counterparty risk | 4,333 | | 3,325 |  |
| Underwriting risk | 70, | 928 | 68,01 | | 1 |
| Correlation impact | (7,311) | | (6,678) | |
| Basic SCR | 74,976 | | 71,314 | |
| Operating risk | 10,754 | | 8,714 | |
| Loss-absorbing effect of deferred taxes | (18,744) | | (17,829) | |
| Total SCR | 66, | 986 |  | 62,199 |

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

145

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

2. RISK AND CAPITAL MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

The total SCR is primarily driven by the underwriting risk element, which is a function of the Group’s net earned premium (or projected net

earned premium) and the level of reserves held. Therefore, the SCR is broadly driven by the size of the business.

The Group’s capital management objectives are:

− To ensure that the Group will be able to continue as a going concern

− To maximise the income and capital return to its equity

The Board monitors and reviews the broad structure of the Group’s capital on an ongoing basis. This review includes consideration of the

extent to which revenue in excess of that which is required to be distributed should be retained.

The Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing capital have not changed during the year.

3. INSURANCE LIABILITIES AND REINSURANCE ASSETS

ACCOUNTING POLICY

For the purpose of this accounting policy, the term ‘motor insurance’ covers all the Group’s products, which includes Motor Vehicle,

Motorcycle and Taxi insurance.

A. INSURANCE AND REINSURANCE CONTRACTS CLASSIFICATION

The Group issues insurance contracts in the normal course of business, under which it accepts significant insurance risk from a policyholder

by agreeing to compensate the policyholder if a specified uncertain future insured event adversely affects the policyholder.

As a general guideline, the Group determines whether it has significant insurance risk, by comparing benefits payable after an insured

event with benefits payable if the insured event did not occur.

The Group issues only non-life insurance to individuals and businesses. Non-life insurance products offered by the Group are Motor Vehicle,

Motorcycle and Taxi insurance. These products offer protection of a policyholder’s assets and indemnification of other parties that have

suffered damage as a result of a policyholder’s accident.

In the normal course of business, the Group uses reinsurance to mitigate its risk exposures. A reinsurance contract transfers significant risks

if it transfers substantially all of the insurance risk resulting from the insured portion of the underlying insurance contracts, even if it does not

expose the reinsurer to the possibility of a significant loss.

B. INSURANCE AND REINSURANCE CONTRACTS ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

(i) Separating components from insurance and reinsurance contracts

The Group assesses its non-life insurance and reinsurance products to determine whether they contain distinct components which must

be accounted for under another IFRS instead of under IFRS 17. After separating any distinct components, the Group applies IFRS 17 to all

remaining components of the (host) insurance contract. Currently, the Group’s products do not include any distinct components that

require separation.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

146

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

(ii) Aggregation and recognition of insurance and reinsurance contracts

Insurance contracts

Insurance contracts are aggregated into groups for measurement purposes. Groups of insurance contracts are determined by identifying

portfolios of insurance contracts, each comprising contracts subject to similar risks and managed together, and dividing each portfolio

into annual cohorts (i.e. by year of issue) and each annual cohort into three groups based on the expected profitability of contracts:

− Any contracts that are onerous on initial recognition

− Any contracts that, on initial recognition, have no significant possibility of becoming onerous subsequently

− Any remaining contracts in the annual cohort

The Group recognises groups of insurance contracts it issues from the earliest of:

− The beginning of the coverage period of the group of contracts

− When the first payment from a policyholder in the group becomes due or when the first payment is received if there is no due date

− When facts and circumstances indicate that the contract is onerous

The Group adds new contracts to the group in the reporting period in which that contract meets one of the criteria set out above.

The profitability of groups of contracts is assessed by actuarial valuation models that take into consideration existing and new business.

The Group assumes that no contracts in the portfolio are onerous at initial recognition unless facts and circumstances indicate

otherwise. For contracts that are not onerous, the Group assesses, at initial recognition, that there is no significant possibility of becoming

onerous subsequently by assessing the likelihood of changes in applicable facts and circumstances. The Group considers facts and

circumstances to identify whether a group of contracts are onerous based on:

− Pricing information

− Results of similar contracts it has recognised

− Environmental factors, e.g. a change in market experience or regulations

Reinsurance contracts

Some reinsurance contracts provide cover for underlying contracts that are included in different groups. However, the Group concludes

that the reinsurance contract’s legal form of a single contract reflects the substance of the Group’s contractual rights and obligations,

considering that the different covers lapse together and are not sold separately. As a result, the reinsurance contract is not separated into

multiple insurance components that relate to different underlying groups.

The Group recognises a group of reinsurance contracts held at the earlier of the following:

− The beginning of the coverage period of the group of reinsurance contracts held

− The date the Group recognises an onerous group of underlying insurance contracts if the Group entered into the related reinsurance

contract held in the group of reinsurance contracts held at or before that date

The Group adds new contracts to the group in the reporting period in which that contract meets one of the criteria set out above.

3. INSURANCE LIABILITIES AND REINSURANCE ASSETS CONTINUED

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

147

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

ACCOUNTING POLICY CONTINUED

(iii) Measurement

Summary of measurement approaches

The Group uses the following measurement approaches to its insurance and reinsurance contracts.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | Product classification | Measurement model |
| Insurance contracts issued |  |  |
| Motor insurance | Insurance contracts issued | Premium Allocation Approach (“PAA”) |
| Reinsurance contracts held |  |  |
| Motor insurance – excess of loss reinsurance | Reinsurance contracts held | Premium Allocation Approach (“PAA”) |

The Group applies the premium allocation approach to all the insurance contracts that it issues and reinsurance contracts that it holds, as

the coverage period of each contract in the group is one year or less, including insurance contract services arising from all premiums within

the contract boundary. The Group does not expect significant variability in the fulfilment cash flows that would affect the measurement of

the liability for remaining coverage during the period before a claim is incurred.

All the Group’s insurance contracts have a coverage period of one year or less. The Group’s reinsurance contracts held are excess of loss

contracts and are loss occurring. The Group does not issue any reinsurance contracts.

Insurance contracts issued

On initial recognition of each group of contracts, the carrying amount of the liability for remaining coverage (“LRC”) is measured at:

−  The premiums received on initial recognition

− Minus any insurance acquisition cash flows allocated to the group at that date

− Adjusted for any amount arising from the derecognition of any assets or liabilities previously recognised for cash flows related to the

group (including assets for insurance acquisition cash flows)

The Group has chosen not to expense insurance acquisition cash flows when they are incurred.

Subsequently, the Group measures the carrying amount of the LRC at the end of each reporting period as the LRC at the beginning of

the period:

− Plus premiums received in the period

− Minus insurance acquisition cash flows

− Plus any amounts relating to the amortisation of insurance acquisition cash flows recognised as an expense in the reporting period

− Minus the amount recognised as insurance revenue for the services provided in the period

3. INSURANCE LIABILITIES AND REINSURANCE ASSETS CONTINUED

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

148

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

On initial recognition of each group of contracts, the Group expects that the time between providing each part of the services and the

related premium due date is no more than a year. Accordingly, the Group has chosen not to adjust the liability for remaining coverage to

reflect the time value of money and the effect of financial risk.

If at any time during the coverage period, facts and circumstances indicate that a group of contracts is onerous, then the Group

recognises a loss in Profit or Loss and increases the liability for remaining coverage to the extent that the current estimates of the fulfilment

cash flows that relate to remaining coverage exceed the carrying amount of the liability for remaining coverage. The fulfilment cash flows

are discounted (at current rates) if the liability for incurred claims is also discounted.

The Group recognises the liability for incurred claims (“LIC”) of a group of insurance contracts at the amount of the fulfilment cash flows

(“FCF”) relating to incurred claims. The fulfilment cash flows are discounted (at current rates) unless they are expected to be paid in one

year or less from the date the claims are incurred.

The carrying amount of a group of insurance contracts issued at the end of each reporting period is the sum of:

−  The  LRC

− The LIC

Risk adjustment for non-financial risk

An explicit risk adjustment for non-financial risk is estimated separate from the other estimates. Unless contracts are onerous, the explicit risk

adjustment for non-financial risk is only estimated for the measurement of the LIC.

This risk adjustment represents the compensation that the Group requires for bearing the uncertainty about the amount and timing of

cash flows that arise from non-financial risk. Non-financial risk is risk arising from insurance contracts other than financial risk, which is

included in the estimates of future cash flows or the discount rate used to adjust the cash flows. The risks covered by the risk adjustment for

non-financial risk are insurance risk and other non-financial risks such as lapse risk and expense risk.

The risk adjustment for non-financial risk for insurance contracts measures the compensation that the Group would require to make it

indifferent between:

− Fulfilling a liability that has a range of possible outcomes arising from non-financial risk

− Fulfilling a liability that will generate fixed cash flows with the same expected present value as the insurance contracts

Reinsurance contracts held

The excess of loss reinsurance contracts held provide coverage on the motor insurance contracts originated for claims incurred during

an accident year and are accounted for under the PAA. The Group measures its reinsurance assets for a group of reinsurance contracts

that it holds on the same basis as insurance contracts that it issues. For reinsurance contracts held, on initial recognition, the Group

measures the remaining coverage at the amount of ceding premiums paid. For reinsurance contracts held, at each of the subsequent

reporting dates, the remaining coverage is:

− Increased for ceding premiums paid in the period

− Decreased for the amounts of ceding premiums recognised as reinsurance expenses for the services received in the period

3. INSURANCE LIABILITIES AND REINSURANCE ASSETS CONTINUED

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

149

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

ACCOUNTING POLICY CONTINUED

Assets for reinsurance contracts consist of the asset for remaining coverage (“ARC”) and the asset for incurred claims (“AIC”) being the

reinsurers’ share of claims that have already been incurred.

For reinsurance contracts held, the risk adjustment for non-financial risk presents the amount of risk being transferred by the Group to

the reinsurer.

Asset for insurance acquisition cash flows

The Group includes the following acquisition cash flows within the insurance contract boundary that arise from selling, underwriting and

starting a group of insurance contracts and that are:

a.  Costs directly attributable to individual contracts and groups of contracts

b.   Costs directly attributable to the portfolio of insurance contracts to which the group belongs, which are allocated on a reasonable and

consistent basis to measure the group of insurance contracts

Insurance acquisition cash flows arising before the recognition of the related group of contracts are recognised as an asset. Insurance

acquisition cash flows arise when they are paid or when a liability is required to be recognised under a standard other than IFRS 17. Such

an asset is recognised for each group of contracts to which the insurance acquisition cash flows are allocated. The asset is derecognised,

fully or partially, when the insurance acquisition cash flows are included in the measurement of the group of contracts.

Recoverability assessment

At each reporting date, if facts and circumstances indicate that an asset for insurance acquisition cash flows may be impaired, then

the Group:

a.   Recognises an impairment loss in Profit or Loss so that the carrying amount of the asset does not exceed the expected net cash inflow

for the related group

b.   If the asset relates to future renewals, recognises an impairment loss in Profit or Loss to the extent that it expects those insurance

acquisition cash flows to exceed the net cash inflow for the expected renewals and this excess has not already been recognised as an

impairment loss under (a)

The Group reverses any impairment losses in Profit or Loss and increases the carrying amount of the asset to the extent that the impairment

conditions have improved.

Modification and derecognition

The Group derecognises insurance contracts when:

− The contract is extinguished (i.e. when the obligation specified in the insurance contract expires or is discharged or cancelled)

− The contract is modified and certain additional criteria are met

3. INSURANCE LIABILITIES AND REINSURANCE ASSETS CONTINUED

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

150

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

When an insurance contract is modified by the Group as a result of an agreement with the counterparties or due to a change in

regulations, the Group treats changes in cash flows caused by the modification as changes in estimates of the FCF, unless the conditions

for the derecognition of the original contract are met. The Group derecognises the original contract and recognises the modified contract

as a new contract if any of the following conditions are present:

a.   If the modified terms had been included at contract inception and the Group would have concluded that the modified contract:

i.  Is not in scope of IFRS 17

ii.  Results in different separable components

iii. Results in a different contract boundary

iv. Belongs to a different group of contracts

b.   The original contract was accounted for under the PAA, but the modification means that the contract no longer meets the eligibility

criteria for that approach

When an insurance contract accounted for under the PAA is derecognised, adjustments to the FCF to remove relating rights and

obligations, and account for the effect of the derecognition result in the following amounts being charged immediately to Profit or Loss:

a.   If the contract is extinguished, any net difference between the derecognised part of the LRC of the original contract and any other cash

flows arising from extinguishment

b.   If the contract is transferred to the third party, any net difference between the derecognised part of the LRC of the original contract and

the premium charged by the third party

c.   If the original contract is modified resulting in its derecognition, any net difference between the derecognised part of the LRC and the

hypothetical premium the entity would have charged had it entered into a contract with equivalent terms as the new contract at the

date of the contract modification, less any additional premium charged for the modification

(iv) Presentation

The Group has presented separately, in the Statement of Financial Position, the carrying amount of portfolios of insurance contracts issued

and portfolios of reinsurance contracts held.

The Group has elected to disaggregate part of the movement in LIC resulting from the changes in discount rates and present this in

the Statement of Comprehensive Income. The Group disaggregates the total amount recognised in the Profit or Loss Account and the

Statement of Comprehensive Income into an insurance service result, comprising insurance revenue and insurance service expense, and

insurance finance income or expenses.

The Group does not disaggregate the change in risk adjustment for non-financial risk between a financial and non-financial portion and

includes the entire change as part of the insurance service result.

The Group separately presents income or expenses from reinsurance contracts held from the expenses or income from insurance

contracts issued.

3. INSURANCE LIABILITIES AND REINSURANCE ASSETS CONTINUED

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

151

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

AMOUNTS RECOGNISED IN THE STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS

INSURANCE SERVICE RESULT FROM INSURANCE CONTRACTS ISSUED

Insurance revenue

As the Group provides insurance contract services under the group of insurance contracts, it reduces the LRC and recognises insurance

revenue. The amount of insurance revenue recognised in the reporting period depicts the transfer of promised services at an amount that

reflects the portion of consideration that the Group expects to be entitled to in exchange for those services.

The Group measures all insurance contracts under the PAA and recognises insurance revenue based on the passage of time over the

coverage period of a group of contracts.

Insurance service expenses

Insurance service expenses include the following:

− Incurred claims and benefits

− Other incurred directly attributable expenses

− Amortisation of insurance acquisition cash flows

− Changes that relate to past service – changes in the FCF relating to the LIC

− Changes that relate to future service – changes in the FCF that result in onerous contract losses or reversals of those losses

Amortisation of insurance acquisition cash flows is based on the passage of time.

Other expenses not meeting the above categories are included in other operating expenses in the Profit or Loss Account.

INSURANCE SERVICE RESULT FROM REINSURANCE CONTRACTS HELD

Net income/(expense) from reinsurance contracts held

The Group presents separately on the face of the Profit or Loss Account and the Statement of Comprehensive Income, the amounts

expected to be recovered from reinsurers, and an allocation of the reinsurance premiums paid. The net income/(expense) from

reinsurance contracts held comprise:

− Reinsurance expenses

− For groups of reinsurance contracts measured under the PAA, broker fees are included within reinsurance expenses

− Incurred claims recovery

− Other incurred directly attributable expenses

− Changes that relate to past service – changes in the FCF relating to incurred claims recovery

− Effect of changes in the risk of reinsurers’ non-performance

− Amounts relating to accounting for onerous groups of underlying insurance contracts issued

Reinsurance expenses are recognised similarly to insurance revenue. The amount of reinsurance expenses recognised in the reporting

period depicts the transfer of received insurance contract services at an amount that reflects the portion of ceding premiums that the

Group expects to pay in exchange for those services. Broker fees are included in reinsurance expenses.

3. INSURANCE LIABILITIES AND REINSURANCE ASSETS CONTINUED

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

152

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

All groups of reinsurance contracts held are measured under the PAA and reinsurance expenses are recognised based on the passage of

time over the coverage period of a group of contracts.

AMOUNTS RECOGNISED IN THE STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

INSURANCE FINANCE INCOME OR EXPENSES

Insurance finance income or expenses comprise the change in the carrying amount of the group of insurance contracts arising from:

− The effect of the time value of money and changes in the time value of money

− The effect of financial risk and changes in financial risk

For contracts measured under the PAA, the main amounts within insurance finance income or expenses are:

a.  Interest accreted on the LIC

b.  The effect of changes in interest rates and other financial assumptions

The Group disaggregates insurance finance income or expenses on motor insurance contracts issued between Profit or Loss and OCI. The

Group has made an accounting policy choice to disaggregate insurance finance income or expenses for the period to include within OCI

an amount which reflects the difference between the carrying amount of a group of contracts and the amount that the group would have

been measured at using the discount rates in effect on initial recognition, effectively reflecting the impact of discount rate changes on the

opening liability for incurred claims through Other Comprehensive Income. The amount recognised in Other Comprehensive Income over

the duration of a group of contracts will always total zero.

The impact of changes in market interest rates on the value of the insurance assets and liabilities are reflected in OCI in order to minimise

accounting mismatches between the accounting for financial assets and insurance assets and liabilities. The Group’s financial assets

backing the motor insurance portfolios are predominantly measured at fair value through Other Comprehensive Income (“FVOCI”).

3. INSURANCE LIABILITIES AND REINSURANCE ASSETS CONTINUED

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

153

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

RISK MANAGEMENT

Refer to Notes 3.6 and 3.7 for detail on risks relating to insurance liabilities and reinsurance assets, and the management thereof.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

The preparation of these Consolidated Financial Statements requires the Group to select accounting policies and make estimates,

assumptions and judgements. The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the

reporting date, that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the

next financial year, are discussed below. The Group based its assumptions and estimates on information and facts available when the

financial statements were prepared. Existing circumstances and assumptions about future developments, however, may change due

to market changes or circumstances arising that are beyond the control of the Group. Such changes are reflected in the assumptions

when they occur. The Group disaggregates information to disclose major product lines, namely Motor Vehicle, Motorcycle and Taxi.

ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS

A. Level of aggregation and measurement model for insurance contracts

For measurement purposes, insurance contracts are aggregated into groups based on an assessment of risks and dividing each portfolio

into annual cohorts by year of issue. Judgement is required in assessing if the contracts have similar risks that are managed together.

Each annual cohort is then divided into three groups based on the expected profitability of contracts, being contracts that are onerous

on initial recognition, have no significant possibility of becoming onerous, or any other contracts which do not fall into those categories.

Judgement is applied to determine the profitability of contracts at initial recognition. The Group applies the default assumption that no

groups of contracts are onerous unless facts and circumstances indicate otherwise. Further judgement is applied to determine how

contracts will be measured. The Group applies the PAA to simplify the measurement of all insurance contracts issued and reinsurance

contracts held. The judgement around the PAA has been disclosed in section B(iii) of the Group’s accounting policies for insurance

liabilities and reinsurance assets.

B. Insurance acquisition cash flows

IFRS 17 requires an entity to include a portion of its overhead costs that are directly attributable in fulfilling the obligations under an

insurance contract, in the fulfilment cash flows of the related liability.

The Group applies judgement in determining the inputs used in the methodology to systematically and rationally allocate insurance

acquisition cash flows to groups of insurance contracts. This includes judgements about the amounts allocated to insurance contracts

expected to arise from renewals of existing insurance contracts in a group and the volume of expected renewals from new contracts

issued in the period.

At the end of each reporting period, the Group revisits the assumptions made to allocate insurance acquisition cash flows to groups, and

where necessary, revises the amounts of assets for insurance acquisition cash flows accordingly.

3. INSURANCE LIABILITIES AND REINSURANCE ASSETS CONTINUED

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

154

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

C. Discount rates

As there are no referenced asset portfolios backing the LIC, because of the volatility and uncertainty of claims on short-term insurance

contracts, the Group deemed it more appropriate to use the bottom-up approach under IFRS 17 for discounting. This reflects a risk-free

yield curve and an illiquidity premium. The standard does not specify how to calculate the illiquidity premium.

The Group uses the risk-free curves published by the Bank of England. The Solvency II GBP risk-free yield curve is based on six-month

SONIA swap rates, corrected using an adjustment defined by the PRA for credit risk. SONIA-based yield curves are considered to contain

negligible credit risk, according to the Bank of England, as the contracts that make it up settle overnight.

The Group has performed a number of analyses in determining the choice of the illiquidity risk component, including using the Solvency

II volatility adjustment (“VA”). The analyses did not identify any material differences in reserves. Given the nature of the liabilities and

that there is no penalty or surrender value to exit the insurance contracts, the Group applied judgement in setting the illiquidity risk

component and has selected the VA to be an appropriate proxy for the illiquidity adjustment.

Discount rates applied for discounting of future cash flows are listed below:

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | 31 December 2025 |  |  |  | 31 December 2024 |  |  |
|  | 1 year | 3 years | 5 years | 10 years | 1 year | 3 years | 5 years | 10 years |
| Motor insurance | 3.78% | 3.77% | 3.91% | 4.29% | 4.70% | 4.39% | 4.28% | 4.31% |

See Note 3.6 for the impact of a 1% increase or decrease in the discount rates used.

D. Risk adjustment for non-financial risk

The risk adjustment for non-financial risk is the compensation that the Group requires for bearing the uncertainty about the amount and

timing of the cash flows of groups of insurance contracts. The risk adjustment reflects an amount that an insurer would rationally pay to

remove the uncertainty that future cash flows could exceed the expected value amount.

The Group has estimated the risk adjustment using a methodology which targets a confidence level (probability of sufficiency) approach

between the 80th and 90th percentile. At 31 December 2025, the net risk adjustment applied equates to an approximate confidence

interval of 81.4% (31 December 2024: 80.6%). That is, the Group has assessed its indifference to uncertainty for all product lines (as

an indication of the compensation that it requires for bearing non-financial risk) as being equivalent to the 80th to 90th percentile

confidence level less the mean of an estimated probability distribution of the future cash flows. The Group has estimated the probability

distribution of the future cash flows, and the additional amount above the expected present value of future cash flows required to meet

the target percentiles.

Sabre uses a ‘bootstrapping’ method to create a distribution of outcomes for the outstanding claim amounts. This distribution is assessed

to calculate the risk adjustment at a chosen confidence level. Bootstrapping involves taking random samples of the data for analysis,

rather than using the full dataset. Multiple random samples are selected, with each random sample selected from the full dataset.

See Note 3.6 for the impact of moving the confidence interval of the booked risk adjustment up or down by 5ppts.

3. INSURANCE LIABILITIES AND REINSURANCE ASSETS CONTINUED

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

155

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS CONTINUED

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

E. Liability for incurred claims (“LIC”)

The ultimate cost of outstanding claims is estimated by using a range of standard actuarial claims projection techniques, such as

Chain Ladder and Bornheutter-Ferguson methods.

The main assumption underlying these techniques is that a Group’s past claims development experience can be used to project

future claims development and hence ultimate claims costs. These methods extrapolate the development of paid and incurred losses,

average costs per claim (including claims handling costs), and claim numbers based on the observed development of earlier years

and expected loss ratios. Historical claims development is mainly analysed by accident years, but can also be further analysed by

geographical area, as well as by significant business lines and claim types. Large claims are usually separately addressed, either by being

reserved at the face value of loss adjuster estimates or separately projected in order to reflect their future development. In most cases, no

explicit assumptions are made regarding future rates of claims inflation or loss ratios. Instead, the assumptions used are those implicit in

the historical claims development data on which the projections are based. Additional qualitative judgement is used to assess the extent

to which past trends may not apply in future (e.g. to reflect one-off occurrences, changes in external or market factors such as public

attitudes to claiming, economic conditions, levels of claims inflation, judicial decisions and legislation, as well as internal factors such as

portfolio mix, policy features and claims handling procedures) in order to arrive at the estimated ultimate cost of claims that present the

probability weighted expected value outcome from the range of possible outcomes, taking account of all the uncertainties involved.

The Group has the right to pursue third parties for payment of some or all costs. Estimates of salvage recoveries and subrogation

reimbursements are considered as an allowance in the measurement of ultimate claims costs. Other key circumstances affecting the

reliability of assumptions include variation in interest rates and delays in settlement.

The key estimates in calculating the LIC are the amount and timing of future claims payments in relation to claims already incurred. This

is primarily assessed with reference to past performance, including past settlement patterns, as per the actuarial methodology outlined

above. This includes estimating the likely changes in inflation as relates to claims already incurred, as well as the expected frequency of

claims which have occurred but which have not yet been reported. The ongoing cost of handling claims already incurred is estimated

with reference to the historical cost-per-claim calculated over the past 12 months.

See Note 3.6 for the impact of a 5ppts increase in loss ratio and the impact of a 5% increase in outstanding claims.

3. INSURANCE LIABILITIES AND REINSURANCE ASSETS CONTINUED

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

156

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

3.1. COMPOSITION OF THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

An analysis of the amounts presented in the Statement of Financial Position for insurance contracts is included in the table below.

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  | As at December |  |  |  |  |
|  |  |  |  | 2025 |  | 2024 |  |
|  | Notes |  |  | £'k |  | £'k |  |
| Insurance contract liabilities |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Insurance contract liabilities |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Motor Vehicle insurance |  |  | 362,019 | |  | 334,767 |  |
| Motorcycle insurance |  |  | 41,200 | |  | 34,321 |  |
| Taxi insurance |  |  | ,252 | 65 |  | 37,308 |  |
| Asset for insurance acquisition cash flows |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Motor Vehicle insurance | 3.3 |  | (6,184) | |  | (6,488) |  |
| Motorcycle insurance | 3.3 |  | (906) | |  | (880) |  |
| Taxi insurance | 3.3 |  | (699) | |  | (1,104) |  |
| Total insurance contract liabilities |  | 46 | 0,682 | | 397, | 924 |  |
| Reinsurance contracts assets |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Motor Vehicle insurance |  |  | 157,55 4 | |  | 133,974 |  |
| Motorcycle insurance |  |  | ,469 | 20 |  | 15,01 | 8 |
| Taxi insurance |  |  | 38,359 |  |  | 11,766 |  |
| Total reinsurance contract assets |  |  | 216,382 |  |  | 160,758 |  |

3. INSURANCE LIABILITIES AND REINSURANCE ASSETS CONTINUED

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

157

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

3. INSURANCE LIABILITIES AND REINSURANCE ASSETS CONTINUED

3.2. MOVEMENTS IN INSURANCE AND REINSURANCE CONTRACT BALANCES

3.2.1. Insurance contracts issued

Reconciliation of liability for remaining coverage and the liability for incurred claims

2025 2024

Liabilities for

Remaining

Coverage

(“LRC”)

Liabilities for Incurred Claims

(“LIC”) Total

Liabilities for

Remaining

Coverage

(“LRC”)

Liabilities for Incurred Claims

(“LIC”) Total

In £’k

Estimates of

present value

of future cash

flows

Risk

adjustment for

non-financial

risk

Estimates of

present value

of future cash

flows

Risk

adjustment for

non-financial

risk

Opening insurance contract liabilities  69,527   270,440   57,957   397,9 24   63,008   258,358   53,473   374,839

Insurance revenue  (217,990)  –   –   (217,990)  (248,131)  –   –   (248,131)

Insurance service expenses  16,753   145,094   12,644   174, 491   18,166   132,011   4,484   154,661

Incurred claims and other directly attributable expenses  –   143,363   19,157   162,520   –   127,787   14,988   142,775

Changes that relate to past service – changes in the FCF relating to the LIC  –   1,731   (6,513)  (4,782)  –   4,224   (10,504)  (6,280)

Amortisation of insurance acquisition cash flows  16,753   –   –   16,753   18,166   –   –   18,166

Insurance service result  (201,237)  145,094   12,644   (43,499)  (229,965)  132,011   4,484   (93,470)

Insurance finance expense recognised in Profit or Loss Account  –   9,968   –   9,968   –   8,392   –   8,392

Insurance finance expense/(income) recognised in Other Comprehensive Income  –   5,808   –   5,808   –   (6,852)  –   (6,852)

Total changes in Comprehensive Income  (201,237)  160,870   12,644   (27,723)  (229,965)  133,551   4,484   (91,930)

Cash flows

Premiums received  205,082   –   –   205,082   254,389   –   –   254,389

Claims and other insurance services expenses paid  –   (98,531)  –   (98,531)  –   (121,469)  –   (121,469)

Insurance acquisition cash flows  (16,070)  –   –   (16,070)  (17,90 5)  –   –   (17,9 0 5)

Total cash flows  189,012   (98,531)  –   90,481   236,484   (121,469)  –   115,015

Closing insurance contract liabilities  57,30 2   332,779   70,601   460,682   69,527   270,440   57,957   397,924

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

158

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

3. INSURANCE LIABILITIES AND REINSURANCE ASSETS CONTINUED

3.2.2. Reinsurance contracts held

Reconciliation of assets for remaining coverage and the assets for incurred claims

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  |  | 2025 |  |  |  |  | 2024 |  |  |  |
|  | Assets for |  |  |  |  |  |  | Assets for |  |  |  |  |  |
|  | remaining |  |  |  |  |  |  | remaining |  |  |  |  |  |
|  | coverage |  |  |  | Assets for incurred claims | Total |  | coverage | Assets for incurred claims | |  |  | Total |
|  |  |  | Estimates of |  | Risk |  |  |  | Estimates of | |  | Risk |  |
|  |  |  | present value |  | adjustment for |  |  |  | present value | |  | adjustment for |  |
|  |  |  | of future cash |  | non-financial |  |  |  | of future cash | |  | non-financial |  |
| In £’k |  |  | flows |  | risk |  |  |  | flows | |  | risk |  |
| Opening reinsurance contract assets | 3,450 |  | 113 ,6 5 5 | 4 | 3,653 | 160,758 |  | 2,075 | 123,433 | |  | 41,218 | 166,726 |
| Net income/(expense) from reinsurance contracts held | (23,872) |  | 43,377 |  | 11,175 | 30,68 | | 0 | (33,617) | 10,59 | 1 |  | 2,435 | (20,591) |
| Reinsurance expense | (23,872) |  | – |  | – | (23,872) | | (33,617) |  | – |  | – | (33,617) |
| Incurred claims recovery | – |  | 33,626 |  | 13,785 | 47,411 | | – |  | 10,233 |  | 9,205 | 19,438 |
| Changes that relate to past service | – |  | 9,751 |  | (2,610) | 7,141 | | – |  | 358 |  | (6,770) | (6,412) |
| Reinsurance finance income recognised in Profit or Loss Account | – |  | 4,236 |  | – | 4,236 | | – |  | 3,714 |  | – | 3,714 |
| Reinsurance finance income/(expense) recognised in Other Comprehensive Income | – |  | 2,856 |  | – | 2,856 | | – |  | (5,880) |  | – | (5,880) |
| Total changes in Comprehensive Income | (23,872) | 50, | 469 |  | 11,175 | 37,772 | | (33,617) |  | 8,425 |  | 2,435 | (22,757) |
| Cash flows |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Premiums paid | 23,924 |  | – |  | – | 2 | 3,924 | 34,992 |  | – |  | – | 34,992 |
| Recoveries received | – | (6,072) | |  | – | (6,072) | | – |  | (18,203) |  | – | (18,203) |
| Total cash flows | 23,924 | (6,072) | |  | – | 17,852 |  | 34,992 |  | (18,203) |  | – | 16,789 |
| Closing reinsurance contract assets | 3,502 | 15 | 8,052 | 5 | 4,828 | 216,382 |  | 3,450 |  | 113,6 5 5 | 43,6 | 53 | 160,758 |

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

159

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

3. INSURANCE LIABILITIES AND REINSURANCE ASSETS CONTINUED

3.3. ASSETS FOR INSURANCE ACQUISITION CASH FLOWS

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
|  | £’k |
| Balance as at 1 January 2024 | 8,733 |
| Amounts incurred during the year | 17,905 |
| Amounts derecognised and included in measurement of insurance contracts | (18,166) |
| Balance as at 31 December 2024 | 8,472 |
| Amounts incurred during the period | 16,070 |
| Amounts derecognised and included in measurement of insurance contracts | (16,753) |
| Balance as at 31 December 2025 | 7,789 |

The following table sets out when the Group expects to derecognise assets for insurance acquisition cash flows after the reporting date:

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
|  | £’k |
| 31 December 2025 |  |
| Less than one year | 7,733 |
| More than one year | 56 |
|  | 7,789 |
| 31 December 2024 |  |
| Less than one year | 8,410 |
| More than one year | 62 |
|  | 8,472 |

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

160

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

3. INSURANCE LIABILITIES AND REINSURANCE ASSETS CONTINUED

3.4. CLAIMS DEVELOPMENT

The presentation of the claims development tables for the Group is based on the actual date of the event that caused the claim (accident year basis). These triangles present estimated

costs including any risk adjustment and associated liability related to the future cost of handling claims.

Gross of reinsurance

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Accident year 2016 |  |  |  |  |  | 2017 |  | 2018 |  | 2019 |  | 2020 |  | 2021 |  | 2022 |  | 2023 | 2024 |  | 2025 |  | Total |
|  |  |  | £’k |  |  | £’k |  | £’k |  | £’k |  | £’k |  | £’k |  | £’k |  | £’k | £’k |  | £’k |  | £’k |
| Estimates of undiscounted gross cumulative claims |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| At the end of the accident year |  |  | 111,518 |  | 16 | 5,707 |  | 120,077 |  | 126,981 |  | 101,965 |  | 89,233 |  | 13 6,811 | 1 | 33,334 | 146,677 |  | 170,46 3 |  |  |
| – | One year later | 10 | 0,935 |  | 131,803 | |  | 108,0 | | 89 | 122,663 |  | 97,95 3 |  | 93,3 | | 09 | 131,433 |  | 134,785 | 135,7 | 59 |  |  |  |
| – Two years later | |  | 94,294 |  | 123,651 | |  | 107,988 | | 127,225 |  | 93,39 | | 0 | 90,941 | | 121,909 |  | 149,927 |  |  |  |  |  |
| – Three years later | |  | 91,336 |  | 122,674 | |  | 11 | 3,257 | 131,254 |  | 88,1 | 92 | 95,294 | | 126,639 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| – | Four years later |  | 90,789 |  | 124,128 | |  | 118,60 | 0 | 13 | 5,173 | 89,57 | 4 | 96,2 | 08 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| – | Five years later | 9 | 2,629 |  | 137,472 | |  | 125,03 | 8 | 138 | ,777 | 88,094 | |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| – | Six years later |  | 101,655 |  | 137,660 | |  | 132,657 | | 138,21 | 6 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| – | Seven years later |  | 101,1 | 24 | 135,67 | | 4 | 127,86 6 | |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| – | Eight years later |  |  | 102,797 |  | 1 | 32,393 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| – | Nine years later |  |  | 102,979 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Current estimate of cumulative claims |  |  |  | 102,979 |  | 1 | 32,393 | 127,8 6 6 |  | 138,21 | 6 | 88,094 | | 96,20 | 8 | 126,639 |  | 149,927 | 13 | 5,759 | 170,46 3 |  |  |
| Cumulative gross claims paid |  |  |  | (94,134) |  |  | (90,579) |  |  | (115,385)  (112,599) | | (74,888) | |  | (72,990) | (86,255) |  | (74,182) |  | (65,303) | (43,432) |  |  |
| Undiscounted gross liabilities – accident years from 2016 to 2025 |  |  |  | 8,845 | 41,814 |  |  | 12,481 |  | 25,617 |  | 13,206 |  |  | 23,218 | 40,384 |  | 75,745 |  | 70,456 | 127,031 | 43 | 8,797 |
| Undiscounted gross liabilities – accident years from 2015 and before |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 35,049 |
| Effect of discounting |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (70,466) |
| Total gross liabilities for incurred claims (“LIC”) |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 4 | 03,380 |
| Liabilities for remaining coverage (“LRC”) |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 57,3 02 |
| Total gross liabilities included in the Statement of Financial Position |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 4 | 60,682 |

The unshaded numbers are undiscounted, but otherwise presented on an IFRS 17 basis. The shaded numbers have not been restated under IFRS 17 and reflect the numbers as previously

reported under IFRS 4. The primary difference between the IFRS 17 and IFRS 4 numbers presented here relates to the risk adjustment.

The gross liabilities for incurred claims and gross liabilities for remaining coverage per product is given below:

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | LIC |  | LRC |  |  | Total |  |
| Motor Vehicle | 306,910 | | 48, | 925 | 3 | 55,835 |  |
| Motorcycle | 37,0 0 4 | |  | 3,290 |  | 40,294 |  |
| Taxi | 59,46 | 6 |  | 5,087 |  | 64 | ,553 |
| Total |  | 403,380 |  | 57,302 | 4 |  | 60,682 |

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

161

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

3. INSURANCE LIABILITIES AND REINSURANCE ASSETS CONTINUED

Net of reinsurance

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Accident year 2016 |  |  |  | 2017 |  |  | 2018 |  | 2019 | 2020 |  | 2021 |  | 2022 |  | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 | Total |  |
|  |  | £’k |  | £’k |  |  | £’k |  | £’k | £’k |  | £’k |  | £’k |  | £’k | £’k | £’k | £’k |  |
| Estimates of undiscounted gross cumulative claims |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| At the end of the accident year |  | 104,808 |  | 106,478 |  |  | 111,433 |  | 115,011 | 85,723 |  | 81,161 |  | 106,049 |  | 102,185 | 122,858 | 114,395 |  |  |
| – | One year later | 93,66 | | 4 | 96,44 | | 6 |  | 99,649 |  | 111,5 5 0 | 81,882 |  | 82,487 |  | 102,066 |  | 99,913 | 109,912 |  |  |  |
| – Two years later | | 87 | ,824 | 91,806 | |  | 98,64 | 1 | 111,3 47 | 80, | | 990 | 80,146 |  | 100,202 | 10 | 5,495 |  |  |  |  |
| – Three years later | | 85,243 | | 91,179 | |  | 99,071 | | 111,3 42 | 78,353 | | 8 | 0,579 | 101,099 |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| – | Four years later | 84,995 | | 45 | 88,5 | 10 | 0,893 | | 112 ,156 | 78,1 | 93 | 81 | ,590 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| – | Five years later | 84,891 | | ,002 | 92 | 103,25 | 4 |  | 114,15 3 | 77,9 0 3 | |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| – | Six years later | 8 | 6,784 | 92,375 | |  | 103,873 | | 114,361 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| – | Seven years later | 86,5 | 36 | 93,89 | 7 |  | 103,134 | |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| – | Eight years later | 85,46 | 4 | 89,983 | |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| – | Nine years later | 85,23 | 7 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Current estimate of cumulative claims |  | 85,23 | 7 | 89,983 | |  | 103,134 | | 114,361 | 77,903 | | 81,59 | 0 | 101,099 | 10 | 5,495 | 109,912 | 114,395 |  |  |
| Cumulative gross claims paid |  |  | (84,330) | (85,835) | |  | (99,105)  (106,529) | |  | (72,525) | |  | (70,934) | (80,808) | (71,351) | | (65,303) | (43,432) |  |  |
| Undiscounted gross liabilities – accident years from 2016 to 2025 |  |  | 907 | 4,148 |  |  |  | 4,029 | 7,832 |  | 5,378 |  | 10,656 | 20,291 | 34,144 |  | 44,609 | 70,963 | 202,957 |  |
| Undiscounted gross liabilities – accident years from 2015 and before |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 7,612 |  |
| Effect of discounting |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (20,069) | |
| Total gross liabilities for incurred claims (“LIC”) |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 190,500 | |
| Liabilities for remaining coverage (“LRC”) |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 53,80 | 0 |
| Total gross liabilities included in the Statement of Financial Position |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 244,300 |

The unshaded numbers are undiscounted, but otherwise presented on an IFRS 17 basis. The shaded numbers have not been restated under IFRS 17 and reflect the numbers as previously

reported under IFRS 4. The primary difference between the IFRS 17 and IFRS 4 numbers presented here relates to the risk adjustment.

The net liabilities for incurred claims and net liabilities for remaining coverage per product is given below:

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | LIC |  | LRC |  | Total |  |
| Motor Vehicle | 152,449 | | 4 | 5,837 | 1 | 98,286 |  |
| Motorcycle | 16,707 | |  | 3,116 |  | 19 | ,823 |
| Taxi | 21,3 | 44 |  | 4,847 |  |  | 26,191 |
| Total |  | 190,500 |  | 53,800 |  |  | 244,300 |

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

162

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

3. INSURANCE LIABILITIES AND REINSURANCE ASSETS CONTINUED

3.5. INSURANCE REVENUE AND EXPENSES – SEGMENTAL DISCLOSURE

An analysis of insurance revenue, insurance service expenses and net expenses from reinsurance contracts held is included in the tables below. Additional information on amounts

recognised in Profit or Loss and OCI is included in the movements in insurance and reinsurance contract balances in Note 3.2.

The Group provides short-term motor insurance to clients, which comprises three lines of business, Motor Vehicle insurance, Motorcycle insurance and Taxi insurance, which are written solely in

the UK. The Group has no other lines of business, nor does it operate outside of the UK. Other income relates to auxiliary products and services, including brokerage and administration fees, all

relating to the motor insurance business. The Group does not have a single client which accounts for more than 10% of revenue.

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | 2025 |  |  |  |  |  |  | 2024 |  |  |  |  |
|  | Motor |  |  |  |  |  |  | Motor |  |  |  |  |  |
|  | Vehicles | Motorcycle |  | Taxi |  | Total |  | Vehicles | Motorcycle |  | Taxi |  | Total |
|  | £’k | £’k |  | £’k |  | £’k |  | £’k | £’k |  | £’k |  | £’k |
| Insurance revenue |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Insurance revenue from contracts measured under the PAA | 193,312 | 9,454 |  | 15,224 | 217, | 990 | 222,63 | 5 | 10,199 | 1 | 5,297 | 248,13 | 1 |
| Total insurance revenue | 193,312 | 9,454 |  | 15,224 | 217, | 990 | 222,63 | 5 | 10,199 | 1 | 5,297 | 248,13 | 1 |
| Insurance service expense |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Incurred claims and other directly attributable expenses | (112 ,2 4 4) | (12,319) |  | (37,957) | (162,520) | | (117,752) | | (6,873) |  | (18,150) | (142,775) | |
| Changes that relate to past service – changes in the FCF relating to the LIC | 3,800 | (93) |  | 1,075 | 4,782 | | 1,769 | | 188 |  | 4,323 | 6,280 | |
| Amortisation of insurance acquisition cash flows | (12,679) | (2,189) | (1,885) | | (16,753) | | (14,234) | | (1,993) |  | (1,939) | (18,166) | |
| Total insurance service expense | (121,123) | (14,601) | (38,767) | | (174,491) | | (130,217) | | (8,678) |  | (15,766) | (154,661) | |
| Net income/(expense) from reinsurance contracts held |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Reinsurance expenses – contracts measured under the PAA | (21,133) | (1,039) | (1,700) | | (23,872) | | (30,119) | | (1,405) |  | (2,093) | (33,617) | |
| Incurred claims recovery | 15,988 | 4,185 | 27,238 | | 47, 411 | | 13,223 | | 944 |  | 5,271 | 19,438 | |
| Changes that relate to past service – changes in the FCF relating to incurred claims |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| recovery | 6,767 | 1,829 | (1,455) | | 7,141 | |  | (3,803) | 262 |  | (2,871) |  | (6,412) |
| Total net income/(expense) from reinsurance contracts held | 1,622 | 4,975 | 4,083 | 2 | 80 | 30,6 |  | (20,699) | (199) |  | 307 |  | (20,591) |
| Total insurance service result | 73,811 | (172) | 540 |  | 74,179 |  |  | 71,719 | 1,322 |  | (162) |  | 72,879 |

Other than reinsurance assets and insurance liabilities (see Note 3.1), the Group does not allocate, monitor or report assets and liabilities per business line and does not consider the

information useful in the day-to-day running of the Group’s operations. The Group also does not allocate, monitor or report other income and expenses per business line.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

163

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

3. INSURANCE LIABILITIES AND REINSURANCE ASSETS CONTINUED

3.6. UNDERWRITING RISK

The principal risk the Group faces under insurance contracts is that the actual claims and benefit payments, or the timing thereof, differ from

expectations. This is influenced by the frequency of claims, severity of claims, actual benefits paid and subsequent development of long-term

claims. Therefore, the objective of the Group is to ensure that sufficient reserves are available to cover these liabilities.

The Group issues only motor insurance contracts within the UK, which usually cover a 12-month duration. For these contracts, the most

significant risks arise from severe weather conditions or single catastrophic events. For longer-tail claims that take some years to settle, there is

also inflation risk.

The above risk exposure is mitigated by diversification across a large portfolio of policyholders and geographical areas within the UK.

The variability of risks is improved by careful selection and implementation of underwriting strategies, which are designed to ensure that

risks are diversified in terms of type of risk and level of insured benefits. This is largely achieved through diversification across policyholders.

Furthermore, strict claim review policies to assess all new and ongoing claims, regular detailed review of claims handling procedures and

frequent investigation of possible fraudulent claims are all policies and procedures put in place to reduce the risk exposure of the Group. The

Group further enforces a policy of actively managing and promptly pursuing claims, in order to reduce its exposure to unpredictable future

developments that can negatively impact the business. Inflation risk is mitigated by taking expected inflation into account when estimating

insurance contract liabilities.

The Group purchases reinsurance as part of its risk mitigation programme. Reinsurance ceded is placed on a non-proportional basis. This

non-proportional reinsurance is excess-of-loss, designed to mitigate the Group’s net exposure to single large claims or catastrophe losses.

The current reinsurance programme has a retention limit of £1m, with no upper limit. Under this programme, the Group pays the first £1m of

any claim and, from 1 July 2025, 50% of the next £1m (prior to 1 July 2025: 40%). Any amount above £2m, is covered in full by the panel of

reinsurers. All retention levels are subject to monthly indexation subsequent to the accident date. Amounts recoverable from reinsurers are

estimated in a manner consistent with the outstanding claims provision and are in accordance with the reinsurance contracts. Although

the Group has reinsurance arrangements, it is not relieved of its direct obligations to its policyholders and thus a credit exposure exists with

respect to ceded reinsurance, to the extent that any reinsurer is unable to meet its obligations assumed under such reinsurance agreements.

The Group’s placement of reinsurance is diversified such that it is not dependent on a single reinsurer. There is no single counterparty exposure

that exceeds 25% of total reinsurance assets at the reporting date.

Key assumptions

The principal assumption underlying the liability estimates is that the Group’s future claims development will follow a similar pattern to past

claims development experience. This includes assumptions in respect of average claim costs, claim handling costs, claim inflation factors and

claim numbers for each accident year. Additional qualitative judgements are used to assess the extent to which past trends may not apply in

the future, for example: one-off occurrence; changes in market factors such as public attitude to claiming: economic conditions; and internal

factors such as portfolio mix, policy conditions and claims handling procedures. Judgement is further used to assess the extent to which

external factors such as judicial decisions and government legislation affect the estimates.

Other key circumstances affecting the reliability of assumptions include variation in interest rates and delays in settlement.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

164

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

3. INSURANCE LIABILITIES AND REINSURANCE ASSETS CONTINUED

Sensitivities

The motor claim liabilities are primarily sensitive to the reserving assumptions noted above. It has not been possible to quantify the sensitivity of individual, specific assumptions such as

legislative changes.

The following analysis is performed for reasonably possible movements in key assumptions with all other assumptions held constant, showing the impact on profit after tax and equity. The

correlation of assumptions will have a significant effect in determining the ultimate claims liabilities, but to demonstrate the impact due to changes in assumptions, assumptions had to be

changed on an individual basis. It should be noted that movements in these assumptions are non-linear. This sensitivity analysis reflects one-off impacts at the balance sheet date and should

not be interpreted as a forecast.

Gross of reinsurance Net of reinsurance

2025 2025

Increase/

(decrease) in

profit, after tax

Increase/(decrease) in

other comprehensive

income, after tax

Increase/decrease

in equity

Increase/

(decrease) in profit,

after tax

Increase/(decrease) in

other comprehensive

income, after tax

Increase/decrease

in equity

£’k £’k £’k £’k £’k £’k

Liability for incurred claims

(1) (2) (3)

Impact of 5% increase in insurance contract liabilities  (16,959)  –   (16,959)  (9,500)  –   (9,500)

Impact of an increase in ultimate loss ratio of 5ppts  (25,326)  –   (25,326)  (14,800)  –   (14,800)

Discount rates

Impact of 1% increase in the discount rates used in calculating

present value of future expected cash outflows  1,008   5,564   6,572   178   2,070   2,248

Impact of 1% decrease in the discount rates used in calculating

present value of future expected cash outflows  (1,114)  (5,907)  (7,021)  (189)  (2,189)  (2,378)

Risk adjustment for non-financial risk

Impact of moving the confidence interval of the booked risk

adjustment up by 5ppts  (11,555)  –   (11,555)  (2,626)  –   (2,626)

Impact of moving the confidence interval of the booked risk

adjustment down by 5ppts  8,988   –   8,988   2,233   –   2,233

(1)  The impact of decreases will have a similar but opposite impact

(2)  Excludes the impact of discounting

(3)  A substantial increase in individually large claims which are over our reinsurance retention limit, generally will have no impact on profit after tax

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

165

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

3. INSURANCE LIABILITIES AND REINSURANCE ASSETS CONTINUED

Gross of reinsurance Net of reinsurance

2024 2024

Increase/(decrease)

in profit, after tax

Increase/(decrease) in

other comprehensive

income, after tax

Increase/decrease in

equity

Increase/(decrease)

in profit, after tax

Increase/(decrease) in

other comprehensive

income, after tax

Increase/decrease in

equity

£’k £’k £’k £’k £’k £’k

Liability for incurred claims

(1) (2) (3)

Impact of 5% increase in insurance contract liabilities  (13,921)  –   (13,921)  (7,902)  –   (7,902)

Impact of an increase in ultimate loss ratio of 5ppts  (22,033)  –   (22,033)  (13,256)  –   (13,256)

Discount rates

Impact of 1% increase in the discount rates used in calculating

present value of future expected cash outflows  783   5,499   6,282   151   2,116    2,267

Impact of 1% decrease in the discount rates used in calculating

present value of future expected cash outflows

(882)  (6,497)  (7,379)  (159)  (2,445)  (2,604)

Risk adjustment for non-financial risk

Impact of moving the confidence interval of the booked risk

adjustment up by 5ppts  (9,018)  –   (9,018)  (2,358)  –   (2,358)

Impact of moving the confidence interval of the booked risk

adjustment down by 5ppts  7,339   –   7,3 39    2,004   –   2,004

(1)  The impact of decreases will have a similar but opposite impact

(2)  Excludes the impact of discounting

(3)  A substantial increase in individually large claims which are over our reinsurance retention limit, generally will have no impact on profit after tax

The 2024 risk adjustment sensitivity impact has been recalculated to reflect the impact of discounting in line with the impact calculated for 2025.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

166

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

3. INSURANCE LIABILITIES AND REINSURANCE ASSETS CONTINUED

Climate change

Management has assessed the short-, medium- and long-term risks that result from climate change. The short-term risk is low. Given the

geographical diversity of the Group’s policyholders within the UK and the Group’s reinsurance programme, it is highly unlikely that a climate

event will materially impact the Group’s financial position, including its assessment of the liability for incurred claims. More likely is that the

costs associated with the transition to a low-carbon economy will impact the Group’s indemnity spend in the medium term, as electronic

vehicles are currently relatively expensive to fix. This is somewhat, or perhaps completely, offset by advances in technology reducing the

frequency of claims, in particular bodily injury claims which are generally far more expensive than damage to vehicles. These changes in

the costs of claims are gradual and, as such, reflected in the Group’s claims experience and fed into the pricing of policies. However, if the

propensity to travel by car decreases overall, this could impact the Group’s income in the long term.

3.7. INSURANCE-RELATED CREDIT RISK

Key insurance-related areas where the Group is exposed to credit default risk are:

− Reinsurers default on their share of the Group’s insurance liabilities

− Default on amounts due from insurance contract intermediaries or policyholders

Sabre uses a large panel of secure reinsurance companies. The credit risk of reinsurers included in the reinsurance programme is considered

annually by reviewing their credit worthiness. Sabre’s largest reinsurance counterparty is Munich Re. The credit risk exposure is further

monitored throughout the year to ensure that changes in credit risk positions are adequately addressed.

The following tables demonstrate the Group’s exposure to credit risk in respect of overdue insurance debt and counterparty creditworthiness.

Overdue insurance-related debt

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Neither past |  |  |  |  | Carrying value |  |
|  | due nor |  | Past due | Past due more | Assets that have | in the balance |  |
|  | impaired |  | 1–90 days | than 90 days | been impaired | sheet |  |
| At 31 December 2025 | £’k |  | £’k | £’k | £’k | £’k |  |
| Reinsurance contracts assets  (1) | 266,781 |  | – | – | – | 266,781 |  |
| Insurance receivables  (2) | 42,70 | 8 | 81 | 68 | – | 4 | 2,857 |
| Total |  | 309,489 | 81 | 68 | – |  | 309,638 |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Neither past |  |  |  | Carrying value |  |
|  |  | due nor | Past due | Past due more | Assets that have | in the balance |  |
|  |  | impaired | 1–90 days | than 90 days | been impaired | sheet |  |
| At 31 December 2024 |  | £’k | £’k | £’k | £’k | £’k |  |
| Reinsurance contracts assets  (1) |  | 202,231 | – | – | – | 202,231 |  |
| Insurance receivables  (2) |  | 41,755 | 22 | – | – | 41 | ,777 |
| Total | 243, | 986 | 22 | – | – | 244,00 | 8 |

(1) Undiscounted

(2)  Included within ‘Insurance contract liabilities’

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

167

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

3. INSURANCE LIABILITIES AND REINSURANCE ASSETS CONTINUED

Exposure by credit rating

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | AAA | AA+ to AA- | A+ to A- | BBB+ to BBB- | BB+ and below |  | Not rated | Total |  |
| At 31 December 2025 | £’k | £’k | £’k | £’k | £’k |  | £’k | £’k |  |
| Reinsurance contracts assets  (1) | – | 130,186 | 136,595 | – | – |  | – | 266,781 |  |
| Insurance receivables  (2) | – | – | – | – | – | 4 | 2,857 | 4 | 2,857 |
| Total | – | 130,186 | 136,595 | – | – | 4 | 2,857 |  | 309,638 |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | AAA | AA+ to AA- |  | A+ to A- | BBB+ to BBB- | BB+ and below | Not rated | Total |  |
| At 31 December 2024 | £’k | £’k |  | £’k | £’k | £’k | £’k | £’k |  |
| Reinsurance contracts assets  (1) | – | 102,138 | 100 | ,093 | – | – | – | 202,231 |  |
| Insurance receivables  (2) | – | – |  | – | – | – | 41,777 | 41 | ,777 |
| Total | – | 102,138 | 10 | 0,093 | – | – | 41,777 | 244 | ,008 |

(1) Undiscounted

(2)  Included within ‘Insurance contract liabilities’

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

168

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

3. INSURANCE LIABILITIES AND REINSURANCE ASSETS CONTINUED

3.8. NET FINANCIAL RESULT

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  | 2025 |  |  | 2024 |  |
|  |  | Insurance | Non-insurance |  | Insurance | Non-insurance |  |
|  |  | related | related | Total | related | related | Total |
|  | Notes | £’k | £’k | £’k | £’k | £’k | £’k |
| Investment income |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Interest income on financial assets using |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| effective interest rate method | 4.5 | 10,816 | 903 | 11,719 | 7,501 | 425 | 7,926 |
| Realised gains on derecognition of debt |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| securities measured at FVOCI | 4.6 | 7 | – | 7 | – | – | – |
| Amounts recognised in OCI | 4.6 | 5,518 | – | 5,518 | 3,774 | – | 3,774 |
| Total investment income |  | 16,341 | 903 | 17,244 | 11,275 | 425 | 11,70 0 |
| Insurance finance expense from  insurance contracts held |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Interest accreted |  | (9,968) | – | (9,968) | (8,392) | – | (8,392) |
| Effect of changes in interest rates and  other financial assumptions |  | (5,808) | – | (5,808) | 6,852 | – | 6,852 |
|  |  | (15,776) | – | (15,776) | (1,540) | – | (1,540) |
| Reinsurance finance income/(expense) from  reinsurance contracts held |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Interest accreted |  | 4,236 | – | 4,236 | 3,714 | – | 3,714 |
| Effect of changes in interest rates and  other financial assumptions |  | 2,856 | – | 2,856 | (5,880) | – | (5,880) |
|  |  | 7,0 92 | – | 7,09 2 | (2,166) | – | (2,16 6) |
| Net insurance finance expense |  | (8,684) | – | (8,684) | (3,706) | – | (3,706) |
| Net financial results |  | 7,657 | 903 | 8,560 | 7,569 | 425 | 7,9 94 |
| Represented by: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Amounts recognised in Profit or Loss |  | 5,091 | 903 | 5,994 | 2,823 | 425 | 3,248 |
| Amounts recognised in OCI |  | 2,566 | – | 2,566 | 4,746 | – | 4,746 |
| Total |  | 7,657 | 903 | 8,560 | 7,569 | 425 | 7,9 94 |

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

169

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

4. FINANCIAL ASSETS

RISK MANAGEMENT

Refer to the following notes for detail on risks relating to financial assets:

Investment concentration risk – Note 4.2.1

Interest rate risk – Note 4.2.2

Credit risk – Note 4.4

Liquidity risk – Note 6

The Group’s financial assets are summarised below:

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | Notes | £’k | £’k |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 4.1 | 25,475 | 31,314 |
| Debt securities held at fair value through Other Comprehensive Income | 4.2 | 325,752 | 311,184 |
| Receivables | 4.3 | 41 | 32 |
| Total |  | 351,268 | 342,530 |

4.1. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

ACCOUNTING POLICY – CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, deposits held on call with banks and money market funds. Cash and cash equivalents

are carried at amortised cost.

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 |  |  | 2024 |
|  | £’k |  |  | £’k |
| Cash at bank and on hand | 14,823 |  | 18,17 | 4 |
| Money market funds | 10,652 |  |  | 13,140 |
| Total | 2 | 5,475 |  | 31,314 |

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

170

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

4. FINANCIAL ASSETS CONTINUED

Cash held in money market funds has no notice period for withdrawal.

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value. The full value is expected to be realised within 12 months.

4.2. DEBT SECURITIES HELD AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

ACCOUNTING POLICY – FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

CLASSIFICATION

The Group classifies the following financial assets at fair value through Other Comprehensive Income (“FVOCI”):

− Debt securities

A debt instrument is measured at FVOCI only if it meets both of the following conditions and is not designated at fair value through the

Profit or Loss Account (“FVTPL”):

− The asset is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling

financial assets

− The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest (“SPPI”) on the

principal amount outstanding on specified dates

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT

At initial recognition, the Group measures debt securities through Other Comprehensive Income at fair value, plus the transaction costs that

are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Debt securities at FVOCI are subsequently measured at fair value.

IMPAIRMENT

At each reporting date, the Group assesses debt securities at FVOCI for impairment. Under IFRS 9, a ‘three-stage’ model for calculating the

expected credit losses (“ECL”) is used, and is based on changes in credit quality since initial recognition. Refer to Note 4.4.

The Group’s debt securities held at fair value through Other Comprehensive Income are summarised below:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 |  |  | 2024 |
|  | £’k | % holdings | £’k | % holdings |
| Government bonds | 124,798 | 38.3% | 112,793 | 36.2% |
| Government-backed securities | 100,717 | 30.9% | 103,267 | 33.2% |
| Corporate bonds | 100,237 | 30.8% | 95,124 | 30.6% |
| Total | 325,752 | 100.0% | 311,18 4 | 100.0% |

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

171

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

4. FINANCIAL ASSETS CONTINUED

4.2.1. Investment concentration risk

Excessive exposure to particular industry sectors or groups can give rise to concentration risk. The Group has no significant investment

concentration in any particular industrial sector and therefore is unlikely to suffer significant losses through its investment portfolio as a result

of over-exposure to sectors engaged in similar activities or which have similar economic features that would cause their ability to meet

contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic, political or other conditions.

A significant part of the Group’s investment portfolio consists primarily of UK government bonds and government-backed bonds; therefore,

the risk of government default does exist, however, the likelihood is extremely remote. The remainder of the portfolio consists of investment

grade corporate bonds. The Group continues to monitor the strength and security of all bonds. The Group does not have direct exposure to

Ukrainian and Russian assets.

The Group’s exposure by geographical area is outlined below:

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  | Government- |  |  |  |  |
|  | Government |  | backed | Corporate |  |  |  |
|  | bonds |  | securities | bonds | Total |  |  |
| At 31 December 2025 | £’k |  | £’k | £’k | £’k |  | % holdings |
| United Kingdom | 124,798 |  | 3,102 | 2 5 ,611 | 15 3,511 |  | 47.1% |
| Europe | – |  | 61,744 | 44,371 | 10 6 ,115 |  | 32.6% |
| Northern America | – | 25 | ,265 | 23 ,112 | 4 | 8,377 | 14.9% |
| Oceania | – |  | – | 5,018 |  | 5,018 | 1.5% |
| Asia | – | 10,60 | 6 | 2,125 |  | 12,731 | 3.9% |
| Total | 124,798 |  | 100,717 | 100,237 |  | 325,752 | 100.0% |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | Government- |  |  |  |  |  |  |
|  |  | Government |  | backed |  | Corporate |  |  |  |  |
|  |  | bonds |  | securities |  | bonds |  | Total |  |  |
| At 31 December 2024 |  | £’k |  | £’k |  | £’k |  | £’k |  | % holdings |
| United Kingdom | 112,7 | 93 |  | 3,038 |  | 31,187 |  | 147,018 |  | 47. 2 % |
| Europe |  | – |  | 59,277 |  | 37,0 0 2 |  | 9 | 6,279 | 30.9% |
| Northern America |  | – |  | 25,76 | 1 | 19,863 |  |  | 45,624 | 14.7% |
| Oceania |  | – |  |  | – | 4,973 |  |  | 4,973 | 1.6% |
| Asia |  | – |  | 15,19 | 1 | 2,099 |  |  | 17,29 0 | 5.6% |
| Total | 11 | 2,793 | 10 | 3,267 |  | 95,1 | 24 |  | 311,184 | 100.0% |

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

172

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

4. FINANCIAL ASSETS CONTINUED

The Group’s exposure by investment type for government-backed securities and corporate bonds is outlined below:

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Agency | Supranational |  | Total |
| At 31 December 2025 |  | £’k | £’k |  | £’k |
| Government-backed securities | 38 | ,044 | 62,673 | 10 | 0,717 |
| % of holdings |  | 37.8% | 62.2% |  | 100.0% |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Financial |  | Industrial |  | Utilities | Total |
| At 31 December 2025 |  | £’k |  | £’k |  | £’k | £’k |
| Corporate bonds | 5 | 5,765 | 34 | ,235 | 10,2 | 37 | 100,237 |
| % of holdings |  | 55.6% |  | 34.2% |  | 10.2% | 100.0% |

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Agency |  | Supranational | Total |
| At 31 December 2024 | £’k |  | £’k | £’k |
| Government-backed securities | 43,921 | 59,3 | 46 | 103,267 |
| % of holdings | 42.5% |  | 57.5 % | 100.0% |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Financial |  | Industrial | Utilities |  | Total |
| At 31 December 2024 | £’k |  | £’k | £’k |  | £’k |
| Corporate bonds | 51,698 | 38,87 | 3 | 4,553 | 95,1 | 24 |
| % of holdings | 54.3% |  | 40.9% | 4.8% |  | 100.0% |

4.2.2. Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates.

Floating rate instruments expose the Group to cash flow interest risk, whereas fixed interest rate instruments expose the Group to fair value

interest risk.

The Group’s interest risk policy requires it to manage the maturities of interest-bearing financial assets and interest-bearing financial liabilities.

Interest on fixed interest rate instruments is priced at inception of the financial instrument and is fixed until maturity.

The Group has a concentration of interest rate risk in UK government bonds and other fixed-income securities.

The analysis that follows is performed for reasonably possible movements in key variables with all other variables held constant, showing the

impact on profit before tax and equity. The correlation of variables will have a significant effect in determining the ultimate impact on interest

rate risk, but to demonstrate the impact due to changes in variables, variables had to be changed on an individual basis. It should be noted

that movements in these variables are non-linear.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

173

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

4. FINANCIAL ASSETS CONTINUED

The impact of any movement in market values, such as those caused by changes in interest rates, is taken through Other Comprehensive

Income and has no impact on profit after tax.

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Decrease in profit after tax | Decrease in total equity |  |
|  | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 |
| At 31 December | £’k | £’k | £’k | £’k |
| Interest rate |  |  |  |  |
| Impact of a 100-basis point increase in interest rates on debt securities at FVOCI | – | – | (3,378) | (3,250) |
| Impact of a 200-basis point increase in interest rates on debt securities at FVOCI | – | – | (6,755) | (6,499) |

4.2.3. Fair value

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market

participants at the measurement date, or in its absence, the most advantageous market to which the Group has access at that date.

The Group measures the fair value of an instrument using the quoted bid price in an active market for that instrument. A market is regarded

as active if transactions for the asset take place with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets is based on quoted market prices at the Statement of Financial Position date.

A market is regarded as active if quoted prices are readily and regularly available from the stock exchange or pricing service, and those

prices represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis. The quoted market price used for financial

assets held by the Group is the closing bid price.

Fair value measurements are based on observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent

sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Group’s view of market assumptions in the absence of observable market information.

IFRS 13 requires certain disclosures which require the classification of financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value using a fair

value hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used in making the fair value measurement.

Disclosure of fair value measurements by level is according to the following fair value measurement hierarchy:

− Level 1: fair value is based on quoted market prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical instruments as measured on reporting date

− Level 2: fair value is determined through inputs, other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the assets and

liabilities, either directly (prices) or indirectly (derived from prices)

− Level 3: fair value is determined through valuation techniques which use significant unobservable inputs

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

174

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

4. FINANCIAL ASSETS CONTINUED

Level 1

The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets is based on quoted market prices at the Statement of Financial Position date.

A market is regarded as active if quoted prices are readily and regularly available from the stock exchange or pricing service, and those

prices represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis. The quoted market price used for financial

assets held by the Group is the closing bid price. These instruments are included in Level 1 and comprise only debt securities classified as fair

value through Other Comprehensive Income.

Level 2

The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market is determined by using valuation techniques. These valuation

techniques maximise the use of observable market data where it is available and rely as little as possible on entity-specific estimates.

If all significant input required to fair value an instrument is observable, the instrument is included in Level 2. The Group has no Level 2

financial instruments.

Level 3

If one or more of the significant inputs are not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in Level 3. The Group has no Level

3 financial instruments.

The following table summarises the classification of financial instruments:

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total |
| At 31 December 2025 |  | £’k | £’k | £’k | £’k |
| Assets held at fair value |  |  |  |  |  |
| Debt securities held at FVOCI | 3 | 25,752 | – | – | 325,752 |
| Total | 3 | 25,752 | – | – | 325,752 |

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total |
| At 31 December 2024 | £’k | £’k | £’k | £’k |
| Assets held at fair value |  |  |  |  |
| Debt securities held at FVOCI | 311,18 4 | – | – | 311,18 4 |
| Total | 311,18 4 | – | – | 311,18 4 |

Transfers between levels

There have been no transfers between levels during the year (2024: no transfers).

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

175

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

4. FINANCIAL ASSETS CONTINUED

4.3. RECEIVABLES

ACCOUNTING POLICY

CLASSIFICATION

The Group classifies its receivables as at amortised cost only if both of the following criteria are met:

− The asset is held within a business model whose objective is to collect the contractual cash flows

− The contractual terms give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest

RECOGNITION AND MEASUREMENT

Receivables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less

provision for expected credit losses.

IMPAIRMENT

The Group measures loss allowances at an amount equal to lifetime ECL. To measure the expected credit losses, receivables have been

grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics and the days past due to create the categories, namely, performing, underperforming

and not performing. The expected loss rates are based on the payment profiles of receivables over a period of 36 months before year end.

The loss rates are adjusted to reflect current and forward-looking information on macro-economic factors, such as the socio-economic

environment affecting the ability of the debtors to settle the receivables. Receivables that are 30 days or more past due are considered to

be ‘not performing’ and the default rebuttable presumption of 90 days prescribed by IFRS 9 is not applied.

PERFORMING

Customers have a low risk of default and a strong capacity to meet contractual cash flows.

UNDERPERFORMING

Receivables for which there is a significant increase in credit risk. A significant increase in credit risk is presumed if interest and/or principal

repayments are past due.

NOT PERFORMING

Interest and/or principal repayments are 30 days past due.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

176

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

4. FINANCIAL ASSETS CONTINUED

The Group’s receivables comprise:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | £’k | £’k |
| Other debtors | 41 | 32 |
| Total | 41 | 32 |

The estimated fair values of receivables are the discounted amounts of the estimated future cash flows expected to be received.

The carrying value of receivables approximates fair value. The provision for expected credit losses is based on the recoverability of the

individual receivables.

The Group calculated ECL on receivables and has concluded that it is wholly immaterial and such further disclosure has not been included.

4.4. CREDIT RISK

ACCOUNTING POLICY

IMPAIRMENT OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

At each reporting date, the Group assesses financial assets measured at amortised cost and debt securities at FVOCI for impairment.

Under IFRS 9, a ‘three-stage’ model for calculating expected credit losses (“ECL”) is used, and is based on changes in credit quality since

initial recognition as summarised below:

PERFORMING FINANCIAL ASSETS

− Stage 1: From initial recognition of a financial asset to the date on which an asset has experienced a significant increase in credit

risk relative to its initial recognition, a stage 1 loss allowance is recognised equal to the credit losses expected to result from its default

occurring over the earlier of the next 12 months or its maturity date (“12-month ECL”).

− Stage 2: Following a significant increase in credit risk relative to the initial recognition of the financial asset, a stage 2 loss allowance is

recognised equal to the credit losses expected from all possible default events over the remaining lifetime of the asset (“Lifetime ECL”).

The assessment of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk, such as an actual or significant change in instruments’

external credit rating; significant widening of credit spread; changes in rates or terms of instrument; existing or forecast adverse change

in business, financial or economic conditions that are expected to cause a significant change in the counterparty’s ability to meet its

debt obligations; requires considerable judgement, based on the lifetime probability of default (“PD”). Stage 1 and 2 allowances are

held against performing loans; the main difference between stage 1 and stage 2 allowances is the time horizon. Stage 1 allowances

are estimated using the PD with a maximum period of 12 months, while stage 2 allowances are estimated using the PD over the

remaining lifetime of the asset.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

177

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

4. FINANCIAL ASSETS CONTINUED

IMPAIRED FINANCIAL ASSETS

− Stage 3: When a financial asset is considered to be credit-impaired, the allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) continues to represent

lifetime expected credit losses; however, interest income is calculated based on the amortised cost of the asset, net of the loss

allowance, rather than its gross carrying amount.

APPLICATION OF THE IMPAIRMENT MODEL

The Group applies IFRS 9’s ECL model to two main types of financial assets that are measured at amortised cost or FVOCI:

− Other receivables, to which the simplified approach prescribed by IFRS 9 is applied. This approach requires the recognition of a lifetime

ECL allowance on day one.

− Debt securities, to which the general three-stage model (described above) is applied, whereby a 12-month ECL is recognised initially

and the balance is monitored for significant increases in credit risk which triggers the recognition of a lifetime ECL allowance.

ECLs are a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses. The probability is determined by the estimated risk of default which is applied to

the cash flow estimates. On a significant increase in credit risk, from investment grade to non-investment grade, allowances are recognised

without a change in the expected cash flows (although typically expected cash flows do also change) and expected credit losses are

rebased from 12-month to lifetime expectations.

The measurement of ECLs considers information about past events and current conditions, as well as supportable information about future

events and economic conditions.

PRESENTATION OF IMPAIRMENT

Loss allowances for financial assets measured at amortised cost are deducted from the gross carrying amount of the assets. For debt

securities at FVOCI, the loss allowance is recognised in the Profit or Loss Account and accounted for as a transfer from OCI to Profit or Loss,

instead of reducing the carrying amount of the asset.

WRITE-OFFS

Loans and debt securities are written off (either partially or in full) when there is no realistic prospect of the amount being recovered. This is

generally the case when the Group concludes that the borrower does not have assets or sources of income that could generate sufficient

cash flows to repay the amounts subject to the write-off.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

178

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

4. FINANCIAL ASSETS CONTINUED

Exposure by credit rating

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | AAA | AA+ to AA- | A+ to A- |  |  | BBB+ to BBB- | BB+ and below | Not rated | Total |
| At 31 December 2025 |  | £’k | £’k | £’k |  |  | £’k | £’k | £’k | £’k |
| UK government bonds |  | – | 124,798 | – |  |  | – | – | – | 124,798 |
| Government-backed securities |  | 100,717 | – | – |  |  | – | – | – | 100,717 |
| Corporate bonds |  | 1,125 | 21,008 | 53,754 |  | 24,35 | 0 | – | – | 100,237 |
| Receivables |  | – | – | – |  |  | – | – | 41 | 41 |
| Cash and cash equivalents | 10 | ,652 | 51 | 14,772 |  |  | – | – | – | 25,475 |
| Total |  | 112 , 494 | 145,857 | 6 | 8,526 | 24 | ,350 | – | 41 | 351,268 |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | AAA |  | AA+ to AA- |  | A+ to A- | BBB+ to BBB- | BB+ and below | Not rated |  | Total |
| At 31 December 2024 |  | £’k |  | £’k |  | £’k | £’k | £’k | £’k |  | £’k |
| UK government bonds |  | – | 112,7 | 93 |  | – | – | – | – | 112,7 | 93 |
| Government-backed securities | 98,96 | 3 | 4,304 | |  | – | – | – | – | 103,267 | |
| Corporate bonds |  | 1,127 | 2 | 0,050 |  | 57,270 | 16,677 | – | – | 95,1 | 24 |
| Receivables |  | – |  | – |  | – | – | – | 32 |  | 32 |
| Cash and cash equivalents |  | 13,140 |  | 51 | 18,1 | 23 | – | – | – | 31,314 | |
| Total |  | 113,23 0 |  | 137,198 |  | 75,393 | 16,677 | – | 32 | 3 | 42,530 |

With the exception of receivables, all the Group’s financial assets are investment grade (AAA to BBB).

Analysis of credit risk and allowance for ECL

The following table provides an overview of the allowance for ECL provided for on the types of financial assets held by the Group where credit

risk is prevalent.

Gross carrying

amount

Allowance

for ECL Net amount

At 31 December 2025 £’k £’k  £’k

Government bonds  124,798   (3)  124,795

Government-backed securities  100,717   (4)  100,713

Corporate bonds  100,237   (38)  100,199

Receivables  41   –   41

Cash and cash equivalents  25,475   –   25,475

Total  351,268   (45)  351,223

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

179

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

4. FINANCIAL ASSETS CONTINUED

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Gross carrying |  | Allowance |  |  |
|  |  | amount |  | for ECL | Net amount |  |
| At 31 December 2024 |  | £’k |  | £’k | £’k |  |
| Government bonds | 11 | 2,793 |  | (3) | 112,79 0 |  |
| Government-backed securities |  | 103,267 |  | (4) | 103,263 |  |
| Corporate bonds |  | 95,1 | | 24 | (35) | 95,0 | | 89 |
| Receivables |  |  | 32 | – |  | 32 |
| Cash and cash equivalents |  | 31,314 | | – | 31,314 | |
| Total |  | 342,53 | 0 | (42) | 3 | 42,488 |

4.5. INVESTMENT INCOME

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Investment income from debt instruments classified as FVOCI are measured using the effective interest rate which allocates the interest

income or interest expense over the expected life of the asset or liability at the rate that exactly discounts all estimated future cash flows to

equal the instrument’s initial carrying amount. Calculation of the effective interest rate takes into account fees payable or receivable that

are an integral part of the instrument’s yield, premiums or discounts on acquisition or issue, early redemption fees and transaction costs. All

contractual terms of a financial instrument are considered when estimating future cash flows.

2025 2024

£’k £’k

Interest income on financial assets using effective interest rate method

Interest income from debt securities  10,582   6,458

Interest income from cash and cash equivalents  1,137   1,468

Total  11,719   7,926

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

180

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

4. FINANCIAL ASSETS CONTINUED

4.6. NET GAINS/(LOSSES) FROM FAIR VALUE ADJUSTMENTS ON FINANCIAL ASSETS

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Movements in the fair value of debt instruments classified as FVOCI are taken through OCI. When the instruments are derecognised, the

cumulative gain or losses previously recognised in OCI is reclassified to Profit or Loss.

2025 2024

£’k £’k

Profit or Loss

Realised gains on derecognition of debt securities measured at FVOCI  7   –

Realised fair value gains on debt securities reclassified to Profit or Loss  7   –

Other Comprehensive Income

Unrealised fair value gains on debt securities  5,522   3,769

Realised gains on derecognition of debt securities reclassified to Profit or Loss  (7)  –

Expected credit loss  3   5

Unrealised fair value gains on debt securities through Other Comprehensive Income  5,518   3,774

Net gains from fair value adjustments on financial assets  5,525   3,774

5. PAYABLES

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Payables are recognised when the Group has a contractual obligation to deliver cash or another financial asset to another entity, or

a contractual obligation to exchange financial assets or financial liabilities with another entity under conditions that are potentially

unfavourable to the entity. Payables are carried at amortised cost.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | £’k | £’k |
| Trade and other creditors | 894 | 951 |
| Other taxes | 6,154 | 6,044 |
| Total | 7,0 48 | 6,995 |

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

181

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

6. LIQUIDITY RISK

Liquidity risk is the potential that obligations cannot be met as they fall due as a consequence of having a timing mismatch or inability to

raise sufficient liquid assets without suffering a substantial loss on realisation. The Group manages its liquidity risk through both ensuring that

it holds sufficient cash and cash equivalent assets to meet all short-term liabilities and matching, as far as possible, the maturity profile of its

financial investments to the expected cash outflows.

The following table analyses the carrying value of cash and cash equivalents and financial assets, by contractual maturity, which can fund

the repayment of liabilities as they crystallise. It also analyses the undiscounted cash flows of reinsurance contract assets held, based on the

future expected cash flows to be received in the periods presented.

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Up to 1 year |  | 1 to 2 years | 2 to 3 years |  | 3 to 4 years |  | 4 to 5 years | Over 5 years |  | Total |
| At 31 December 2025 |  | £’k |  | £’k | £’k |  | £’k |  | £’k | £’k |  | £’k |
| Cash and cash equivalents  (1) | 2 | 5,475 |  | – | – |  | – |  | – | – | 2 | 5,475 |
| UK government bonds |  | 38,613 | 23 | ,451 | 34,780 |  | 19,864 |  | – | 8,090 |  | 124,798 |
| Government-backed securities |  | 47,10 0 | 13,271 | | 14,471 |  | 13,464 |  | 8,629 | 3,782 |  | 100,717 |
| Corporate bonds |  | 18,931 | 13, | 660 | 3 | 0,699 | 20,175 |  | 9,509 | 7,263 |  | 100,237 |
| Receivables |  | 41 |  | – |  | – | – |  | – | – |  | 41 |
| Reinsurance contract assets | 6 | 5,594 | 4 | 4,008 |  | 36,876 | 27,018 |  | 21,115 | 72 ,170 |  | 266,781 |
| Total |  | 195,754 |  | 94,390 |  | 116 ,8 26 | 80,521 | 39,2 | 53 | 91,305 |  | 618,049 |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Up to 1 year |  | 1 to 2 years |  |  | 2 to 3 years |  | 3 to 4 years |  |  | 4 to 5 years |  | Over 5 years |  | Total |  |
| At 31 December 2024 | £’k |  | £’k |  |  | £’k |  | £’k |  |  | £’k |  | £’k |  | £’k |  |
| Cash and cash equivalents  (1) | 31,314 |  | – |  |  | – |  | – |  |  | – |  | – |  | 31,314 |  |
| UK government bonds | 11,810 |  | 32,790 |  |  | 19,855 | 30 | ,628 |  |  | 17,710 |  | – | 11 | 2,793 |  |
| Government-backed securities | 39,740 |  | 38,86 | 1 |  | 7,92 9 |  | 6,034 |  |  | 10,703 |  | – |  | 103,267 |  |
| Corporate bonds | 37,54 | 6 | 20 | ,366 |  | 11,3 47 |  | 19,091 |  |  | 6,230 |  | 544 |  | 95,1 | 24 |
| Receivables |  | 32 |  | – |  | – |  | – |  |  | – |  | – |  |  | 32 |
| Reinsurance contract assets | 56 | ,652 |  | 31,084 | 18,5 | 58 |  | 19,662 |  | 15,6 | 31 | 6 | 0,644 |  |  | 202,231 |
| Total | 177,0 | 94 |  | 123,101 |  | 57,68 9 |  | 75,4 | 15 |  | 50,274 |  | 61,188 |  |  | 544,761 |

(1)  Includes money market funds with no notice period for withdrawal

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

182

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

6. LIQUIDITY RISK CONTINUED

The following table analyses the undiscounted cash flows of insurance liabilities based on the future cash flows expected to be paid out in the

periods presented, and payables by maturity dates.

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Up to 1 year | 1 to 2 years |  | 2 to 3 years | 3 to 4 years |  | 4 to 5 years | Over 5 years |  | Total |
| At 31 December 2025 | £’k | £’k |  | £’k | £’k |  | £’k | £’k |  | £’k |
| Payables | 7,0 48 | – |  | – | – |  | – | – |  | 7,04 8 |
| Insurance contract liabilities  (2) | 101,733 | 90,478 |  | 66,812 | 46,492 | 3 | 0,264 | 89,773 | 4 | 25,552 |
| Total | 108,781 | 9 | 0,478 | 66,812 | 46,492 | 3 | 0,264 | 89,773 | 4 | 32,600 |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Up to 1 year | 1 to 2 years | 2 to 3 years |  | 3 to 4 years |  | 4 to 5 years | Over 5 years |  | Total |
| At 31 December 2024 |  | £’k | £’k | £’k |  | £’k |  | £’k | £’k |  | £’k |
| Payables |  | 6,995 | – | – |  | – |  | – | – |  | 6,995 |
| Insurance contract liabilities  (2) | 88,9 | 92 | 74,407 | 42,761 | 34, | 427 | 25,26 | 1 | 77,787 | 343,6 | 35 |
| Total | 95,98 | 7 | 74,407 | 42,761 | 34, | 427 | 25,26 | 1 | 77,787 | 350, | 630 |

(2)  Excludes the liability for remaining coverage (unearned premium element) and effect of discounting

Management has considered the liquidity and cash generation of the Group and is satisfied that the Group will be able to meet all liabilities

as they fall due.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

183

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

7. OTHER INCOME

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Other income consists of brokerage fees resulting from the sale of ancillary products connected to the Group’s direct business, and other

non-insurance income such as administrative fees charged on direct business. Such income is recognised once the related service has

been performed. Typically, this will be at the point of sale of the product.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | £’k | £’k |
| Administration fees | 314 | 182 |
| Brokerage and other fee income | 323 | 558 |
| Total | 637 | 740 |

Brokerage and other fee income relates to auxiliary products and services.

8. OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  | 2025 |  | 2024 |
|  | Notes |  | £’k |  | £’k |
| Employee expenses | 8.1 |  | 18,161 | 1 | 5,426 |
| Property expenses |  |  | 503 | 500 | |
| IT expense, including IT depreciation |  |  | 6,934 | 6,756 | |
| Other depreciation |  |  | 113 | 113 | |
| Industry levies |  |  | 5,670 | 5,994 | |
| Policy servicing costs |  |  | 2 ,132 | 3,153 | |
| Other operating expenses |  |  | 3,505 | 3,399 | |
| Movement in expected credit loss on debt securities |  |  | 3 |  | 5 |
| Before adjustment for directly attributable claims expenses |  |  | 37,021 | 35,34 | 6 |
| Adjusted for: |  |  |  |  |  |
| Reclassification of directly attributable claims expenses |  |  | (7,171) | (7,041) | |
| Total operating expenses |  | 2 | 9,850 | 28,30 | 5 |

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

184

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

8. OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES CONTINUED

8.1. EMPLOYEE  EXPENSES

ACCOUNTING POLICY

A. PENSIONS

For staff who were employees on 8 February 2002, the Group operates a non-contributory defined contribution Group personal pension

scheme. The contribution by the Group depends on the age of the employee.

For employees joining since 8 February 2002, the Group operates a matched contribution Group personal pension scheme where the

Group contributes an amount matching the contribution made by the employee.

Contributions to defined contribution schemes are recognised in the Profit or Loss Account in the period in which they become payable.

B. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

The fair value of equity instruments granted under share-based payment plans are recognised as an expense and spread over the vesting

period of the instrument. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the awards made at the grant

date, excluding the impact of any non-market vesting conditions. Depending on the plan, the fair value of equity instruments granted

is measured on grant date using an appropriate valuation model or the market price on grant date. At the date of each Statement of

Financial Position, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments that are expected to become exercisable. It recognises

the impact of the revision of original estimates, if any, in the Profit or Loss Account, and a corresponding adjustment is made to equity over

the remaining vesting period. The fair value of the awards and ultimate expense are not adjusted on a change in market vesting conditions

during the vesting period.

C. LEAVE PAY

Employee entitlement to annual leave is recognised when it accrues to employees. An accrual is made for the estimated liability for annual

leave as a result of services rendered by employees up to the Statement of Financial Position date.

The aggregate remuneration of those employed by the Group’s operations comprised:

2025 2024

£’k £’k

Wages and salaries  12,956   11,332

Social security expenses  1,937   1,464

Contributions to defined contribution plans  615   598

Equity-settled share-based payment  2,142   1,607

Other employee expenses  511    425

Before adjustment for directly attributable claims expenses  18,161   15,426

Adjusted for:

Reclassification of directly attributable claims expenses  (5,199)  (4,799)

Employee expenses  12,962   10,627

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

185

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

8. OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES CONTINUED

8.2. NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES

The table below analyses the average monthly number of persons employed by the Group’s operations.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 | 2024 |
| Operations | 139 | 134 |
| Support | 34 | 31 |
| Total | 173 | 165 |

8.3. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

Amounts paid to Directors are disclosed within the Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration on pages 107 to 120.

8.4. AUDITOR’S REMUNERATION

The table below analyses the Auditor’s remuneration in respect of the Group’s operations.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | £’k | £’k |
| Audit of these financial statements | 213 | 205 |
| Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries of the Group | 248 | 253 |
| Total audit fees | 461 | 458 |
| Fees for non-audit services – Audit-related assurance services | 89 | 89 |
| Total non-audit fees | 89 | 89 |
| Total Auditor’s remuneration | 550 | 547 |

The above fees exclude irrecoverable VAT of 20%.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

186

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

9. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment consists of owned and leased assets that do not meet the definition of investment property.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | £’k | £’k |
| Owner-occupied property | 3,600 | 3,600 |
| Office equipment | 442 | 539 |
| IT equipment | 236 | 65 |
| Total | 4,278 | 4,204 |

ACCOUNTING POLICY

A. OWNER-OCCUPIED PROPERTY

Owner-occupied properties are held by the Group for use in the supply of services or, for its own administration purposes.

Owner-occupied property is held at fair value. Increases in the carrying amount of owner-occupied properties as a result of revaluations

are credited to Other Comprehensive Income and accumulated in a revaluation reserve in equity. To the extent that a revaluation increase

reverses a revaluation decrease that was previously recognised as an expense in Profit or Loss, such increase is credited to income in

Profit or Loss. Decreases in valuation are charged to Profit or Loss, except to the extent that a decrease reverses the existing accumulated

revaluation reserve and therefore such a decrease is recognised in Other Comprehensive Income.

A fair value assessment of the owner-occupied property is undertaken at each reporting date with any material changes in fair value

recognised. Valuation is at highest and best use. Owner-occupied property is also revalued by an external qualified surveyor, at least every

three years. UK properties do not have frequent and volatile fair value changes and, as such, more frequent revaluations are considered

unnecessary, as only insignificant changes in fair value is expected.

Owner-occupied land is not depreciated. As the depreciation of owner-occupied buildings is immaterial and properties are revalued every

three years by an external qualified surveyor, no depreciation is charged on owner-occupied buildings.

B. OFFICE AND IT EQUIPMENT

Office and IT equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment charges. Historical cost includes

expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of property and equipment.

Depreciation is calculated on the difference between the cost and residual value of the asset and is charged to the Profit or Loss Account

over the estimated useful life of each significant part of an item of fixtures, fittings and IT equipment, using the straight-line basis.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

187

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

9. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT CONTINUED

Estimated useful lives are as follows:

Office equipment  3 to 10 years

IT equipment    3 to 5 years

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed at each Statement of Financial Position date and adjusted if appropriate. An asset’s

carrying amount is written down to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount of the assets and are included in Profit

or Loss before tax.

Repairs and maintenance costs are charged to the Profit or Loss Account during the financial year in which they are incurred. The cost of

major renovations is included in the carrying amount of the asset when it is probable that future economic benefits from the renovations

will flow to the Group.

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Owner- | Office |  |  |
|  | occupied | equipment | IT equipment | Total |
|  | £’k | £’k | £’k | £’k |
| Cost/Valuation |  |  |  |  |
| At 1 January 2025 | 4,358 | 720 | 487 | 5,565 |
| Additions/Improvements | – | 16 | 237 | 253 |
| Disposals | – | – | – | – |
| Revaluation | – | – | – | – |
| At 31 December 2025 | 4,358 | 736 | 724 | 5,818 |
| Accumulated depreciation and impairment |  |  |  |  |
| At 1 January 2025 | 758 | 181 | 422 | 1,361 |
| Depreciation charge for the year | – | 113 | 66 | 179 |
| Disposals | – | – | – | – |
| Impairment losses on revaluation | – | – | – | – |
| At 31 December 2025 | 758 | 294 | 488 | 1,540 |
| Carrying amount |  |  |  |  |
| At 31 December 2025 | 3,600 | 442 | 236 | 4,278 |

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

188

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

9. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT CONTINUED

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Owner- | Office |  |  |
|  | occupied | equipment | IT equipment | Total |
|  | £’k | £’k | £’k | £’k |
| Cost/Valuation |  |  |  |  |
| At 1 January 2024 | 4,358 | 720 | 487 | 5,565 |
| Additions/Improvements | – | – | – | – |
| Disposals | – | – | – | – |
| Revaluation | – | – | – | – |
| At 31 December 2024 | 4,358 | 720 | 487 | 5,565 |
| Accumulated depreciation and impairment |  |  |  |  |
| At 1 January 2024 | 758 | 68 | 351 | 1,177 |
| Depreciation charge for the year | – | 113 | 71 | 184 |
| Disposals | – | – | – | – |
| Impairment losses on revaluation | – | – | – | – |
| At 31 December 2024 | 758 | 181 | 422 | 1,361 |
| Carrying amount |  |  |  |  |
| At 31 December 2024 | 3,600 | 539 | 65 | 4,204 |

The Group holds two owner-occupied properties, Sabre House and The Old House, which are both managed by the Group. In accordance

with the Group’s accounting policies, owner-occupied buildings are not depreciated. The properties are measured at fair value which is

arrived at on the basis of a valuation carried out on 16 October 2023 by Hurst Warne and Partners LLP. The valuation was carried out on an

open-market basis in accordance with the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors’ requirements, which is deemed to equate to fair value.

While transaction evidence underpins the valuation process, the definition of market value, including the commentary, in practice requires the

valuer to reflect the realities of the current market. In this context valuers must use their market knowledge and professional judgement and

not rely only upon historical market sentiment based on historical transactional comparables.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

189

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

9. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT CONTINUED

The fair value of the owner-occupied properties was derived using the investment method supported by comparable evidence. The significant

non-observable inputs used in the valuations are the expected rental values per square foot and the capitalisation rates. The fair value of the

owner-occupied properties valuation would increase (decrease) if the expected rental values per square foot were to be higher (lower) and

the capitalisation rates were to be lower (higher).

The fair value measurement of owner-occupied properties of £3,600k (2024: £3,600k) has been categorised as a Level 3 fair value based on

the non-observable inputs to the valuation technique used.

The following table shows reconciliation to the closing fair value for the Level 3 owner-occupied property at valuation:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | £’k | £’k |
| At 1 January | 3,600 | 3,600 |
| Additions/Improvements | – | – |
| Revaluation losses | – | – |
| Impairment losses | – | – |
| At 31 December | 3,600 | 3,600 |

The fair value of owner-occupied properties includes a revaluation reserve of £NIL (2024: £NIL) (excluding tax impact) and is not distributable.

Revaluation losses are charged against the related revaluation reserve to the extent that the decrease does not exceed the amount held in

the revaluation surplus in respect of the same asset. Any additional losses are charged as an impairment loss in the Profit or Loss Account.

Reversal of such impairment losses in future periods will be credited to the Profit or Loss Account to the extent losses were previously charged

to the Profit or Loss Account.

The table below shows the impact a 15% decrease in property prices will have on the Group’s profit after tax and equity:

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Decrease in profit after tax | Decrease In total equity |  |
|  | 2025 | 2024 | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | £'k | £'k | £'k | £'k |
| Owner-occupied property |  |  |  |  |
| Impact of a 15% decrease in property prices | (405) | (405) | (405) | (405) |

HISTORICAL COST MODEL VALUES

If owner-occupied properties were carried under the cost model (historical costs, less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses), the

value of owner-occupied properties in the balance sheet would have been £3,174k (2024: £3,229k).

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

190

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

10. INCOME TAX EXPENSE

ACCOUNTING POLICY

The income tax expense in the Profit or Loss Account is based on the taxable profits for the year. It is Group policy to relieve profits where

possible by the surrender of losses from Group companies with payment for value.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | £’k | £’k |
| Current taxation |  |  |
| Charge for the year | 13,366 | 12,157 |
| Charge relating to prior periods | 139 | 570 |
|  | 13,505 | 12,727 |
| Deferred taxation (Note 11) |  |  |
| Origination and reversal of temporary differences | (460) | (126) |
|  | (460) | (126) |
| Current taxation | 13,505 | 12,727 |
| Deferred taxation (Note 11) | (460) | (126) |
| Income tax expense | 13,045 | 12,601 |

Tax recorded in Other Comprehensive Income is as follows:

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | £’k | £’k |
| Current taxation | – | – |
| Deferred taxation | 643 | 549 |
|  | 643 | 549 |

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page Contents Generation – Section

191

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

10. INCOME TAX EXPENSE CONTINUED

The actual income tax expense differs from the expected income tax expense computed by applying the standard rate of UK corporation tax

of 25.0% (2024: 25.0%) as follows:

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 |  | 2024 |
|  | £’k |  | £’k |
| Profit before tax | 50,960 | 4 | 8,562 |
| Expected income tax expense | 12,740 |  | 12,141 |
| Effect of: |  |  |  |
| Expenses not deductible for tax purposes | 14 |  | (86) |
| Adjustment in respect of prior periods | 139 |  | 570 |
| Other income tax adjustments | 152 |  | (24) |
| Income tax expense for the year | 13,045 |  | 12,601 |
| Effective income tax rate | 25.6% |  | 25.9% |

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

192

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

11. DEFERRED TAX

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all temporary differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date where

transactions or events have occurred at that date that will result in an obligation to pay more, or a right to pay less or to receive more, tax,

with the following exception.

Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that the Directors consider that it is more likely than not that there will be suitable

taxable profits from which the future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted.

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | Fair value |  |  |
|  | Provisions and | Depreciation in |  | movements in | Movement |  |
|  | other temporary | excess of capital | Share-based | debt securities | in insurance |  |
|  | differences | allowances | payments | at FVOCI | finance reserve | Total |
|  | £’k | £’k | £’k | £’k | £’k | £’k |
| At 1 January 2024 | – | (180) | 468 | 1,996 | (1,596) | 688 |
| (Debit)/Credit to the Profit or Loss | – | 43 | 88 | (5) | – | 126 |
| (Debit)/Credit to Other Comprehensive  Income | – | – | – | (944) | 395 | (549) |
| At 31 December 2024 | – | (137) | 556 | 1,047 | (1,201) | 265 |
| (Debit)/Credit to the Profit or Loss | 197 | (21) | 290 | (6) | – | 460 |
| (Debit)/Credit to Other Comprehensive  Income | – | – | – | (1,381) | 738 | (643) |
| At 31 December 2025 | 197 | (158) | 846 | (340) | (463) | 82 |

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | £’k | £’k |
| Per Statement of Financial Position: |  |  |
| Deferred tax assets | 1,043 | 1,603 |
| Deferred tax liabilities | (961) | (1,338) |
|  | 82 | 265 |

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub Page Contents Generation – Sect ion

193

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

12. DIVIDENDS

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Dividend distribution to the Group’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which the

dividend is approved.

2025 2024

pence per

share £’k

pence per

share £’k

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the period

Interim dividend for the current year  3.4   8,347   1.7   4,227

Final dividend for the prior year  11. 3   27,991   8.1   20,122

14.7   36,338   9.8   24,349

Proposed dividends

Final dividend

(1)

10.1   24,907   11.3   28,250

(1)   Subsequent to 31 December 2025, the Directors declared a final dividend for 2025 of 10.1p per Ordinary Share subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting.

This dividend will be accounted for as an appropriation of retained earnings in the year ended 31 December 2026 and is not included as a liability in the Statement

of Financial Position as at 31 December 2025.

The trustees of the employee share trusts waived their entitlement to dividends on shares held in the trusts to meet obligations arising on share

incentive schemes, which reduced the dividends paid for the year ended 31 December 2025 by £337k (2024: £151k).

13. OTHER ASSETS

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | £’k | £’k |
| Prepayments and accrued income | 799 | 778 |
| Total | 799 | 778 |

The carrying value of other assets approximates to fair value. There are no amounts expected to be recovered more than 12 months after the

reporting date.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

194

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

14. GOODWILL

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Goodwill has been recognised in acquisitions of subsidiaries and represents the difference between the cost of the acquisition and the fair

value of the net identifiable assets acquired. Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses.

IMPAIRMENT OF GOODWILL

The Group performs an annual impairment review which involves comparing the carrying amount to the estimated recoverable amount

and recognising an impairment loss if the recoverable amount is lower than the carrying amount. Impairment losses are recognised

through the Profit or Loss Account and are not subsequently reversed.

The recoverable amount is the greater of the fair value of the asset less costs to sell and the value in use.

The value in use calculations use cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management.

On 3 January 2014, the Group acquired Binomial Group Limited, the parent of Sabre Insurance Company Limited, for a consideration of

£245,485k satisfied by cash. As from 1 January 2014, the date of transition to IFRS, goodwill was no longer amortised but is subject to annual

impairment testing. Impairment testing involves comparing the carrying value of the net assets and goodwill against the recoverable amount.

The goodwill recorded in respect of this transaction at the date of acquisition was £156,279k. There has been no impairment to goodwill since

this date, and no additional goodwill has been recognised by the Group.

The Group performed its annual impairment test as at 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024. The Group considers the relationship

between the Group’s market capitalisation and the book value of its subsidiary undertakings, among other factors, when reviewing for

indicators of impairment.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

The valuation uses fair value less cost to sell. The key assumption on which the Group has based this value is:

The market capitalisation of the Group as at 31 December 2025 of £320,580k (31 December 2024: £345,000k).

The Directors concluded that the recoverable amount of the business unit would remain in excess of its carrying value even after

reasonably possible changes in the key inputs and assumptions affecting its market value, such as a significant fall in demand for its

products or a significant adverse change in the volume of claims and increase in other expenses, before the recoverable amount of

the business unit would reduce to less than its carrying value. Therefore, the Directors are of the opinion that there are no indicators of

impairment as at 31 December 2025.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

195

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

15. SHARE CAPITAL

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | 2025 |  | 2025 | 2024 |  | 2024 |
| Authorised share capital |  | Number of shares |  | £ | Number of shares |  | £ |
| 250,000,000 | Ordinary Shares of £0.001 each | 250,000,000 | 250, | 000 | 250 | ,000,000 | 250,000 |

Number of shares

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | Share capital |
| Issued ordinary share capital (fully paid up) |  |  |  | £ |
| As at 1 January 2025 |  | 250,000,000 | 250, | 000 |
| Cancellation of shares under share buyback programme |  | (3,400,000) | (3,400) | |
| As at 31 December 2025 | 246,6 | 00,000 | 2 | 46,600 |

Number of shares

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  | Share capital |
| Issued ordinary share capital (fully paid up) |  |  | £ |
| As at 1 January 2024 | 250, | 000,000 | 250,000 |
| Cancellation of shares under share buyback programme |  | – | – |
| As at 31 December 2024 |  | 250,000,000 | 250,000 |

All shares are unrestricted and carry equal voting rights.

SHARE BUYBACK

During the year the Group executed a share buyback programme. A total of 3,400,000 Ordinary Shares (representing 1.36% of Sabre

Insurance Group plc’s issued share capital as at 31 December 2024) were purchased under this programme for cancellation at a total cost of

£5,067,110.46 including costs, at an average share price of 146.19p per share, excluding any costs.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

196

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

15. SHARE CAPITAL CONTINUED

OWN SHARES

Own shares are shares in Sabre Insurance Group plc that are held by the Sabre Insurance Group Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) for the

purpose of issuing shares under the Group’s equity-settled share-based schemes (refer to Note 16 for further information).

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Shares bought/(sold) on open market |  |  |
|  | Number of shares |  | £ |
| As at 1 January 2024 | 1,589,250 |  | 3,120,534 |
| Shares purchased | 986,377 |  | 1,483,654 |
| Shares vested | (612,919) |  | (1,491,750) |
| As at 31 December 2024 | 1,962,708 |  | 3,112,438 |
| Shares purchased | 865, | | 000 | 1,068,920 |
| Shares vested | (534,606) | | (827,383) |
| As at 31 December 2025 | 2 ,293,102 |  | 3,353,975 |

|  |  |
| --- | --- |
| In thousands | £’k |
| 31 December 2024 | 3,112 |
| 31 December 2025 | 3,354 |

Shares issued to employees are recognised on a first-in-first-out basis.

As at 31 December 2025, The Sabre Insurance Group Employee Benefit Trust held 2,293,102 (2024:1,962,708) of the 246,600,000 issued

Ordinary Shares with a nominal value of £2,293.10 (2024: £1,962.71) in connection with the operation of the Group’s share plans. Refer to

Notes 16 and 17 for additional information on own shares held.

16. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

The Group operates equity-settled share-based schemes for all employees in the form of a Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”), Deferred Bonus

Plan (“DBP”) and Share Incentive Plans (“SIP”), including Free Shares and Save As You Earn (“SAYE”). The shares are in the ultimate Parent

Company, Sabre Insurance Group plc.

The Group recognised a total expense in the Profit or Loss for the year ended 31 December 2025 of £2,142k (2024: £1,607k), relating to equity-

settled share-based plans.

LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN (“LTIP”)

The LTIP is a discretionary share plan, under which the Board may grant share-based awards (“LTIP Awards”) to incentivise and retain

eligible employees.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

197

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

16. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS CONTINUED

LTIP AWARDS – RESTRICTED SHARE AWARDS (“RSAS”)

From 2021, the Group no longer issues awards under the LTIP Awards with performance conditions, but instead issues RSAs.

The RSAs are structured as nil-cost rewards, to receive free shares on vesting. Shares will normally vest three years after grant date, subject to

continued employment and the satisfaction of pre-determined underpins. Awards are also subject to an additional two-year holding period,

so that the total time prior to any potential share sale (except to meet any tax liabilities arising from the award) will generally be five years.

The total number of shares awarded under the scheme was 1,263,061 (2024: 935,780) with an estimated fair value at grant date of £1,554k

(2024: £1,581k). The fair value is based on the closing share price on the grant date.

Future dividends are accrued separately and are not reflected in the fair value of the grant.

The table below details the movement in the RSA:

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  | Weighted |
|  |  | Number of | Average |
|  |  | shares | Exercise Price |
| Outstanding at 1 January 2024 |  | 2,227,222 | NIL |
| Granted | 935,78 | 0 | NIL |
| Forfeited |  | (40,863) | NIL |
| Vested |  | (441,684) | NIL |
| Outstanding at 31 December 2024 |  | 2,680,455 | NIL |
| Granted |  | 1,263,061 | NIL |
| Forfeited |  | (19,715) | NIL |
| Vested |  | (523,443) | NIL |
| Outstanding at 31 December 2025 |  | 3,400,358 | NIL |

The average unexpired life of RSAs is 1.3 years (2024: 1.3 years).

DEFERRED BONUS PLAN (“DBP”)

To encourage behaviour which does not benefit short-term profitability over longer-term value, Directors and some key staff were awarded

shares in lieu of a bonus, to be deferred for two years, using the market value at the grant date. The total number of shares awarded under

the scheme was 631,156 (2024: 218,033) with an estimated fair value of £776k (2024: £374k). Of this award, the number of shares awarded

to Directors and Persons Discharging Managerial Responsibilities (“PDMRs”) was 592,547 (2024: 204,392) with an estimated fair value of £729k

(2024: £351k). Fair values are based on the share price at grant date. All shares are subject to a two-year service period and are not subject

to performance conditions.

Future dividends are accrued separately and are not reflected in the fair value of the grant. The DBP is recognised in the Profit or Loss Account

on a straight-line basis over a period of two years from grant date.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

198

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

16. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS CONTINUED

SHARE INCENTIVE PLANS (“SIPS”)

The Sabre SIPs provide for the award of free Sabre Insurance Group plc shares, Partnership Shares (shares bought by employees under the

matching scheme), Matching Shares (free shares given by the employer to match partnership shares) and Dividend Shares (shares bought

for employees with proceeds of dividends from partnership shares). The shares are owned by the Employee Benefit Trust to satisfy awards

under the plans. These shares are either purchased on the market and carried at fair value or issued by the Parent Company to the trust.

MATCHING SHARES

The Group has a Matching Shares scheme under which employees are entitled to invest between £10 and £150 each month through the

share trust from their pre-tax pay. The Group supplements the number of shares purchased by giving employees one free matching share

for every three shares purchased up to £1,800. Matching shares are subject to a three-year service period before the matching shares are

awarded. Dividends are paid on shares, including matching shares, held in the trust by means of dividends shares. The fair value of such

awards is estimated to be the market value of the awards on grant date.

In the year ended 31 December 2025, 12,342 (2024: 11,464) matching shares were granted to employees with an estimated fair value of £16k

(2024: £16k).

As at 31 December 2025, 57,990 (2024: 48,134) matching shares were held on behalf of employees with an estimated fair value of £75k

(2024: £66k). The average unexpired life of Matching Share awards is 1.4 years (2024: 1.5 years).

SAVE AS YOU EARN (“SAYE”)

The SAYE scheme allows employees to enter into a regular savings contract of between £5 and £500 per month over a three-year period,

coupled with a corresponding option over shares. The grant price is equal to 80% of the quoted market price of the shares on the invitation date.

The participants of the SAYE scheme are not entitled to dividends and therefore dividends are excluded from the valuation of the SAYE scheme.

Estimated fair value of options at grant date:

SAYE 2023: 49 pence

SAYE 2024: 33 pence

SAYE 2025: 26 pence

The following table lists the inputs to the Black-Scholes model used to value the awards granted in respect of the 2024 SAYE scheme.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 | SAYE |
| Share price at grant date |  | 128.0 pence |
| Expected term |  | 3 years |
| Expected volatility  (1) |  | 31.5% |
| Continuously compounded risk-free rate |  | 3.8% |
| Continuously compounded dividend yield |  | 8.0% |
| Strike price at grant date |  | 101.2 pence |

(1)  Volatility has been estimated using the historical daily average volatility of the share price of the Group for the year immediately preceding the grant date.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

199

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

16. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS CONTINUED

The table below details the movement in the SAYE scheme:

|  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  | Weighted |
|  |  | Number of | Average |
|  |  | shares | Exercise Price |
| Outstanding at 1 January 2024 | 858,4 | 05 | 1.33 |
| Granted |  | 102,880 | 1.42 |
| Forfeited |  | (49,001) | NIL |
| Vested |  | – | NIL |
| Outstanding at 31 December 2024 |  | 912,284 | 0.99 |
| Granted |  | 246,676 | 1.01 |
| Forfeited |  | (139,200) | NIL |
| Vested |  | (11,16 3) | 0.85 |
| Outstanding at 31 December 2025 |  | 1,008,597 | 0.94 |

The average unexpired life of the SAYE scheme is 1.5 years (2024: 1.5 years).

17. RESERVES

OWN SHARES

Sabre Insurance Group plc established an Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) in 2017 in connection with the operation of its share plans. The

investment in own shares as at 31 December 2025 was £3,354k (2024: £3,112k). The market value of the shares in the EBT as at 31 December

2025 was £2,981k (2024: £2,709k).

MERGER RESERVE

Sabre Insurance Group plc was incorporated as a limited company on 21 September 2017. On 11 December 2017, immediately prior to the

Group’s listing on the London Stock Exchange, Sabre Insurance Group plc acquired the entire share capital of the former ultimate Parent

Company of the Group, Barbados TopCo Limited (“TopCo”). As a result, Sabre Insurance Group plc became the ultimate parent of the Sabre

Insurance Group. The merger reserve resulted from this corporate reorganisation.

FVOCI RESERVE

The FVOCI reserve records the unrealised gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of debt securities at FVOCI. The movements in

this reserve are detailed in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

200

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

17. RESERVES CONTINUED

REVALUATION RESERVE

The revaluation reserve records the fair value movements of the Group’s owner-occupied properties. Refer to Note 9 for more information on

the revaluation of owner-occupied properties.

INSURANCE/REINSURANCE FINANCE RESERVE

The insurance finance reserve comprises the cumulative insurance finance income and expenses recognised in Other Comprehensive Income.

SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS RESERVE

The Group’s share-based payments reserve records the value of equity-settled share-based payment benefits provided to the Group’s

employees as part of their remuneration that has been charged through the income statement. Refer to Note 16 for more information on

share-based payments.

18. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Sabre Insurance Group plc is the ultimate parent and ultimate controlling party of the Group. The following entities included below form

the Group.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Name | Principal business | Registered address |
| Entities in which the Group holds |  |  |
| 100% of the issued share capital |  |  |
| Binomial Group Limited | Intermediate holding company | Sabre House, 150 South Street, Dorking, Surrey, RH4 2YY, United Kingdom |
| Sabre Insurance Company Limited | Motor insurance underwriter | Sabre House, 150 South Street, Dorking, Surrey, RH4 2YY, United Kingdom |
| Other controlled entities |  |  |
| Sabre 2017 Share Incentive Plan | Employee Benefit Trust | Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex, BN99 6DA, United |
|  |  | Kingdom |
| The Sabre Insurance Group |  |  |
| Employee Benefit Trust | Employee Benefit Trust | Ocorian, 26 New Street, St Helier, JE2 3RA, Jersey |

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

201

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

18. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS CONTINUED

No single party holds a significant influence (>20%) over Sabre Insurance Group plc.

Both Employee Benefit Trusts (“EBTs”) were established to assist in the administration of the Group’s employee equity-based compensation

schemes. The UK registered EBT holds the all-employee SIP. The Jersey-registered EBT holds the Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) and Deferred

Bonus Plan (“DBP”).

While the Group does not have legal ownership of the EBTs and the ability of the Group to influence the actions of the EBTs is limited to a trust

deed, the EBT was set up by the Group with the sole purpose of assisting in the administration of these schemes, and is in essence controlled

by the Group and therefore consolidated.

During the period ended 31 December 2025, the Group donated no shares to the EBTs (2024: NIL).

KEY MANAGEMENT COMPENSATION

Key management includes Executive Directors, Non-executive Directors and Directors of subsidiaries which the Group considers to be senior

management personnel. Further details of Directors’ shareholdings and remuneration can be found in the Annual Report on Directors’

Remuneration on pages 107 to 120.

The aggregate amount paid to Directors during the year was as follows.

|  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | 2025 | 2024 |
|  | £’k | £’k |
| Remuneration | 3,697 | 3,428 |
| Contributions to defined contribution pension scheme | 10 | 10 |
| Shares granted under LTIP | 1,030 | 954 |
| Total | 4,737 | 4,392 |

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

202

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

19. EARNINGS PER SHARE

BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | 2025 |  | 2024 |  |
|  | After tax | Per share |  | After tax | Per share |
|  | £'k | pence |  | £'k | pence |
| Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders | 37,915 | 15.37 | 35,96 | 1 | 14.48 |

DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE

|  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  | 2025 |  |
|  |  |  | Weighted |  |
|  | After tax |  | average number | Per share |
|  | £'k |  | of shares (000s) | pence |
| Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders | 37,915 | 24 | 6,668 | 15.37 |
| Net share awards allocable for no further consideration |  |  | 1,760 | ( 0.11) |
| Total diluted earnings |  | 2 | 48,428 | 15.26 |

|  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | 2024 |  |
|  |  |  |  | Weighted |  |
|  |  | After tax |  | average number | Per share |
|  |  | £'k |  | of shares (000s) | pence |
| Profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders | 35,96 | 1 | 248,41 | 9 | 14.48 |
| Net share awards allocable for no further consideration |  |  |  | 1,880 | (0.11) |
| Total diluted earnings |  |  |  | 250,299 | 14.37 |

20. EVENTS AFTER THE BALANCE SHEET DATE

Other than the declaration of a final dividend as disclosed in Note 12, there have been no material changes in the affairs or financial position

of the Group and its subsidiaries since the Statement of Financial Position date.

#### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

203

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Parent Company Statement of Financial Position

As at 31 December 2025

2025 2024

Notes £'k £'k

Assets  

Cash and cash equivalents 45 282

Receivables 2 3 27

Other assets 21 11 

Investments 3 455,355 453,213

Total assets 455,424 453,533

Liabilities  

Payables 4 169 721

Other liabilities 104 109

Total liabilities 273 830

Equity  

Share capital 247 250

Own shares (3,354) (3,112)

Merger reserve 236,949 236,949

Share-based payments reserve 3,495 2,620

Retained earnings  217,814 215,996

Total equity 455,151 452,703

Total liabilities and equity 455,424 453,533

No income statement is presented for Sabre Insurance Group plc as permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The profit after tax

of the Parent Company for the period was £42,772k (2024: £25,604k profit after tax).

The attached notes on pages 207 to 211 form an integral part of these financial statements.

The financial statements on pages 204

to 2011 were approved by the Board

of Directors and authorised for issue

on9March 2026.

Signed on behalf of the Board of

Directorsby:

ADAM WESTWOOD

Chief Financial Officer

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section Parent Company Statement of Financial

Position

204

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 31 December 2025

Share

capital

Own

shares

Merger

reserve

Share-based

payments

reserve

Retained

earnings

Total

equity

Notes £'k £'k £'k £'k £'k £'k

Balance as at 1 January 2024 250 (3,121) 236,949 2,686 214,558 451,322

Profit for the period attributable to the owners of the Company – – – – 25,604 25,604

Share-based payment expense – – – (66) 183 117

Net movement in own shares – 9 – – – 9

Share buyback – – – – – –

Dividends paid – – – – (24,349) (24,349)

Balance as at 31 December 2024 250 (3 ,112) 236,949 2,620 215,996 452,703

Profit for the period attributable to the owners of the Company – – – – 42,771 42,771

Share-based payment expense – – – 875 449 1,324

Net movement in own shares – (242) – – – (242)

Share buyback 5 (3) – – – (5,064) (5,067)

Dividends paid – – – – (36,338) (36,338)

Balance as at 31 December 2025 247 (3,354) 236,949 3,495 217,814 455,151

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section Parent Company Statement of Changes in

Equity

205

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Parent Company Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended 31 December 2025

2025 2024

£'k £'k

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Profit before tax for the year 42,771 25,604

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital 42,771 25,604

Movements in working capital:  

Change in receivables 24 14

Change in other assets (10) 22

Change in payables (552) 721

Change in other liabilities (5) (269)

Net cash generated from operating activities 42,228 26,092

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES  

Net cash used in acquiring and disposing of own shares (1,069) (1,484)

Options exercised under share option schemes 9 –

Share buyback (5,067) –

Dividends paid (36,338) (24,349)

Net cash used by financing activities (42,465) (25,833)

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents (237) 259

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 282 23

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 45 282

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section Parent Company Statement of Cash Flows

206

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes To The Parent Company Financial Statements

For the year ended 31 December 2025

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these Consolidated and Company Financial Statements are included in the

specific notes to which they relate. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise indicated.

1.1. BASIS OF PREPARATION

These financial statements present the Sabre Insurance Group plc Company Financial Statements for the period ended 31 December

2025, comprising the Parent Company Statement of Financial Position, Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity, Parent Company

Statement of Cash Flows, and related notes.

The financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards,

comprising International Accounting Standards (“IAS”) and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), and the requirements of the

Companies Act 2006. Endorsement of accounting standards is granted by the UK Endorsement Board (“UKEB”).

In accordance with the exemption permitted under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company’s Profit or Loss Account and related

notes have not been presented in these separate financial statements.

The financial statements are prepared in accordance with the going concern principle using the historical cost basis, except for those

financial assets that have been measured at fair value.

The financial statements values are presented in pounds sterling (£) rounded to the nearest thousand (£’k), unless otherwise indicated.

The accounting policies that are used in the preparation of these separate financial statements are consistent with the accounting policies

used in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements of Sabre Insurance Group plc as set out in those financial statements.

As permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Statement of Comprehensive Income of the Parent Company is not presented.

The additional accounting policies that are specific to the separate financial statements of the Company are set out below.

2. RECEIVABLES

2025 2024

£'k £'k

Due within one year  

Other debtors 3 27

As at 31 December 3 27

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section Notes To The Parent Company Financial

Statements

207

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes To The Parent Company Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

3. INVESTMENTS

The Company’s financial assets are summarised below:

2025 2024

£'k £'k

Investment in subsidiary undertakings 455,355 453,213

Total 455,355 453,213

3.1. INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARY UNDERTAKINGS

ACCOUNTING POLICY – INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARY UNDERTAKINGS

Investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost less any impairment.

2025 2024

£'k £'k

As at 1 January 453,213 451,606

Additions 2 ,142 1,607

As at 31 December 455,355 453,213

The only operating insurance subsidiary of the Company is Sabre Insurance Company Limited, from which the value of the Group is wholly

derived, as there are no other trading entities within the Group. The Company performed its annual impairment test as at 31 December

2025 and 31 December 2024. The Company considers the relationship between the Group’s market capitalisation and the book value of its

subsidiary undertakings, among other factors, when reviewing for indicators of impairment. As at 31 December 2025 and 31 December 2024,

the Company’s securities were traded on a liquid market; therefore, market capitalisation could be used as an indicator of value.

Having carried out this assessment, the Board concluded, on the basis of the cautious assumptions outlined below, that the value in use

ishigher than the current carrying value of the investment in subsidiary and no impairment is necessary.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

208

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes To The Parent Company Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

3. INVESTMENTS CONTINUED

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

We have used a dividend discount model to estimate the value in use, wherein dividend payments are discounted to the present value.

Dividends have been estimated, based on forecasted financial information, over a four-year forecast period, with a terminal growth rate

applied. The key assumptions used in the preparation of future cash flows are: plan-period financial performance, dividend payout ratio,

long-term growth rates and discount rate.

The key assumptions used in the calculation for the value in use is set out below:

− Plan period financial performance set in line with the Group’s expectations

− Dividend payout ratio in line with the Group’s strategy

− Long-term growth rate beyond the plan period of 2%

− Discount rate of 8.4%, being a calculated cost of capital using market rate returns of Sabre and comparable insurers

These calculations use post-tax cash flow projections based on the Group’s capital models. As the value in use exceeds the carrying amount,

the recoverable amount remains supportable.

The Group has conducted sensitivity testing to the recoverable amount, in order to understand the relevance of these various factors in

arriving at the value in use.

− Dividend within the plan period – To assess the impact of reasonable changes in performance on our base case impairment analysis

and headroom, we flexed the dividend within the plan period by +10% and -10%. In doing so, the value in use varied by approximately 10%

around the central scenario.

− Long-term growth rate – To assess the impact of reasonable changes in the long-term growth rate on our base case impairment analysis

and headroom, we flexed the long-term growth rate by +1% and -1%. In doing so, the value in use varied by approximately 8%–11% around

the central scenario.

− Discount rate – To assess the impact of reasonable changes in the dividend payout ratio on our base case impairment analysis and

headroom, we flexed the average discount rate by +2% and -2%. In doing so, the value in use varied by approximately 24% (up) and 47%

(down) around the central scenario.

In all these scenarios there is material headroom over the carrying value of the investment in subsidiary.

Name of subsidiary Place of incorporation Principal activity

Directly held by the Company

Binomial Group Limited United Kingdom Intermediate holding company

Indirectly held by the Company

Sabre Insurance Company Limited United Kingdom Motor insurance underwriter

The registered office of each subsidiary is disclosed within Note 18 of the consolidated Group Financial Statement.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

209

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes To The Parent Company Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

4. PAYABLES

2025 2024

£'k £'k

Due within one year

Amounts due to Group undertakings 169 721

As at 31 December 169 721

5. SHARE CAPITAL AND RESERVES

Full details of the share capital and the reserves of the Company are set out in Note 15 and Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

6. DIVIDEND INCOME

ACCOUNTING POLICY – DIVIDEND INCOME

Dividend income from investment in subsidiaries is recognised when the right to receive payment is established.

7. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Sabre Insurance Group plc, which is incorporated in the United Kingdom and registered in England and Wales, is the ultimate parent

undertaking of the Sabre Insurance Group of companies.

The following balances were outstanding with related parties at year end:

2025 2024

£'k £'k

Due to  

Sabre Insurance Company Limited 169 721

Total 169 721

The outstanding balance represents cash transactions effected by Sabre Insurance Company Limited on behalf of its Parent Company, and

will be settled within one year.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

210

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Notes To The Parent Company Financial Statements continued

For the year ended 31 December 2025

8. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

Full details of share-based compensation plans are provided in Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

9. RISK MANAGEMENT

The risks faced by the Company, arising from its investment in subsidiaries, are considered to be the same as those presented by the

operations of the Group. Details of the key risks and the steps taken to manage them are disclosed in Note 2 to the Consolidated

FinancialStatements.

10. DIRECTORS’ AND KEY MANAGEMENT REMUNERATION

The Directors and key management of the Group and the Company are the same. The aggregate emoluments of the Directors and the

remuneration and pension benefits payable in respect of the highest paid Director are included in the Directors’ Remuneration Report in

theGovernance section of the Annual Report and Accounts.

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

211

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Financial Reconciliations

#### GROSS WRITTEN PREMIUM

For the year ended 31 December

2025 2024 2023

£’k £’k £’k

Insurance revenue 217,990 248,131 188,246

Less: Instalment income (3,441) (4,493) (3,738)

Less: Movement in unearned premium (11,6 49) (7,203) 40,590

Gross written premium 202,900 236,435 225,098

#### NET LOSS RATIO

For the year ended 31 December

2025 2024 2023

£’k £’k £’k

Insurance service expense 174 ,491 154,661 139,497

Less: Amortisation of insurance acquisition cash flows (16,753) (18,166) (14,057)

Less: Amounts recoverable from reinsurers for incurred claims (54,552) (13,026) (31,532)

Less: Directly attributable claims expenses (7,171) (7,041) (6,085)

Add: Net impact of discounting 7,0 68 6,914 8,201

Undiscounted net claims incurred 103,083 123,342 96,024

Insurance revenue 217,990 248,131 188,246

Less: Instalment income (3,441) (4,493) (3,738)

Less: Reinsurance expense (23,872) (33,617) (28,506)

Net earned premium 190,677 210,021 156,002

Net loss ratio 54.1% 58.7% 61.6%

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section Financial Reconciliations

212

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Financial Reconciliations continued

#### EXPENSE RATIO

For the year ended 31 December

2025 2024 2023

£’k £’k £’k

Other operating expenses 29,850 28,305 26,587

Add: Amortisation of insurance acquisition cash flows 16,753 18,166 14,057

Add: Directly attributable claims expenses 7,171 7,0 41 6,085

Total operating expenses 53,774 53,512 46,729

Insurance revenue 217,990 248,131 188,246

Less: Instalment income (3,441) (4,493) (3,738)

Less: Reinsurance expense (23,872) (33,617) (28,506)

Net earned premium 190,677 210,021 156,002

Expense ratio 28.2% 25.5% 30.0%

#### COMBINED OPERATING RATIO

For the year ended 31 December

2025 2024 2023

£’k £’k £’k

Net loss ratio 54.1% 58.7% 61.6%

Expense ratio 28.2% 25.5% 30.0%

Combined operating ratio 82.3% 84.2% 91.6%

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

213

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Financial Reconciliations continued

#### DISCOUNTED NET LOSS RATIO

For the year ended 31 December

2025 2024 2023

£’k £’k £’k

Insurance service expense 174 ,491 154,661 139,497

Less: Amortisation of insurance acquisition cash flows (16,753) (18,166) (14,057)

Less: Amounts recoverable from reinsurers for incurred claims (54,552) (13,026) (31,532)

Less: Directly attributable claims expenses (7,171) (7,041) (6,085)

Net claims incurred 96,015 116, 428  87,823

  

Insurance revenue 217,990 248,131 188,246

Less: Instalment income (3,441) (4,493) (3,738)

Less: Reinsurance expense (23,872) (33,617) (28,506)

Net earned premium 190,677 210,021 156,002

  

Discounted net loss ratio 50.4% 55.4% 56.3%

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

214

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Financial Reconciliations continued

#### DISCOUNTED COMBINED OPERATING RATIO

For the year ended 31 December

2025 2024 2023

£’k £’k £’k

Net loss ratio 50.4% 55.4% 56.3%

Expense ratio 28.2% 25.5% 30.0%

Discounted combined operating ratio 78.6% 80.9% 86.3%

#### NET INSURANCE MARGIN

For the year ended 31 December

2025 2024 2023

£’k £’k £’k

Net claims incurred 103,083 123,342 96,024

Total operating expenses 53,774 53,512 46,729

Total insurance expense 156,857 176,85 4 142,753

Insurance revenue 217,990 248,131 188,246

Less: Reinsurance expense (23,872) (33,617) (28,506)

Net insurance revenue  194 ,118 214,514 159,740

Net insurance margin 19.2% 17. 6%  10.6%

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section

215

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### Financial Reconciliations continued

#### RETURN ON TANGIBLE EQUITY

For the year ended 31 December

2025 2024 2023

£’k £’k £’k

IFRS net assets at year end 257,862 258,346 242,412

Less: Goodwill at year end (156,279) (156,279) (156,279)

Closing tangible assets 101,583 102,067 86,133

Opening tangible equity 102,067 86,133 72,709

Average tangible equity 101,825 94,100 79,421

Profit after tax 37,915 35,961 18,065

Return on tangible equity 37. 2% 38.2% 22.7%

#### SOLVENCY COVERAGE RATIO – PRE-DIVIDEND

As at 31 December

2025 2024 2023

£’k £’k £’k

Solvency II net assets 133,080 134,695 121,099

Solvency capital requirement 66,986 62,199 58,998

Solvency coverage ratio – pre-dividend 198.7% 216.6% 205.3%

#### SOLVENCY COVERAGE RATIO – POST-DIVIDEND

As at 31 December

2025 2024 2023

£’k £’k £’k

Solvency II net assets 133,080 134,695 121,099

Less: Interim/Final dividend (24,907) (28,250) (20,250)

Solvency II net assets – post-dividend 108 ,173 106,445 100,849

Solvency capital requirement 66,986 62,199 58,998

Solvency coverage ratio – post-dividend 161.5% 171.1% 170.9%

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

216

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

Acquisition

cashflows

Cash flows arising from the costs of selling, underwriting and

starting a group of insurance contracts (issued or expected to be

issued) that are directly attributable to the portfolio of insurance

contracts to which the group belongs. Such cash flows include

cash flows that are not directly attributable to individual contracts

or groups of insurance contracts within the portfolio.

Adjusted IFRS

netassets

Equals the Group’s IFRS net assets, less Goodwill.

Asset for incurred

claims (“AIC”)

The reinsurers’ share of the liability for incurred claims (“LIC”).

Asset for remaining

coverage (“ARC”)

The reinsurers’ share of the liability for remaining coverage (“LRC”).

Combined operating

ratio (“COR”)

The combined operating ratio is the ratio of total expenses (which

comprises commission expenses and operating expenses), and

net insurance claims relative to net earned premium (“NEP”),

expressed as a percentage.

Contractual service

margin (“CSM”)

This represents the unearned profit the entity will recognise

as it provides insurance contract service under the insurance

contracts in the group. It is a component of the carrying amount

of the asset or liability for a group of insurance contracts.

Coverage period The period during which the entity provides insurance

contract services. The period includes the insurance contract

services that relate to all premiums within the boundary of the

insurancecontract.

Effective tax rate Effective tax rate is defined as the approximate tax rate

calculated by dividing the Group’s profit before tax by the tax

charge going through the Profit or Loss Account.

Expense ratio Expense ratio is a measure of total expenses (which comprises

commission expenses and operating expenses), and claims

handling expenses, relative to net earned premium (“NEP”),

expressed as a percentage.

Fair value through

OCI (“FVOCI”)

Unrealised gains and losses from the remeasurement of the fair

value financial assets are recognised in the Statement of Other

Comprehensive Income (“OCI”).

Financial Reporting

Council (“FRC”)

The UK’s regulator for the accounting, audit and actuarial

professions, promoting transparency and integrity in business.

Fulfilment cash flows

(“FCF”)

An explicit, unbiased and probability-weighted estimate (i.e.

expected value) of the present value of the future cash outflows

minus the present value of the future cash inflows that will arise as

the entity fulfils insurance contracts, including a risk adjustment

fornon-financial risk.

Greenhouse Gas

(“GHG”)

Gases in the atmosphere that absorb and re-emit infrared

radiation, trapping heat and contributing to the greenhouse effect.

Gross earned

premium (“GEP”)

The proportions of premium attributable to the periods of risk that

relate to the current accounting period. It represents gross written

premium (“GWP”) adjusted by the unearned premium provision

at the beginning and end of the accounting period, before

deduction of reinsurance expense.

Gross written

premium (“GWP”)

Gross written premium comprises all premiums in respect of

policies underwritten in a particular financial year, regardless

of whether such policies relate in whole or in part to a future

financial year, before deduction of reinsurance expense.

IFRS 17 “Insurance

Contracts”

An accounting standard that addresses the establishment

of principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation

and disclosure of insurance contracts within the scope of the

standard (effective 1 January 2023).

IFRS net assets The difference between the Group’s total assets and totalliabilities.

Insurance revenue Gross earned premium (“GEP”) plus instalment income.

International

Financial Reporting

Standards (“IFRS”)

Accounting standards issued by the IFRS Foundation and the

International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

Liability for incurred

claims (“LIC”)

An entity’s obligation to:

a) Investigate and pay valid claims for insured events that have

already occurred, including events that have occurred but

for which claims have not been reported, and other incurred

insurance expenses; and

b) Pay amounts that are not included in (a) and that relate to:

i.  insurance contract services that have already been provided;

or

ii.   any investment components or other amounts that are not

related to the provision of insurance contract services and

that are not in the liability for remaining coverage.

#### Glossary of Terms

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section Glossary of Terms

217

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

Liability for remaining

coverage (“LRC”)

An entity’s obligation to:

a) investigate and pay valid claims under existing insurance

contracts for insured events that have not yet occurred

(i.e.the obligation that relates to the unexpired portion of

theinsurance coverage); and

b) pay amounts under existing insurance contracts that are not

included in (a) and that relate to:

i.   insurance contract services not yet provided (i.e. the

obligations that relate to future provision of insurance

contract services); or

ii.   any investment components or other amounts that are

not related to the provision of insurance contract services

and that have not been transferred to the liability for

incurredclaims.

Net claims incurred Net claims incurred is equal to gross claims incurred less amounts

recovered from reinsurers.

Net earned premium

(“NEP”)

Gross earned premium (“GEP”) less reinsurance expense.

Net insurance margin

(“NIM”)

Net insurance margin measures how much net insurance profit is

generated as a percentage of net insurance revenue.

Net insurance

revenue

Insurance revenue less reinsurance expense.

Net loss ratio (“NLR”) Net loss ratio measures net insurance claims, less claims

handling expenses, relative to net earned premium expressed

asapercentage.

Network for Greening

the Financial System

(“NGFS”)

A global coalition of central banks and financial supervisors

working to develop climate- and nature-related risk management

frameworks and to mobilise finance for a sustainable economy.

Own Risk and

Solvency Assessment

(“ORSA”)

A prospective assessment of the Group’s risks and solvency

capitalrequirements.

Periodic Payment

Order (“PPO”)

A compensation award as part of a claims settlement that

involves making a series of annual payments to a claimant over

their remaining life to cover the costs of the care they will require.

Premium allocation

approach (“PAA”)

Method for measuring insurance contracts under IFRS 17

“Insurance Contracts”.

Representative

Concentration

Pathways (“RCPs”)

Climate-change scenarios used to model future greenhouse-gas

concentrations and their associated radiative forcing levels.

Return on

tangibleequity

Return on tangible equity is measured as the ratio of the Group’s

profit after tax to its average tangible equity over the financial

year, expressed as a percentage.

Risk adjustment for

non-financial risk

The compensation an entity requires for bearing the uncertainty

about the amount and timing of the cash flows that arises from

non-financial risk as the entity fulfils insurance contracts.

Shared

Socioeconomic

Pathways (“SSPs”)

Global scenarios describing possible future socioeconomic

developments up to 2100, used in climate research to assess

how demographic, economic, technological, and policy trends

influence greenhouse-gas emissions and climate risks.

Solvency capitalratio The ratio of Own Funds (Solvency II capital) to Solvency Capital

Requirement “SCR”.

Solvency Capital

Requirement (“SCR”)

The total amount of capital that the Group must hold to cover

the risks under the Solvency II regulatory framework. The Group is

required to maintain eligible own funds of at least 100% of the SCR.

The Group uses the Standard Formula to determine the SCR.

WBCSD/WRI Scopes The three categories of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions defined

under the GHG Protocol, the globally recognized standard for

corporate carbon accounting. The protocol was jointly developed

by the World Resources Institute (WRI) and the World Business

Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD).

#### Glossary of Terms continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

218

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### SHAREHOLDERS

Shareholder profile as at 31 December 2025

Balance ranges

Total number

of holdings

Percentage

of holders %

Total number

of shares

% issued

capital

1–100 14 4.58 558 0.00

101–1,000 31 10.13 15,400 0.01

1,001–10,000 57 18.63 272,857 0.11

10,001–100,000 75 24.51 3,0 07,9 01 1.22

100,001–1,000,000 77 25.16 27,601,591 11.19

1,000,001–999,999,999 52 16.99 215,701,693 87. 47

Total 306 100 246,600,000 100

Party type

No. of

holders

% of holders

within type Balance

% issued

capital

Male 36 11.77 333,619 0.14

Female 15 4.90 42,948 0.02

Nominee 187 61.11 203,516,553 82.53

Bank 3 0.98 11,094 0.00

Limited company 30 9.80 32,108,881 13.02

Other organisation 35 11.4 4 10,586,905 4.29

Total 306 100 246,600,000 100

Party type

No. of

holders

% of holders

within type Balance % issued capital

Private individuals 51 16.67 376,567 0.15

Nominee companies 187 61.11 203,516,553 82.53

Limited & public limited companies 30 9.80 32,108,881 13.20

Other organisations & banks 38 12.42 10,597,999 4.30

Total 306 100 246,600,000 100

#### SHARE PRICE

London Stock Exchange, pence per 0.01 pence share.

Highest  153.0 pence (31 July 2025)

Lowest  117.8 pence (9 April 2025)

Average  134.2 pence

#### 2026 FINANCIAL CALENDAR

Full Year Results  10 March 2026

Trading Update  21 May 2026

Annual General Meeting  21 May 2026

Half Year Results  4 August 2026

Trading Update  20 October 2026

#### 2026 DIVIDEND CALENDAR

2025 Final dividend payment dates\*

Ex-dividend date 23 April 2026

Record date 24 April 2026

Payment date 5 June 2026

#### 2026 INTERIM DIVIDEND PAYMENT DATES\*\*

Ex-dividend date 20 August 2026

Record date 21 August 2026

Payment date 23 September 2026

\*  Subject to shareholder approval

\*\*  Dates and dividend not yet finalised

#### Shareholder Information

Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation – Section Shareholder Information

219

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### SHAREHOLDER QUERIES

GENERAL SHAREHOLDER QUERIES

Enquiries relating to shareholdings, such as the transfer of shares, change of name or

address, lost share certificates or dividend cheques, should be referred to the Company’s

Registrar at: Equiniti, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex, BN99 6DA.

Shareholder helpline is +44 (0)371 384 2030 and +44 (0)371 384 2255 (Mini Com). Lines are

open 8.30am to 5.30pm, Monday to Friday, excluding bank holidays in England and Wales.

REGISTRAR SHARE DEALING SERVICE

For telephone share dealing, call 0345 603 7037 between 8.00am and 4.30pm,

Monday to Friday.

For internet dealings, log on to www.shareview.co.uk/dealing

DIVIDEND MANDATES

Shareholders who wish dividends to be paid directly into a bank or building society should

contact the Company’s Registrar, Equiniti Limited, for a dividend mandate form. This method

of payment removes the risk of delay or loss of dividend cheques in the post and ensures

thatyour account is credited on the due date.

ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS

Shareholders can elect to receive shareholder documents electronically by registering with

Shareview at www.shareview.co.uk. This will save on printing and distribution costs, creating

environmental benefits. When you register, you will be sent an email notification to say when

shareholder documents are available on our website and you will be provided with a link to

that information. When registering, you will need your shareholder reference number which

can be found on your share certificate or proxy form. Please contact Equiniti Limited if you

require any assistance or further information. Equiniti Limited’s shareholder helpline is +44

(0)371 384 2030 and +44 (0)371 384 2255 (Mini Com). Lines are open 8.30am to 5.30pm,

Monday to Friday, excluding bank holidays in England and Wales.

#### CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report includes statements that are forward-looking in nature. Forward-looking

statements involve known and unknown risks, assumptions, uncertainties and other factors

which may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the Group to be

materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied

by such forward-looking statements. Except as required by the Listing Rules, Disclosure and

Transparency Rules, and applicable law, the Company undertakes no obligation to update,

revise or change any forward-looking statements to reflect events or developments occurring

on or after the date of this Annual Report.

#### WEBSITE

The corporate website address is www.sabreplc.co.uk

The Investor section of the website includes:

− Regulatory news

− Share price information

− Financial results announcements

#### Shareholder Information continued

Contents Generation – Page Contents Generation – Sub PageContents Generation - Section

220

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

#### REGISTERED OFFICE

Sabre House

150 South Street

Dorking

Surrey

RH4 2YY

Registered in England and Wales. Registered number 10974661

#### DIRECTORS, ADVISERS AND OTHER INFORMATION

Directors

Rebecca Shelley – Chair

Geoff Carter

Ian Chapple

Karen Geary

Bryan Joseph

Alison Morris

David Neave

Adam Westwood

Company Secretary

Anneka Kingan

Auditor

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

7 More London Riverside, London, SE1 2RT

Company Brokers

Barclays Bank plc

1 Churchill Place, London, E14 5LB

Deutsche Numis

21 Moorfields, London, EC2Y 9DB

Panmure Liberum

25 Ropemaker Street, London, EC2Y 9LY

Principal Bankers

Lloyds Bank plc

25 Gresham Street, London, EC2V 7HN

National Westminster Bank plc

250 Bishopgate, London, EC2M 4AA

Public Relations

Teneo Strategy Limited

The Carter Building, 11 Pilgrim Street,

London, EC4V 6RN

Solicitors

Dickson Minto W.S.

16 Charlotte Square,

Edinburgh, EH2 4DF

#### Company Information

Printed by a Carbon Neutral Operation (certified:

CarbonQuota) under the PAS2060 standard.

Printed on material from well-managed, FSC™

certified forests and other controlled sources.

Printed on material from well-managed, FSC™

certified forests and other controlled sources.

Thispublication was printed by an FSC™ certified

printer that holds an ISO 14001 certification.

100% of the inks used are HP Indigo ElectroInk

which complies with RoHS legislation and

meets the chemical requirements of the Nordic

Ecolabel (Nordic Swan) for printing companies,

95% of press chemicals are recycled for

further use and, on average 99% of any waste

associated with this production will be recycled

and the remaining 1% used to generate energy.

CBP035252

Contents Generation – Sub Page

Contents Generation – Section

Company Information

221 Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

Strategic

Report

Financial

Statements

Governance

Sabre Insurance Group plc Annual Report and Accounts 2025

![]()

Sabre Insurance Group plc.

150 South Street

Dorking

RH4 2YY

sabreplc.co.uk

![]()

Sabre Insurance Group plc  Annual Report & Accounts 2025